Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

49th Annual Convention; Denver, CO; 2023

Program by Day for Monday, May 29, 2023


 

Special Event #295A
ABAI Annual Business Meeting
Monday, May 29, 2023
7:00 AM–7:50 AM
Convention Center 406/407
Chair: RuthAnne Rehfeldt (Emergent Learning Center)
Presenting Authors:

The purpose of the annual meeting of members is for ABAI leadership to provide an update on the ongoing activities of and major developments in the association.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #296A
Speaker Ready Room
Monday, May 29, 2023
7:00 AM–7:00 PM
Convention Center 202

If you would like to test your presentation on the same setup you will have in your presentation room, stop by the speaker ready room. The room is first-come-first-served. Please be respectful of your fellow attendees.

 
 
Noteworthy Activity #296B
Nursing Room
Monday, May 29, 2023
7:00 AM–8:00 PM
Convention Center Lactation Room in Lobby A

The nursing room is next to the “Lobby A “offices and near the 100’s Meeting Rooms.

The room must be accessed with a keycard. To access the room, please find a Convention Center Staff Member or an ABAI team member, and they will be able to let you inside. The room comes equipped with a mini fridge inside.

 
 
Symposium #296
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Telehealth-Based Instructional Strategies for Promoting Learning for Young Children on the Autism Spectrum
Monday, May 29, 2023
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Vincent E. Campbell (Utah State University)
Discussant: Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Vincent E. Campbell, M.S.
Abstract: In this symposium, multiple studies examining telehealth-based teaching strategies for skill acquisition with children on the autism spectrum will be presented. The first study discusses and compares the results and implications of discrete trial training procedures implemented face to face and via telehealth to teach tacting with preschoolers with autism. The second study discusses the results and implications of using matrix training to teach color-shape tacting via telehealth on generalization with preschoolers on the autism spectrum.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): DTT, generalization, matrix training, telehealth
Target Audience: clinicians, autism, practitioners, BCBAs, graduate students in behavior analysis
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Identify and describe implications of using face to face and telehealth procedures to teach skills to preschoolers with autism, 2) Identify and describe uses of matrix training to promote generative learning with preschoolers on the autism spectrum, and 3) Identify and describe how to implement DTT and matrix training via telehealth modality.
 
Comparing the Effectiveness of Discrete Trial Training Delivered via Telehealth and Face-to-Face on Skill Acquisition
NICK ALEXANDER LINDGREN (Utah State University), Jessica Anna Osos (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Vincent E. Campbell (Utah State University), Beverly Nichols (Utah State University)
Abstract: The onset of the COVID-19 pandemic has impacted the delivery of EIBI services. As a result, many EIBI service providers have shifted to either temporarily or permanently providing some or all of their services via telehealth. The majority of published research on behavior analytic approaches to telehealth has focused on training others to implement behavior analytic interventions in a face-to-face setting. In contrast, a relatively small number of researchers have evaluated direct EIBI service delivery via telehealth (i.e., professionals directly providing behavior analytic interventions to clients/learners using technology). Little is known about the effectiveness of behavior analytic interventions delivered directly to learners via telehealth compared to standard face-to-face intervention delivery. the purpose of the present study is to compare the effectiveness of DTT delivered via telehealth and face-to-face on the acquisition of tacts targets for children diagnosed with ASD in an EIBI program. The results and implications about the effectiveness of the different teaching modalities as well as observed generalization and maintenance will be discussed.
 
The Use of Matrix Training to Teach Color-Shape Tacts Through Telehealth
JESSICA ANNA OSOS (Utah State University), Nick Alexander Lindgren (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Vincent E. Campbell (Utah State University)
Abstract: One teaching strategy to produce generative responding across various skill domains is matrix training (Curiel et al., 2020). Matrix training involves systematically arranging and selecting multi-component instructional targets (such as noun-verb and adjective-noun combinations). Instructional targets are arranged by organizing components in isolation on a minimum of two axes. Within matrix training, only a select few of the two-component combinations are directly taught; then, following mastery of the selected targets, a check is completed to test for the emergence of the rest of the combinations within the matrix. The COVID-19 pandemic has led to limited face to face instruction for children with ASD and increased the utilization of telehealth service delivery by clinicians and researchers. The present investigation examined the following: 1) What effect does matrix training, delivered via telehealth, have on acquisition of color-shape labeling skills? and 2) To what extent does matrix training with limited training targets lead to acquisition of untrained targets in the training matrix and generalization matricies? Following matrix training implementation via telehealth for color-shape tacting, all three participants acquired the training targets and generalized responding to all untrained targets.
 
 
Symposium #297
CE Offered: BACB
Considerations in Medical Necessity Determinations: Past, Present, and Future
Monday, May 29, 2023
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jesse Logue (LittleStar ABA Therapy)
Discussant: Allyson Moore (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
CE Instructor: Allyson Moore, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Many experts consider Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to be the gold-standard treatment for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Treatment intensity (sometimes referred to as dosage) typically comprises both the number of hours of direct ABA treatment per week and the total duration of treatment. Recommendations regarding the specific intensity of treatment should be based on the?medical necessity?of the treatment for each individual patient (BACB 2019), and it is the professional behavior analyst that determines the treatment intensity or dosage that is medically necessary. However, there is currently no standard method for making medical necessity determinations for ABA services and there is no data available on how behavior analysts individualize dosage for children who present with varied skills, needs, ages, and family contexts (Pellecchia et al., 2019). Indeed, researchers can only speculate as to the reasoning that each clinician uses in making treatment intensity recommendations, given that there is a high degree of variability reported in the number of treatment hours patients receive in clinical practice—an important limitation in large-scale outcomes research (Linstead et al., 2017). Medical necessity determinations are part of the careful construction and individualization of behavior analytic treatment and are an essential element of ABA practice that is not well understood. In this symposium, we will discuss considerations for determining medical necessity and calibrating recommendations based on the best available information, and the potential for greater standardization.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Clinical judgement, Dosage, Medical necessity, Treatment intensity
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts within their first 5 years of practice, practitioners, supervisors, and senior leaders.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) provide a working definition of medical necessity as it relates to ABA treatment; (2) identify at least 5 factors that BCBAs may consider when calibrating treatment intensity recommendations; (3) describe the most common modalities of training on medical necessity determinations currently in the field.
 

Variation in Factors That Impact Behavior Analysts’ Treatment Intensity Recommendations

KRISTIN M. HUSTYI (LittleStar ABA), Marissa Ellen Yingling (University of Louisville)
Abstract:

Most published outcome research on Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) treatment seems to suggest that high intensity yields the best outcomes for patients with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Yet little is known about what impacts the medical necessity determinations made by behavior analysts to inform treatment intensity recommendations. We conducted a cross-sectional survey of behavior analysts with experience developing and overseeing behavior analytic programming for individuals with ASD (N = 559). We asked participants to report how 36 patient, familial, and logistical factors impact their recommendations using a 7-point Likert Scale (Significantly Decrease, Moderately Decrease, Somewhat Decrease, No Impact, Somewhat Increase, Moderately Increase, Significantly Increase). Results indicated variation in the factors that impact recommendations as well as the direction of impact. A majority agreed on the direction of impact among 9 of 10 factors related to patient diagnosis and skills (e.g., Level 3 DSM-5 Classification), 4 of 10 factors related to patient medical history (e.g., presence of seizure disorder), 3 of 5 additional patient-specific factors (e.g., age at treatment onset), and 3 of 11 familial and logistical factors (e.g., limited family availability). Implications will be discussed specifically as they relate to clinical practice when working with managed care organizations.

 
Development and Preliminary Validation of a Tool for Determining Applied Behavior Analysis Treatment Dosage
LAURYN TOBY (LittleStar ABA Therap), Kristin M. Hustyi (LittleStar ABA), Breanne K. Hartley (LittleStar ABA Therapy)
Abstract: Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) are responsible for determining the medically necessary treatment dosage (i.e., the number of hours of therapy a patient should receive per week to optimize progress) during Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) therapy. However, because there is currently no standard method for making these determinations, BCBAs often rely on their own clinical judgement. Given that clinical judgement is a subjective variable that may be underdeveloped in some BCBAs, particularly those who are newly certified, more formal strategies are needed to better guide decision-making as it relates to medically necessary treatment. In this paper we describe the development of a standardized decision-making tool for determining the medically necessary dosage of ABA treatment hours per week and appropriate treatment setting for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). We present preliminary reliability data as well as construct validity data indicating statistically significant correlations between the tool and several norm-referenced and criterion-referenced assessments often used to estimate skill level within the ASD population to inform the ABA treatment model and goals.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #297A
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Toward a Science of Applied Animal Behavior Analysis: Experimental, Ethological, and Ethical Considerations
Monday, May 29, 2023
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nathaniel Hall (Texas Tech University)
CE Instructor: Lindsay Renee Mehrkam, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: LINDSAY RENEE MEHRKAM (Monmouth University)
Abstract: Behavior analysis has a rich history of using animals to study learning and environment-behavior relations. Applying this knowledge to improve the welfare of animals used in teaching and research, however, is a relatively recent and exciting area of exploration for behavior analysts. This talk will review the history of how behavior analytic approaches have been successfully extended to applied animal settings and describe the framework for current and future directions for the field of applied animal behavior analysis. Using the concepts and principles experimental analysis in behavior as a starting point, we will move beyond the operant chamber to see how ethology can give insight as to how to maximize the generality of applied behavior analysis procedures across species, settings, and stimuli. This will include highlighting successful examples of single-subject designs for evaluating enrichment practices in zoo animals, evaluating preferences and reinforcer efficacy for food, toys, and social stimuli for a wide range of species, and the creation and evaluation of shaping plans and behavior contracts for cooperative care programs to help prepare for veterinary exams through our university-based animal behavior research clinic for community dogs and cats. We will even see how teaching goldfish to play soccer can be a humane way to use live animals to teach learning principles to students while also benefiting student learning and well-being outcomes as well. Finally, we will discuss ways in which adopting a behavior analytic approach can help animal researchers meet important animal welfare requirements, aid professionals in improving the integrity of their training and enrichment programs, and emphasize the ethical considerations to be aware of when delivering behavioral services to animals and their caregivers to promote positive human-animal interactions.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Academics, practitioners, animal trainers, dog owners, zookeepers, animal researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe how single-subject designs can be applied to simultaneously teach classical and operant learning principles and promote animal welfare (2) Apply the seven dimensions of applied behavior analysis to animal settings (3) Recognize and address ethical considerations and situations when working in applied animal behavior settings in research and in practice.
 
LINDSAY RENEE MEHRKAM (Monmouth University)
Lindsay R. Mehrkam, Ph.D. is an associate professor of psychology and Principal Investigator of the Human & Animal Wellness Collaboratory (HAWC) at Monmouth University. As an animal welfare scientist and doctoral-level board-certified behavior analyst, her research focuses on the benefits of human-animal interaction with the aim of improving the welfare of both animals and people in society. Specifically, Dr. Mehrkam’s research examines how environmental factors influence play, aggression, and stereotypic behavior in companion and exotic animals, how to promote behavioral choices and welfare of captive animals, and how to best conduct formal evaluations of training and enrichment practices in a variety of animal settings and species (from goldfish to Galapagos tortoises). In her role as Chair of MU’s Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee, she uses behavior analytic approaches to and promote the humane use of animals in teaching and research and conducts evaluations of animal-assisted teaching interventions. Dr. Mehrkam is currently a faculty fellow with the Monmouth University Polling Institute, which focuses on developing nationwide assessments on pet owners’ behavioral services and data visualization in collaboration with the Applied Animal Behavior Research Clinic, a community-based clinic for pet dogs, cats, and their owners. Her teaching and research programs in applied animal behavior have led to publications, national and international conference presentations, seminars, and workshops as well as internships and service learning opportunities in animal shelters, zoos, aquariums, wildlife parks, and animal sanctuaries. She has been recognized through popular media outlets, grants, and scholarly and industry awards, including the Association for Professional Dog Trainers, Maddie’s Fund, and the Animal Behavior Society. Finally, Dr. Mehrkam serves as the president of the Association for Behavior Analysis International’s Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group for the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), which promotes applied animal behavior analytic research, set high standards in methods and techniques of animal training and enrichment, and promote the well-being of animals in society.
 
 
Symposium #298
CE Offered: BACB
Modifications and Adaptions to Functional Analysis Procedures: Evaluation of Safety, Validity, and Procedural Fidelity
Monday, May 29, 2023
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Amanda Zangrillo, Psy.D.
Abstract:

The development of the functional analysis represents a landmark event in the history of our field with the method developed by Iwata and colleagues being the most widely used, researched, and cited form of functional analysis to date. While there is an abundant literature concerning the utility of the functional analysis, many procedural modifications are documented in the literature to address barriers, concerns, and criticisms. In this symposium authors provide examples of modifications to the multi-element functional analysis to address patient-specific concerns related to safety risk and feasibility of implementation. DeBrine and colleagues evaluated the degree to which the number of collected observation in trial-based precursor analysis impacted accuracy of precursor response identification and validity of functional analysis results. Morris et al., explored opening the contingency class to include appropriate behavior, such as mands, within the functional analysis. The author will discuss relevant impact on validity and safety of this modification during implementation. Last, Ramos et al. assessed the implementation of functional analysis with caregiver implementers. Specifically, they conducted behavioral skills training and an in-depth error analysis to evaluate feasibility and practicality for the use of caregivers as implementors in the use synthesized functional analysis in assessment.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): fidelity, functional analysis, safety, validity
Target Audience:

Practitioners interested in or participating in treating severer destructive behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) construct and review strategies for efficiently identifying precursor behaviors for inclusion in functional analysis; (2) weigh the need and impact of including condition relevant mands into the functional analysis evaluation; (3)strategies for implementing BST with caregivers, assessing caregiver fidelity, and optimizing validity and safety in caregiver-implemented functional analysis.
 
Further Evaluation of Trial-Based Precursor Identification Methods
JORDAN DEBRINE (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Seth Walker (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: The precursor functional analysis is used to decrease the occurrence of severe challenging behavior throughout functional assessment. Several researchers have developed empirically based strategies to identify precursors responses. Although empirically based precursor identification strategies are considered more valid than those derived from indirect interviews, little is known about the validity of these methods. Additionally, these methods require behavior analysts to observe several instances of the challenging behavior prior to selecting reliable precursor responses. In this study we evaluated the degree to which the trial-based precursor analysis could be shortened and still accurately identify precursor responses. We then evaluated response class membership of precursor and challenging behavior. We found trial-based precursor analysis could have been shortened for both participants. Last, we found the trial-based precursor assessment identified two false positive precursor responses for one participant. We discuss the implications of these findings and possible future directions of precursor functional analysis research.
 
Reinforcing Condition-Specific Mands and Challenging Behavior Simultaneously During a Functional Analysis
AMANDA MAE MORRIS (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Brinea Charles (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Functional analyses are one of the most effective ways to assess challenging behavior. However, clinicians may avoid their use due to the risk of evoking high levels of challenging behavior. Recent research has suggested that programming reinforcement in an open contingency class (i.e., both mild and severe challenging behavior) is one way to mitigate safety risks. One strategy for further mitigation of safety risk may be opening the contingency class to include appropriate behavior, such as mands. Past research on reinforcing mands in an FA have shown mixed outcomes, and this strategy has not been generally endorsed. However, past research has conducted the assessment of mands using closed contingency classes (reinforcing only mands or only challenging behavior), which may have been to the detriment of clear functional outcomes. In the current evaluation, we reinforced condition-specific mands and challenging behavior simultaneously in an FA. Results will be discussed relevant to the validity and safety of opening contingency classes to include mands. Based on our preliminary outcomes, we will also discuss strategies to improve the clarity of analyses with open contingency classes.
 
Assessing Parent Accuracy and Procedural Errors on Implementing a Synthesized Functional Analysis
YENI RAMOS (Southern Illinois University of Carbondale), Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Parental involvement is significant to the success of developing socially relevant assessments and treatments. In some cases, parents are actually trained to implement the procedures with their children. Thus, parents must participate in a well-established training procedure to reduce the number of errors committed, shape high levels of procedural fidelity, and minimize safety risk to the child and patient. Procedures should be implemented with the highest procedural fidelity possible to ensure the best results (Leon et al. 2018). Behavioral Skills Training (BST) is one method to teach caregivers, who have little to no behavioral experience, how to produce desired results with high procedural fidelity (Miles et al., 2009). The purpose of this study was to teach three parents whose children exhibited challenging behaviors, ranging from tantrums to self-injurious behavior, how to implement the different components of a synthesized functional analysis using BST. Results showed that two parents learned to implement the FA in a few visits and maintained high procedural fidelity when implementing the procedures with their children. One parent needed booster training due to poor procedural fidelity following BST. For all caregivers, we analyzed the specific errors that caregivers most likely made, with implications for treatment development.
 
 
Symposium #299
CE Offered: BACB
Parent Training: Improving Treatment Adherence
Monday, May 29, 2023
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1E/F
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ryan C. Speelman (Pittsburg State University)
CE Instructor: Ryan C. Speelman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Successful collaborative efforts in treatment among behavior analysts, parents, and others serving as behavior change agents helps to ensure ethical and effective treatment delivery. This symposium evaluates procedures to use when transferring technology to non-professional caregivers and parents. Study one used a telehealth-based, behavioral parent-training program known as the Online and Applied System for Intervention Skills (OASIS) to teach parents of children diagnosed with autism to correctly implement behavioral procedures: reinforcement, prompting, extinction, etc. Following training, most parents scored 80% or above on skill and knowledge-based tests. Study two utilized a behavior skills training (instructions, modeling, rehearsal with feedback) to improve treatment fidelity to a feeding procedure for parents whose child diagnosed with autism presented with severe food selectivity. Results indicate parents’ feeding treatment fidelity met 80% or above criteria and generalized to the home environment. Study three examined parents' attitudes toward scientific or behavior-analytic language relating to aspects of practice. Thirteen parents of children with autism rated items with scientific terms relating to functional analyses, translational research, and experimentation as most uncomfortable. Replacing behavior-analytic terms with layman synonyms reduced discomfort. Together these studies provide insight into conditions that contribute to treatment adherence among parents and other behavior change agents.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Food Selectivity, Parent Training
Target Audience:

Advanced - this symposium is appropriate for current BCBA's that are interested in empirically driven methods to disseminate research.

Learning Objectives: 1. Use telehealth as a training tool 2. Use behavior skills training as a training tool 3. Communicate effectively with a client’s family or guardian about behavioral services
 
Telehealth-Based Parent Training Program in Rural or Underserved Areas for Families Impacted by Autism
PAIGE BOYDSTON (Pittsburg State University)
Abstract: Families of children with disabilities in rural areas face challenges accessing services due to location and lack of healthcare providers. Telehealth-based intervention can mitigate challenges in accessing services. The present study sought to replicate and extend the telehealth-based, behavioral parent-training program titled the Online and Applied System for Intervention Skills (OASIS), utilizing a multiple-baseline approach. Four parent-child dyads participated, with all children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. All dyads resided in rural/underserved areas. All dyads demonstrated an improvement on skill and knowledge assessments. The mean gain from baseline-to-treatment completion on skills assessments was 80.9% (range, 67.6%-95.5% points). The mean gain on knowledge assessments was 35.3% (range, 19.0%-49.0% points). Notably, parent skill gains were maintained over time. The present results provided additional empirical evidence demonstrating the effectiveness of OASIS, a telehealth-based parent-training model. Taken as a whole, manualized parent training can increase parent skills and knowledge Telehealth-based parent training is an effective tool in integrating parents into treatment services.
 
Behavior Skills Training to Improve Parent Treatment Fidelity and Generalization in a Feeding Program
RYAN C. SPEELMAN (Pittsburg State University), Melissa Jo Stiffler (Bill & Virginia Leffen Center for Autism)
Abstract: Feeding problems are five times more likely to occur in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) than in typically developing peers (Sharp et al., 2013). Though behavior analytic protocols have demonstrated efficacy, less research has investigated methods to transfer technology to non–professional caregivers. This study utilized a behavioral skills training (BST) procedure to increase generalization of treatment methods from the clinic to the home environment for three parent-child dyads. Meal observations were conducted prior to treatment to determine baseline rates of behavior, specifics of the child’s food refusal, oral motor deficits, and nutritional needs. Baseline observations were used to develop an individualized treatment protocol for each child and a multiple baseline design was used to demonstrate the effects of behavioral skills training on increased treatment fidelity and generalization effects of feeding strategies. Results indicate that behavioral skills training may be used to increase treatment fidelity and generalization effects for caregivers implementing behavioral feeding strategies with their children who display severe food selectivity.
 

Assessing Parents' Attitudes Toward Behavioral Terminology

SETH W. WHITING (Louisiana State University Shreveport)
Abstract:

Effective communication with a client or a client’s family or guardians about services is a key factor in creating treatment success. However, behavior-analytic terminology or jargon may be viewed as unpleasant, confusing, or intimidating to non-experts which may be a barrier to effective communication. The purpose of this study was to examine parents' attitudes toward scientific language related to behavior analysis. To examine this, we surveyed 13 parents of children with autism enrolled in applied behavior analysis services and asked them to rate their level of comfort in response to seven sets of matched statements about practice or behavior analysis procedures that contain scientific terminology (e.g., experimental functional analysis), semi-scientific terminology (e.g., functional analysis), and layman terminology (e.g., assessment about your child’s behavior). Results showed consistently lower comfort ratings for statements with science terminology or behavioral jargon, and that comfort ratings were higher when these terms were replaced with layman synonyms. Results suggest that clinician-caregiver communication needs to be more adaptive for parents who may not comprehend behavior analysis terminology to ensure the execution of effective services.

 
 
Symposium #300
CE Offered: BACB
Considerations for Administering and Analyzing the Performance Diagnostic Checklist – Human Services
Monday, May 29, 2023
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium includes two talks that provide considerations and guidance for administering the performance diagnostic checklist – human services (PDC-HS; Carr et al., 2013), interpreting the data, and selecting indicated interventions. The PDC-HS is a performance analysis tool designed to assess the environmental variables impacting employee performance problems in human service settings. Numerous researchers have used the results of the PDC-HS to successfully address a variety of performance problems, including problems related to implementing behavior analytic procedures, and adhering to safety measures, as well as workplace cleaning expectations (e.g., Bowe & Sellers, 2018; Ditzian et al., 2015; Wilder et al., 2018; Hess et al., 2019). Although the assessment is valid, limitations related to the objectivity and clarity of its administration, data interpretation, and intervention selection guidelines have been raised (Wilder et al., 2019; 2020). In response, Jimenez will discuss considerations and recommendations for administering the PDC-HS assessment, and Vance will share refinements developed for data interpretation and intervention selection that researchers and practitioners may consider adopting.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): PDC-HS, performance analysis, performance management, staff training
Target Audience:

Intermediate

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the typical administering process of the PDC-HS (2) identify how practitioner experience level might impact the accuracy of administering the PDC-HS, and (3) identify at least two refinements that can be applied when analyzing PDC-HS results.
 
Evaluating the Validity and Reliability of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist - Human Services 1.1
SEBASTIAN JIMENEZ (ABA Technologies)
Abstract: The PDC-HS is an informant-based tool used by practitioners in human service settings. A modified PDC-HS 1.1 was used in the present study. The validity and reliability of the PDC-HS 1.1 were measured by analyzing scores obtained while watching simulated interviews between a consultant and supervisor. Three video vignettes were created, each describing a performance concern in one or more areas of the tool. Twenty-one participants watched all vignettes and filled out the tool based on the videos. Validity was measured as the percentage of participants who correctly identified the problematic area(s) in the PDC-HS 1.1. To assess test-retest reliability, participants repeated the assessment about two weeks later. Interrater reliability was measured by pairing participants randomly and comparing scores. Additionally, an intervention-selection component was included to assess whether a corresponding intervention was selected for the indicated domain. Results show about 90% of participants correctly identified the indicated area and 79% selected a relevant intervention. Reliability scores were above 85%, demonstrating that the tool is generally reliable. The results provide support for the use of informant-based assessments in human services settings and suggest that participants with relatively little experience in behavior analysis can conduct assessment interviews accurately and reliably.
 
A Preliminary Investigation of Procedural Refinements to the Performance Diagnostic Checklist - Human Services
HANNA E. VANCE (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The Performance Diagnostic Checklist – Human Services (PDC-HS) is a functional assessment tool used in the field of Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) to assess the causes of employee performance problems and to inform intervention development. There are two aspects of the intervention-selection process that could inhibit the objectivity and utility of the tool, particularly for practitioners with limited experience conducting the assessment. Proposed refinements to address these drawbacks include (a) identifying a cutoff threshold to objectively identify the categories requiring intervention based on the PDC-HS outcome, and (b) developing decision-making models to identify a single category that should be the focus of intervention. A between-groups design was used to evaluate the degree to which access to components of these proposed refinements resulted in appropriate intervention selections when practitioners in the field were presented with scenarios derived from published case studies. Secondary analyses investigated the impact of certification and experience variables within this process. Our findings suggested that future applications of the PDC-HS, particularly as it relates to the intervention-selection process, may benefit from the supplemented refinements.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #301
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Culture, Compliance, and Consent
Monday, May 29, 2023
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Amoy K Hugh-Pennie, Ph.D.
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University)
Presenting Authors: : AMOY K HUGH-PENNIE (Infinity Behavior LLC, KNHK, BABA Inc.)
Abstract:

As the field of applied behavior analysis has grown exponentially in the last decade there have been greater accusations of past and present abuse and trauma caused by the interventions, strategies, and practitioners of ABA. How best can we address these concerns with a sense of curiosity rather than a defensive posture? Are these just the acts of some inexperienced newbies or evil eugenic founders of science? In this presentation, you will learn some of the histories of abuse and maltreatment of underrepresented groups (specifically BIPOC and disabled individuals). You will gain an understanding of how these learning histories of groups with a shared cultural identity or multiple shared identities lead to mistrust, non-compliance, and lack of consent to evidence-based strategies. Additionally, you will learn how cultural humility, awareness, and culturally relevant practices can improve the acceptance, consent, assent, and ultimately social significance of instructional objectives and outcomes for clients.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBA, BCaBA, Teachers, Psychologists, School Administrators or Consultants

Learning Objectives: • Participants will gain a historical context for abuse and maltreatment in the medical, behavioral, and psychological sciences • Participants will learn to recognize signs of consent and assent in verbal and non-verbal clients • Participants will learn how culture affects, compliance, and consent to engage in different strategies and interventions • Participants will learn how to engage in culturally humble practices that can improve interpersonal and collaborative relationships leading to increased social significance and client success • Participants will learn to identify culturally significant instruction to improve programming
 
AMOY K HUGH-PENNIE (Infinity Behavior LLC, KNHK, BABA Inc.)
Dr. Hugh-Pennie determined her purpose in life was to change the world through the science of behavior and education. In dedicating herself to this purpose, she has spent the last 25+ years disseminating ABA and incorporating evidence-based ABA practices in special education from early intervention to university settings across a diverse range of learners in the United States, Canada, and Hong Kong (SAR), China. Her experience in clinical training, organizational systems management, evidence-based data decision analysis, and program evaluation has led to verifiable positive results for clients and improved parent satisfaction in non-profit, private clinical practice, and school programs for whom she has been in key leadership positions. Amoy is currently an Instructor for the QABA/ QBS program for Knowledge Express Hong Kong (KNHK). She is a past President of the Hong Kong Association for Behavior Analysis, a former ABAI Program Board Member, and the current Clinical Director of Infinity Behavior LLC in Central Florida. She earned her Ph.D. in 2007 from Columbia University where she completed her research under the tutelage of Dr. R. Douglas Greer on the “Effects of Auditory Consequences on Non-Contextual Verbal Behavior: Palilalia." She holds an M.Ed. in Instructional Practice and Curricular Design and BS in Psychology from Florida Atlantic University. She has held the rank of Assistant Professor in the Departments of Education and Educational Psychology: Inclusive Special Education at Mercy College, Brock University, and the University of Western Ontario. She is a certified Special Education Teacher (K-12) in the US, Canada, and Hong Kong. She founded the Verbal Behavior Student Research Competition of the VB-SIG (est. 2002) dedicated to increasing student research in verbal behavior. She has served as an invited reviewer and/or held positions on the editorial review boards of several peer-reviewed journals including The Journal for Early Intensive Behavior Intervention, Speech-Language Pathology and Applied Behavior Analysis, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, and Global Education Review. Dr. Hugh-Pennie is currently on the Advisory Board of the Black Applied Behavior Analysts, Inc. working towards increasing Black students,mentors and professionals in the field of ABA. Her recent publications include topics of Culturally Relevant Pedagogy and ABA , Women's Experiences in Academia, Reading Instruction, and Consulting with Schools.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #302
CE Offered: BACB
The Role of Research Synthesis in Applied Behavior Analysis: Best Practices for Conducting Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses
Monday, May 29, 2023
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Mikhail Koffarnus (University of Kentucky College of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Michael Amlung, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: MICHAEL AMLUNG (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Advancing research and clinical practice in applied behavior analysis requires critical evaluation and integration of the scientific literature. Synthesizing research across published and unpublished studies enables behavior analysts to make evidence-based decisions in clinical practice, evaluate potential sources of bias in the literature, and identify critical gaps in our understanding of behavioral science. Two common research synthesis approaches include systematic reviews and quantitative meta-analyses. These types of studies are distinct from other literature reviews due to their adherence to strict guidelines for conducting comprehensive literature searches, article screening, data extraction, data analysis, and reporting of results. This presentation will discuss the strengths and limitations of systematic reviews and meta-analyses in behavior analysis, with an emphasis on methodological recommendations and practical tools. Specific topics will include choosing a research question and defining the scope of the review, pre-registration, and adhering to international guidelines for conducting literature searches, study selection, data extraction, evaluating study quality and publication bias. An overview of common quantitative analyses used in meta-analyses and effective ways to present results will also be discussed. Finally, the presenter will share his experiences with software and database management tools for increasing efficiency and transparency at each phase of the review. Examples from published systematic-reviews and meta-analyses from the presenter’s research on behavioral economics of substance use and psychiatric disorders team will be discussed to illustrate the promise and pitfalls of these studies. The overall goal of this presentation is to provide attendees with methodological techniques for conducting reviews which can be translated to their respective specialty areas in applied behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts and basic researchers with at basic, intermediate, and advanced experience levels. No prior experience with systematic reviews or quantitative analyses is required, but familiarity will be helpful for some of the advanced topics.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Discuss the strengths and limitations of conducting systematic reviews and meta-analyses to advance research and clinical practice in applied behavior analysis; (2) Evaluate the importance of transparency and scientific rigor by discussing international guidelines for conducting systematic reviews and the role of pre-registration; (3) Determine best practices for conducting a review from start-to-finish, including defining a research question, conducting literature searches, study screening, data extraction and analysis, evaluating bias, and presenting results; (4) Acquire basic familiarity with available software and database tools for conducting systematic reviews and meta-analyses.
 
MICHAEL AMLUNG (University of Kansas)
Dr. Michael Amlung is an Associate Professor and Co-Director of Graduate Studies in the Department of Applied Behavioral Science at the University of Kansas (KU). He also is the Associate Director for Training of the Cofrin Logan Center for Addiction Research and Treatment at KU. He received a M.S. and Ph.D. in psychology with a concentration in behavioral and brain sciences from the University of Georgia, followed by a NIH-funded postdoctoral fellowship at the University of Missouri. Prior to joining the faculty at KU, Dr. Amlung was a professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioural Neurosciences at McMaster University (Ontario, Canada). Dr. Amlung's research program examines the behavioral and neurobiological basis of addictive disorders and related mental health disorders, with an emphasis on behavioral economics and motivation for addictive substances. His research uses a variety of techniques including cue-exposure and self-administration studies in simulated bar and vaping cue laboratories, functional and structural brain imaging, and conducting research syntheses via systematic reviews and meta-analyses.
 
 
Symposium #303
CE Offered: BACB
Moving the Agenda Forward: Facilitating Autonomy and Self-Management in Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) and Behavioral Challenges
Monday, May 29, 2023
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Erik Jacobson (Upstate Caring Partners)
Discussant: Troy A Fry (Essential For Living)
CE Instructor: Erik Jacobson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will cover the need for advocacy and policy change related to adults with autism spectrum disorders. The talks will focus on specific interventions that target high risk aggressive behavior and the manner in which these issues can be addressed through the use of a comprehensive treatment package that is steeped in applied behavior analysis. The indications for organizations and the population of adults will be evaluated within its broader context. The symposium will also discuss the application of a specific curriculum for use with the adult population with ASD and other intellectual disabilities. The Assessment of Adult Core Competencies Curriculum for Clients with Severe Aggression (ACCEA), as well as The Skills Based Treatment model (SBT) will be detailed as they are employed in active treatment settings to enhance autonomy for those that serve adult populations.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Adult Curriculum, Adults/Autism, Community Inclusion, Problem Behavior
Target Audience:

Participants will be able to identify proactive approaches to problem behavior. Participants will be able to select effective Organizational Behavior Management techniques. Participants will be familiar with the Skills Based Training (SBT) approach.

Learning Objectives: • Participants will label objectives and goals of Universal Protocol • Participants will identify steps to implement Universal Protocol in congregate care settings • Participants will be presented outcomes related to implementation of Universal Protocol in settings where adults with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities (IDD) are served.
 

The Assessment of Adult Core Competencies (ACCEA): Building Autonomy and Community Inclusion for Adults With Autism and Behavioral Challenges

JOHN M. GUERCIO (Benchmark Human Services)
Abstract:

This presentation will cover the need for advocacy and organizational change related to adults with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and problem behavior. The talk will focus on specific interventions that target high risk aggressive behavior and the manner in which these issues can be addressed through the use of a comprehensive treatment package that targets some of the crucial outcome areas that are important for adults with autism or other Intellectual Disabilities. Specific clinical applications of the Assessment of Adult Core Competencies Curriculum (ACCEA) will be detailed along with the socially valid outcomes that were observed for each case. The indications for organizations and the population of adults with ASD will be evaluated within a broader context. The application of the ACCEA curriculum will also be detailed as it applies to specific outcome areas that are crucial for community inclusion for adults with ASD that display problem behavior.

 

The Universal Protocol: Building a Culture That Fosters Agency and Autonomy for Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder

JON HORN (Upstate Caring Partners)
Abstract:

Building autonomy or safely addressing behavioral challenges in congregate care requires continuity between clinical interventions and the day-to-day behaviors of direct support professionals. The Universal Protocol can fill this gap, teaching interactions that are safe, dignifying, and relationship-based. This talk will describe the Universal Protocol and the role it plays as both a cultural foundation for an organization and the first step to an integrated skill-based teaching model for adults with (and without) behavioral challenges. Additionally, the talk will highlight the introduction of Universal Protocol to Upstate Cerebral Palsy over the past few years and its impact on various outcome measures such as restraint reduction and staff satisfaction.

 

Understanding Synthesized Reinforcement and Using an Omnibus Mand to Teach Self-Advocacy to Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) and Behavioral Challenges

MARA VANDERZELL (Upstate Caring Partners)
Abstract:

This talk will discuss the conceptualization of synthesized reinforcement contexts for adults with limited sense of agency and expressing choice who also display significant aggressive behavior. Further, this talk will underscore the importance of teaching an omnibus mand through Skills-based Treatment (SBT) to those with limited communication repertoires in order to promote autonomy and self-advocacy in congregate care and educational settings.

 
Using the Assessment of Adult Core Competencies (ACCEA) to Promote Independence: Success Stories and Implications for the Field
VALERIA PASCALE (ABA for Disability)
Abstract: Starting from adolescence, parents' expectations increase and the concerns about their future are based on many factors directly related to their independence, autonomy, and integration into the community. In the presence of a diagnosis of autism and severe problem behaviors these results seem to be unattainable. This talk will be covering the role that ACCEA curriculum plays in define the goals for adolescents and adults’ intervention to be effective in improving the quality life of the individual and his caregivers.
 
 
Symposium #304
CE Offered: BACB
Condiments to Keep On Hand: Considerations and Enhancements for Escape Extinction With Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Monday, May 29, 2023
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Meara X. H. McMahon (Marcus Autism Center, Emory University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz & Stanford University School of Medicine )
CE Instructor: Meeta R. Patel, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Escape extinction is widely used in intensive multidisciplinary feeding programs to treat various topographies of food refusal, presumed to be reinforced by escape or avoidance of the mealtime context (Saini et al., 2019; Sharp et al., 2010). In this symposium, presenters will discuss a range of additives to escape extinction for treating problematic behavior exhibited by children diagnosed with pediatric feeding disorder. Presenters will begin with an overview of the existing literature on the effects of treatment with and without escape extinction on inappropriate mealtime behavior and present on a clinical dataset in which response covariation was an observed side effect. Presenters will transition to discussing how noncontingent reinforcement may mitigate negative side effects associated with escape extinction and the use of a modified bolus placement to assist with reducing expels and packing.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): escape extinction, feeding disorder, response covariation
Target Audience:

Researchers and clinicians interested in learning more about considerations for the use of escape extinction in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders or avoidant/restrictive food intake disorder.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Understand the existing research on the efficacy of treating pediatric feeding disorders with and without escape extinction; (2) Identify behavioral side effects that may arise with escape extinction; (3) State methods on improving outcomes for the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders.
 

On the Efficacy of Treating Escape-Maintained Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior

VICTORIA SCOTT (Brock University), Valdeep Saini (Brock University), Micaela Totino (Brock University)
Abstract:

Inappropriate mealtime behavior (IMB) is a type of feeding challenge within the broader class of food refusal behavior. Although there have been some single-case studies examining the extent to which behavioural interventions can aide in reducing IMB, the relative efficacy and generality of these studies is unclear. The purpose of this systematic review was to critically analyze the efficacy of interventions for the treatment of IMB through a meta-analysis of single-subject experimental designs. We identified 38 studies involving 307 cases in which IMB was treated with a behavioral intervention. Results indicated that combined escape extinction and non-escape extinction interventions had greater effect sizes than escape extinction alone or non-escape extinction alone. Escape extinction alone had greater effects sizes compared to non-escape extinction alone. However, escape extinction alone resulted in a higher percentage of negative side effects compared to non-escape extinction alone and combined interventions. We discuss the implications of these findings and provide recommendations for future research.

 

Desirable and Undesirable Response Covariation During Early Stages of Treatment

CHRISTOPHER W ENGLER (Children's Specialized Hosptial), Brittany Jean Martino (Childrens Specialized Hospital), Karly Barreto (Children's Specialized Hospital), Jaime Crowley-Zalaket (Children's Specialized Hospital), Kathryn M. Peterson (Rutgers University and Children's Specialized Hospital)
Abstract:

Escape extinction is a well-established treatment for increasing acceptance and decreasing inappropriate mealtime behavior of children with feeding disorders. Sevin et al. (2002) found that when extinction was in place, both desired (acceptance) and undesired (expel, packing) behavior increased during the initial three sessions. In the current study, we assessed response covariation of both desired and undesired behavior during extinction-based treatment of inappropriate mealtime behavior. We analyzed the data of 60 children with food refusal, liquid refusal, or both, resulting in 90 data sets. We observed an extinction burst in 7% of data sets. During these initial sessions, we also observed an increase in or emergence of other undesired behavior (expel, packing; 81%, 47%, respectively), as well as an increase in desired behavior (acceptance, consumption; 44%, 70%, respectively). We analyzed the efficiency and stability of treatment effects and will discuss these findings to provide an all-encompassing review of child behavior during extinction.

 

A Review and Evaluation of the Use of Noncontingent Reinforcement in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders

ANGIE VAN ARSDALE (University of Florida), Nicole Perrino (Florida Autism Center, University of Florida), Faith Kirkland (Florida Autism Center, a division of BlueSprig Pediatrics, University of South Florida), Ronald J. Clark (University of Florida), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Adding noncontingent reinforcement to escape extinction might result in lower levels of inappropriate mealtime behavior, negative vocalizations, or both for children with feeding disorders. Unfortunately, making firm conclusions about the role of noncontingent reinforcement is difficult because of the minimal number of systematic evaluations and the procedural variations across studies. We also do not know whether the removal of noncontingent reinforcement results in undesirable side effects and how children with feeding disorders respond to treatment components that may be necessary, like schedule thinning. Therefore, we first conducted a concise review of the feeding literature and found that only five studies directly evaluated noncontingent reinforcement with and without escape extinction. However, 8 out of 10 randomly selected studies from 2017-2022 incorporated some type of noncontingent reinforcement arrangement (e.g., attention, tangibles). Finally, we compared escape extinction alone and escape extinction with noncontingent reinforcement on the acceptance, inappropriate mealtime behavior, and negative vocalizations across two sets of foods with a 3-year-old male enrolled in a day-treatment feeding program. So far, results indicate that both treatments produced clinically meaningful outcomes, but we observed fewer bouts of negative vocalizations during escape extinction plus noncontingent reinforcement. Additional findings and implications will be discussed.

 

Flipped E-Z Spoon® as a Utensil for Modified Bolus Placement in Feeding Treatment

AMY K. DRAYTON (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Placement of bites on the tongue has been evaluated as an initial treatment for pediatric feeding disorder (Ibañez, 2021; Wilkins et al., 2014), specifically for decreasing packing and expulsion. When evaluating modified bolus placement, previous studies have typically compared flipped and upright baby or maroon spoons and Nuk presentation. However, Bloomfield et al. (2021) included a comparison between a Nuk and flipped E-Z spoon for both initial bolus placement and redistribution of packed food for one of their participants with severe oral-motor skills deficits, which introduced a potential new tool to the field. The purpose of the current study is to extend Ibañez et al. (2021) and Bloomfield et al. (2021) by evaluating the effectiveness of the E-Z spoon as a tool for modified bolus placement in the initial treatment of children with pediatric feeding disorder.

 
 
Symposium #305
Training Residential Home Staff, Caregivers, and Child Welfare Case Managers to Implement Behavioral Techniques
Monday, May 29, 2023
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: DDA/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Trang Nguyen (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Discussant: Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Behavioral techniques implemented by direct-care staff and caregivers are an essential component of effective intervention. Thus, it remains important that the quality of implementation by such individuals be evaluated. The studies in this symposium will discuss the outcomes of trainings to teach professionals and caregivers to implement behavioral techniques. Three of the four studies also examined the practicality of virtually delivered training. In the first study, Kanaman and colleagues assessed the efficacy of an intervention package informed by the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services (PDC-HS) to increase staff implementation of healthy behavior practices in a residential home for adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). Next, Tsami and colleagues evaluated the outcomes of a caregiver-implemented intervention package aimed to increase cooperation to routine dental procedures by adults with IDD. In the third study, Walker and colleagues examined the feasibility of caregiver-led behavior intervention to increase Continuous Positive Airway Pressure (CPAP) machine use by adults with Down syndrome and sleep apnea. Finally, Fuller and colleagues evaluated the efficacy of training child welfare case managers to develop individualized behavior intervention programs addressing youth runaway behaviors derived from the results of the Functional Assessment Interview for Runaways (FAIR).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): caregiver training, medical/dental noncompliance, professional training, telehealth
 
Assessing and Enhancing the Maintenance of Staff Skills Using the Performance-Diagnostic Checklist–Human Services
NICOLE KANAMAN (GoodLife Innovations), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), KY Clifton KANAMAN (University of Kansas), Catherine McHugh (University of Kansas), Bryan Simmons (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services (PDC-HS; Carr et al., 2013) is an indirect assessment used to assess employee performance, identify barriers to satisfactory performance, and develop interventions that address the variables influencing performance deficits. In Study 1, we conducted the PDC-HS with participants in three group homes at a residential program for adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities to identify barriers to staff implementation of a company-wide intervention procedure (healthy behavioral practices [HBP]; Kamana et al., in preparation). Results of the initial PDC-HS revealed barriers in all four domains with higher reports of barriers in participant skill deficits and tasks impeding implementation of the practices. Based on these results, we derived a packaged intervention which included the development of a home schedule and implementation of a staff intervention package (i.e., booster training, introduction of job aids, and feedback) and evaluated efficacy of the package for increasing staff implementation of HBP. Baseline and post-training observations were conducted remotely and participants were not made aware of the observations to reduce potential reactivity. Results of Study 2 demonstrated the efficacy of the intervention package for increasing staff implementation of HBP in the group home setting.
 

Remote Caregiver Coaching to Promote Cooperation During Dental Exams for Adults With Developmental Disabilities

LOUKIA TSAMI (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer Trang Nguyen (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Emma Jean Walker (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Some adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) are uncooperative during routine dental exams, leading to problems with oral health. This presentation describes an interdisciplinary model consisting of behavior analysts and dentists aiming to evaluate and promote compliance to dental exams. The behavior analyst coached caregivers via telehealth to conduct mock exams with the participants in their homes and coached dentists to conduct exams with participants at a large hospital clinic. Caregivers of participants who exhibited noncompliance during the dentist-delivered exams then received behavioral services. The behavior analyst coached the caregivers via telehealth to implement increasingly complex interventions to increase the participants’ cooperation during mock dental exams. Nine of the fifteen participants were compliant in the absence of any interventions. Noncontingent reinforcement was effective for two participants. The remaining participants required graduated exposure. Additionally, compliance at home with the caregiver during the mock exam predicted compliance at the clinic during an exam with the dentist for all 15 participants.

 

Telehealth Training of Caregivers to Increase Positive Airway Pressure (PAP) Machine Use in Adults With Down Syndrome and Sleep Apnea

EMMA JEAN WALKER (University of South Florida), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Jennifer Trang Nguyen (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

A common sleep disorder among individuals with Down syndrome is obstructive sleep apnea (OSA). The most common treatment of OSA is Positive Airway Pressure (PAP) therapy. However, adherence to PAP therapy prescriptions is low. The high prevalence of OSA and low adherence with PAP therapy emphasized the need for an intervention to increase PAP machine use in individuals with DS. The following study evaluated a caregiver-implemented behavioral intervention aiming to increase PAP machine use in adults with DS using a multiple baseline across participants design. Participants in this study included four adults diagnosed with DS and OSA. The researchers utilized behavioral skills training via videoconferencing software to train the caregivers to implement the intervention. The intervention included the use of graduated exposure to the PAP therapy (i.e., slow progression of steps leading up to 4 hours of PAP machine use), differential negative reinforcement (i.e., longer breaks following compliance, shorter breaks following noncompliance with the graduated exposure step), contingent positive reinforcement (i.e., rewards following compliance with the graduated exposure step) and noncontingent reinforcement (i.e., access to a leisure item during intervention sessions). This caregiver-implemented behavioral intervention was effective at increasing PAP machine use for all participants. The results of this study serve as preliminary results for the effectiveness of this behavioral intervention when implemented by caregivers.

 
Evaluating Virtual Training and Consultation to Teach Case Managers to Use the FAIR and Create Interventions to Address Runaway Behavior
ASHA FULLER (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Ryan Estes (SAFY of America), Arturo Garcia (University of South Florida)
Abstract: According to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (2021), over 600,000 youth were served in the child welfare system the previous year. Youth in child welfare can have a variety of placements including foster family homes with relatives or non-relatives, group homes, or institutions. Running away is a problem across different placement and can be defined as an event where a youth disappears from their caregiver’s custody (Administration for Children’s Services, 1992). Currently, for youth that chronically run away from their child welfare placements, interventions are placement changes and/or therapy. The Functional Assessment Interview for Runaways (FAIR) is a semi-structured interview to be used to develop individualized behavior support plans for youth who frequently run away from alternative living settings (Crosland et al., 2020). The current study used an online training to teach case managers to use the FAIR and monthly online consultation meetings to create individualized interventions to address runaway behavior of youth in child welfare. FAIR results and subsequent individualized interventions will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #306
CE Offered: BACB
Advances in Establishing and Arranging Conditioned Reinforcers for Individuals with IDD: Bridging the Research to Practice Gap
Monday, May 29, 2023
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Yanerys Leon (University of Miami)
Discussant: Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
CE Instructor: Yanerys Leon, Ph.D.
Abstract: Conditioned reinforcers are among the mostly commonly used reinforcers in practice for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (Graff & Karsten, 2012). Despite their widespread use there are few empirical guidelines for how best to establish and arrange these reinforcers for individuals with limited language. The presentations in this symposium will broadly describe new research spanning establishing and arranging conditioned reinforcers including a) a systematic review of methods to establish conditioned reinforcers, b) effects of novel and interested-based tokens on skill acquisition, c) effects of token production delays on skill acquisition, and d) preference for fixed versus varied exchange production schedules.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): conditioned reinforcers, pairing, tokens
Target Audience: Practicing BCBAs who design programs that include conditioned reinforcers. Applied behavior analysis researchers.
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the most commonly reported pairing procedures used to establishing conditioned reinforcers. 2. Describe the influence of token type (i.e., novel or interested based) on skill acquisition and handling time. 3. Describe the impact of token production delays on skill acquisition. 4. Describe how token economies can be used to study other behavioral phenomena (e.g., preference for fixed versus variable outcomes).
 

A Systematic Review of Pairing Procedures for Establishing Conditioned Reinforcers for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities

TRACY ARGUETA (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine), Brian Reichow (UConn Health), Paige Talhelm (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Establishing conditioned reinforcers is often a critical step in service delivery for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and/or intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDDs). Therefore, identifying effective procedures for establishing conditioned reinforcers is critical. In this review, we systematically searched the literature for published and unpublished single-case design studies that evaluated stimulus-stimulus (S-S) pairing, response-stimulus (R-S) pairing, and/or operant discrimination training (ODT) for establishing conditioned reinforcers for individuals with ASD and/or IDDs. We searched two electronic databases for studies that included pre- and post-pairing measurements of responding that resulted in access to the stimulus targeted for conditioning. Thirty-one studies, including twelve theses and dissertations, met inclusion criteria. Eight studies evaluated S-S pairing, 20 evaluated R-S pairing, and nine evaluated ODT. Combined, S-S pairing, R-S pairing and ODT were effective at establishing conditioned reinforcers only about half the time. However, analyses of the effectiveness of each procedure indicate that R-S pairing is the most effective of the three procedures.

 

The Effects of Novel and Interest-Based Tokens on Skill Acquisition and Handling Time

Nathalie Fernandez (Kenndey Krieger), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Garret Hack (University of Florida), ZHIBO RONG (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

We recently surveyed certified clinicians about their commonly used practices when training and implementing token economies with individuals with autism and other neurodevelopmental disorders. Overwhelmingly, clinicians reported selecting stimuli to be used as tokens based on the learner’s existing interests (e.g., characters, animals, etc.). Additionally, clinicians reported that learners are allowed to manipulate tokens during both token production and exchange. Tokens based on a learner’s interest (i.e., interest-based tokens) have been demonstrated to produce greater increases in the levels of on-task behavior compared to novel tokens (Carnett et al., 2014) Interest-based tokens have also been shown to increase correct responding, relative to pre-existing tokens, within the context of skill acquisition (Charlop-Christy & Haymes, 1998). However, several limitations in both Carnett et al. (2014) and Charlop-Christy and Haymes (1998) limit the conclusions that can be drawn to inform clinical practice. The present study evaluated that how novel and interest-based tokens affect skill acquisition with three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Results suggest that the type of stimuli used as a token does not have a significant effect on skill acquisition but can produce longer handling times which can result in fewer learning opportunities across time. Suggestions for clinical practice and future research will be discussed.

 

Effects of Token Production Delays on Skill Acquisition During Discrete Trial Instruction (DTI)

ELISA ALONSO DUQUE (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Yamna Zaman (University of Miami), Miranda Aryn Sadlow (University of Miami)
Abstract:

We examined the effects of token production delays on the rate of skill acquisition during discrete trial instruction (DTI) for three children with an intellectual or developmental disability (IDD). We used a multielement design to compare the rate of skill acquisition in a DTI with accumulated reinforcers context across three conditions: a) immediate reinforcement; B) 5-s token-production delay; and c) 10-s s token-production delay. All participants acquired the skills more quickly in the immediate reinforcement condition. Delays of both 5 s and 10 s decreased the efficiency and efficacy of skill acquisition for all participants.

 

Further Evaluation of Fixed Versus Variable Exchange Production Schedules

FRANCHESCA IZQUIERDO (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Miranda Aryn Sadlow (University of Miami)
Abstract:

Basic research has shown that nonhuman animals generally display a preference for variable ratio (VR) rather than fixed ratio (FR) schedules of reinforcement, particularly when low individual ratios are included (Field et al., 1996). Minimal applied research has investigated preference for these schedules among children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) despite a clinical phenotype that suggests a general preference for sameness (which may theoretically extend to a preference for fixed schedules). In a preliminary investigation of second-order schedule effects within a token economy, Argueta et al., (2019) found a similar preference for VR rather than FR schedules for their participant with ASD. This study extends Argueta et al. by evaluating preference for FR and VR exchange schedules across an escalating range of exchange ratios within a token economy. We used a concurrent chains assessment to evaluate preference for FR or VR exchange-production schedules of reinforcement at equal ratios of 5 and 10. Preliminary results did not indicate a strong preference for either schedule at a ratio of 5, however an increase to a ratio of 10 resulted in an emergence of preference.

 
 
Symposium #307
CE Offered: BACB
Technology and Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 29, 2023
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom B
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Makenzie Heatherly (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Discussant: Zachary Harrison Morford (Texas Association for Behavior Analysis)
CE Instructor: Makenzie Heatherly, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will feature four presentations on the use of technology in behavior analytic research and practice. The first two presentations will focus on the use of virtual reality, specifically as it relates to learning and teacher acceptability and interventions for delay discounting. The final two presentations will focus on video game play, specifically as it relates to assessments of audience effects and reactions and stimulus control of response variability. A discussion of these presentations will follow.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): audience reaction, delay discounting, response variability, virtual reality
Target Audience:

The current symposium is an intermediate level discussion of the use of technology in applied behavior analysis. Participants should have familiarity with behavior analysis, common research designs in behavior-analytic research and practice, have a passing familiarity with gamification in research, and be interested in how technology can be added to evaluations of behavioral processes.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how pre-service educator's view the acceptability and social validly of training in virtual environments, (2) identify current research related to virtual reality and episodic future thinking; (3) identify how audience reactions impact gaming performance; and (4) identify at least one variable that can impact stimulus control of variability in a video game
 
Evaluating Pre-Service Educator Acceptability for Learning in Virtual Settings
HAYLEE HELLER (University of Utah), Aaron J. Fischer (University of Utah)
Abstract: There is a dramatic shortage of special education teachers across grade levels, and attrition is extraordinarily high due to Stress and teacher burnout. This phenomenon emerges due to disruptive behavior in the classroom—many times behaviors educators are not trained or prepared to manage. To address training for educators around appropriate behavior management virtual training environments (VTEs) are well-suited to augment behavioral skills training that typically requires intensive human interaction. Before using VTEs to train teachers on how to manage disruptive behavior, educators could simulate high-stakes, stressful, potentially dangerous scenarios in a safe, highly controlled environment. VTEs thus afford socially valid rehearsal, and highly-precise personalized feedback. This study evaluated 50 educators acceptability for training in a VTE prior to, and after exposure to a virtual environment. Results from the Technology Acceptance Model Fast Form showed a significant increase in acceptability of training in VTEs, after exposure to the virtual environment. Considerations for simulation development are discussed
 

Episodic Future Thinking and Its Relationship to Immersion in Virtual Reality Environments

EMMA PRESTON (Dartmouth College), Sylvia Xueni Pan (Goldsmiths University of London), P. Raymond Joslyn (Utah State University), Milad Najafichaghabouri (Utah State University), Sara Peck (USU; NECC; WNE)
Abstract:

Episodic future thinking (EFT) has been shown to be an effective way to reduce delay discounting, which is correlated to a number of maladaptive behaviors related to impulsive choice. EFT uses a narrative interview method that maps well onto factors related to immersion in virtual reality. Virtual reality has been used in psychological and neurocognitive interventions due to those immersive properties, however has yet to be used as a method of EFT delivery. Therefore, we ask if virtual reality will be an effective method of delivery of EFT, and if this reduction will have a relationship with individual levels of immersion in virtual reality reported. Using a pre-post measure of discounting, preliminary research suggests that individuals who experience EFT in a virtual reality setting see a reduction in delay discounting, however more research must be done to further understand the relationship between changes in discounting and reported levels of immersion.

 
Evaluation of Audience Presence and Reactions on Performance in a Virtual Gaming Environment
NATHAN WEBER (University of Alaska Anchorage), Makenzie Heatherly (University of Alaska Anchorage), Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage)
Abstract: Audience effects are described as any change in performance that results from the presence of one or more spectators, and these effects have been demonstrated many times in the sports literature. Although these data suggest the presence of an audience affects performance, audiences are generally not silent and the reactions from an audience might also impact performance. Few researchers have attempted to isolate the effects of audience reactions on performance. In response, this pilot project compared the effects of audience presence (presence v. absence) and audience reactions (cheers v. jeers v. silence) on gaming performance. Participants were randomly assigned to one of three virtual games created in Minecraft, and performance accuracy (Archery and Free Throw) and duration to successful completion (Walk-the-Line) were monitored. During baseline, participants completed the assigned game alone and there were no programmed consequences for accurate performance or successful completion. Next, participants completed the assigned game with a virtual audience present three times. Following accurate performance, the audience either did nothing (Silent) or provided positive (Cheer) or negative (Jeer) statements. Our findings indicate that previous results isolating audience reactions might be the product of practice effects across conditions rather than the differential effects of audience reaction types.
 

Discriminative Control of Variability in Video Game Play

JOSEPH D. DRACOBLY (University of North Texas), Gabriela Arias (University of North Texas), Madison Majeski-Gerken (University of North Texas), Scott Charles Robinson (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Creativity can be a useful skill in today’s classrooms and workplaces. Behavioral variability, something different from the norm, may be an aspect of creativity. Much behavior analytic research on behavioral variability involves response sequences, a response form that could limit applicability of findings to the everyday environment. To address this, we replicated Page and Neuringer (1985, Experiment 6) by investigating stimulus control of variability in a video game. Participants played a 2D online video game made in Bloxels. Patterns of alternating colors served as the discriminative stimuli for the vary and repeat components. Three parameters of variability were measured (e.g., left jumps, right jumps, and double jumps). The results of the study indicate that participants were able to learn the discrimination of when to repeat and vary their responses depending on which colored platform they encountered. We will discuss practical implications of rapid stimulus control of non-sequence variability.

 
 
Symposium #308
Hypothetical Purchase Tasks and Public Health Concerns: Sleep, Substance-Use, and the Impact of Alternative Reinforcers
Monday, May 29, 2023
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom C
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kayla Rinna (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Justin Charles Strickland (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Hypothetical purchase tasks capture ecologically informed preferences for a given reinforcer across a range of prices. They are convenient tools for deriving estimates of reinforcer demand. This symposium involves innovative applications of the hypothetical purchasing task methodology, specifically attending to alternative or competing reinforcers. Four studies assess (1) demand for alcohol when other options are available and characterizing these options as substitutes, complements, or independent; (2) demand for sleep considering nappers and non-nappers, across contextual manipulations and including chores that compete with sleep; (3) demand for alcohol under consideration of relevant, next-day priorities; and (4) alcohol and non-alcohol consumption patterns of student athletes and non-athletes. Understanding relative reinforcer value will aid the development of novel therapeutic targets to alleviate public health concerns.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
Identifying Alternative Sources of Reinforcement for Alcohol Use: Preliminary Analysis of Novel Activity Purchase Tasks
(Basic Research)
SARAH CATHERINE WEINSZTOK (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas), Michael Amlung (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Behavioral economic frameworks suggest that hazardous alcohol use is a temporally extended pattern of behavior that occurs in the presence of other contextual variables. Thus, alcohol demand may be impacted by the availability of alternative or competing reinforcers. Purchase tasks are a useful way of assessing demand for alcohol in the face of alternative commodities because they permit researchers to functionally define these alternatives as having a substitutable, complementary, or independent relation to alcohol consumption. However, using purchase tasks to help identify alternative reinforcers to drug use remains a relatively nascent area. We therefore tested the feasibility of adapting purchase task methodology to alternative activity engagement in a series of novel activity purchase tasks. Participants recruited from Amazon’s Mechanical Turk (N=176) were administered an alcohol purchase task, a preference assessment of various daily activities, and purchase tasks of those activities. Results showed systematic impacts of price on demand, providing a preliminary demonstration that purchase task methodology can be successfully adapted to assess demand for preferred non-drug-related alternative activities. However, continued methodological refinement is warranted. We discuss the implications and future directions of this research in identifying candidate activities that may serve as substitutes for alcohol use.
 
How Much Would You Pay for Sleep? The Behavioral Economics of Undergraduates’ Sleep
(Basic Research)
KAYLA RINNA (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Lack of sleep is a public health concern. The current study examined whether hypothetical purchasing tasks offer a method for quantifying the value of sleep among undergraduate students. Instructions were varied systematically to assess within-person effects, and a sleep questionnaire distinguished two groups of sleepers: nappers (n = 178) and non-nappers (n = 215). Validity checks and data-cleaning algorithms were used to ensure data integrity. About half of the participants (59.6%) produced valid data, resulting in systematic purchasing patterns, whether sleep could be purchased in isolation or in a context that made sure that chores would still be completed if the participant slept. Hypothetical purchasing tasks have the potential to enhance a behavioral economics approach to sleep and generate public health solutions.
 
Individually Tailoring Hypothetical Purchase Tasks in the Context of Next-Day Responsibilities
(Basic Research)
BRANDON PATRICK MILLER (University of Kansas), James Murphy (University of Memphis), James MacKillop (McMaster University), Michael Amlung (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Researchers can manipulate alcohol purchase tasks (APTs) to determine how demand for alcohol is influenced by context. One contextual factor that influences demand for alcohol is the presence of a next-day responsibility (e.g., Gilbert et al., 2014; Skidmore & Murphy, 2011); however, previous research has relied on college samples and examined a limited range of responsibilities. We replicated and extended previous research using a sample of community adults reporting last-year alcohol use from Amazon Mechanical Turk (n = 261; Mean age = 38.42; 79% White; 60% identified as men; 39% identified as women; 39% identified as non-binary) and eight hypothetical next-day responsibilities to determine if similar results would be found. To ensure that responsibilities were relevant to individual participants, they first rank-ordered all eight responsibilities. Participants then completed a standard no-responsibility APT, followed by two additional APTs in the context of their two highest ranked responsibilities. Intensity, breakpoint, Omax, and Pmax were significantly higher in the no responsibilities condition compared to both responsibility conditions (ps < .001); however, there was no significant difference in any demand index between the first and second ranked responsibility (p range .65-.91). We discuss these results and the advantages and disadvantages of individualizing commodity purchase tasks.
 
Alcohol Demand in College Students: The Roles of Athletic Involvement and Gender
(Basic Research)
REBECCA KURNELLAS (University of Kansas), Margaret P. Martinetti (The College of New Jersey), Elizabeth Taylor (Temple University), Rose Ward (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract: College athletes represent a high-risk group for alcohol use and associated consequences. We used the Alcohol Purchase Task to compare alcohol demand among men and women student-athletes and those not involved in college sports. In our first study (n = 196), student-athletes had significantly higher expenditures on alcohol (Omax) compared with non-athletes, and men had significantly higher demand intensity compared with women. Observed demand indices were also positively correlated with other measures of alcohol use/consequences, such as the AUDIT, DDQ, and B-YAACQ. In our second study (n = 1282 with systematic APT), we added the probability-based Cup-Price Purchase Task (CPPT; Morrell, Reed, & Martinetti, 2021) to investigate whether student-athletes would display higher demand for a “bottomless cup” compared with non-athletes. Finally, we used the APT-Choice (Martinetti et al., 2019) to examine whether men and women student athletes would differ in their sensitivity to alcohol price when a non-alcoholic alternative option was available within the purchase task vignette. The findings are discussed with respect to the use of hypothetical purchase tasks to both describe demand for alcohol and alcohol-related commodities among at-risk students and to assess the viability of low-cost alternatives as a harm-reduction measure.
 
 
Symposium #309
CE Offered: BACB
Applications and Extensions of the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction
Monday, May 29, 2023
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D.
Abstract: The Morningside Model of Generative Instruction (MMGI) delineates evidence-based teaching, practice, measurement and assessment procedures, and sound instructional design practices to produce superior learner performance. This symposium will focus on several aspects of the model. First, Guy Bruce will describe an organizational performance engineering system to evaluate and alter instruction based upon frequent measurement of learner performance. The system changes how providers work together so that every student makes efficient progress. Second, Andrew Kieta will describe recent extensions of Morningside’s procedures and to make it more likely that learners will apply what they have been taught in novel, real-world circumstances. These extensions also justify new generalization concepts. Third, Adam Hockman will illustrate how he uses Morningside’s assessment, measurement, and instructional design procedures to sharpen and extend advanced concert musicians’ performances. Finally, Kelsia King will describe a video conferencing process for implementing Morningside procedures to teach math in elementary schools in South Africa.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Professionals interested in behavioral education, direct instruction, Precision teaching/frequency building, special education, general education, and decision making. Audience should have a basic understanding of applied behavior analysis as applied to academic learning behavior.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. List and describe the four EARS repertoires for pragmatic decision making, 2. Define simple generative responding and describe procedures for teaching students how to engage in simple generative responding, and 3. Describe how to use the Standard Celeration Chart as a measurement and decision making tool for music performances.
 
Evaluate Student Progress: A Pragmatic Approach
(Theory)
GUY S. BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC)
Abstract: A pragmatic school uses it EARS to Evaluate student progress using frequent, accurate, sensitive measures, and when a student is not making efficient progress towards mastery of the knowledge and skills necessary for a successful life, Analyzes teacher performance problems, using direct measures to identify the causes of can-do, know-how, and want-problems, Recommends changes in teacher resources, training, and management, and Solves teacher performance problems by designing and implementing recommended solutions. EARS is an organizational performance engineering process that changes how providers work together so that every student makes efficient progress. A school that does not evaluate each student’s progress using frequent, accurate sensitive measures of student behavior change and make changes in teacher resources, training, and management when a student is not making efficient progress, will be unable to ensure that every student makes efficient progress. This talk will address the following questions: Why are frequent, accurate, sensitive measures of student progress necessary to ensure that every student makes efficient progress? How do these measures differ from the usual measures that schools collect to evaluate student progress? Why does a pragmatic school need to evaluate the efficiency of student progress?
 
Promoting Real-World Application After Instruction: Structured Forms, Cognitive Strategy Instruction, Think-Alouds, and Delayed Prompting
(Theory)
ANDREW ROBERT KIETA (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Effective people engage in behaviors they were previously taught under a vastly wider variety of contexts than those presented in classrooms. We call applying the same behavior we were taught in a new context simple generative responding. To promote simple generative responding, most teachers provide suggestions or wisdom to students about applying the behaviors elsewhere. Some learners need only a few models to successfully apply the skills that they have been taught. However, a fully functional analysis must include more than hope for application. Even if they performed well during instruction, many learners require explicit instruction in knowing how, when, and why to apply their instructed skills. At Morningside Academy we have developed a Generative Instruction model for teaching learners to engage in application as well as novel behavior. Success in simple generative responding begins with designing progressions of “structured forms” that gradually approximate real-life events, and implementing two procedures to facilitate application: Cognitive Strategy Instruction with teacher think alouds to broaden the context in which a skill is initially taught, and delayed prompting to guide application of the skill in new contexts.
 
Generative Practice Strategies for Advanced Concert Musicians
(Service Delivery)
ADAM HOCKMAN (MGH Institute of Health Professions & ABA Technologies)
Abstract: Experienced musicians often have limited practice skill and strategy repertoires. Many rely on trial and error and advice from teachers. When those methods don’t work, it’s easy for students to get stuck and frustrated. This session presents the work from a practice and performance analytics course taught at the Heifetz International Music Institute. The course combined elements of the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction (MMGI) to close skill gaps, boost confidence, and achieve generative outcomes with aspiring concert musicians ages 8–30. By using component-composite analysis, explicit instruction, frequency building, and application exercises, musicians learned to identify and analyze performance problems, select and implement interventions, and measure the outcomes of their efforts. Performance data and work samples demonstrate the efficacy of teaching students to master their own practice and performance journeys.
 

Adding to a Maths Program: Charles Duna Primary School, Gqeberha, South Africa and Partnerships for Educational Excellence and Research (PEER) International

(Service Delivery)
KELSIA LAUREN KING (Jumpstart Autism Center), Nombuelo Sume (Charles Duna Primary School), Jarren Gangiah (Charles Duna Primary School), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy & PEER International), Leah Herzog (Morningside Academy / PEER International)
Abstract:

In collaboration with educators in the Eastern Cape townships of South Africa since 2004, PEER International (Partnerships for Educational Excellence and Research) has shared the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction. Professional development and coaching sessions were held in Gqebehra (formerly Port Elizabeth) utilizing a train-the-trainer model. Shifting from a focus on literacy to numeracy, video conferencing was employed during the pandemic with educators at Charles Duna Primary School and educators in the U.S. The effort blended the South African curricula from Maths Rainbow, Singapore Math and Spring Math, and analyzed objectives from a component - composite approach. The initial 2022 inquiry from the faculty of Charles Duna was to find a maths related resource similar to Headsprout, the reading program provided to PEER schools who had computers and internet access. Math Playground was made available, however, it is not a programmed sequence and more explicit instruction was needed. Diagnostic assessments, administered in isiXhosa, had to be translated to inform the video conferencing sessions. Unlike the United States, standardized testing and curriculum-based assessments are not readily available. The pilot program presented here will be implemented in the 2023 school year in maths instruction from Grade R (Reception) through Grade 7.

 
 
Symposium #310
CE Offered: BACB
Exploring the Versatility of Applied Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 29, 2023
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center 406/407
Area: TBA/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Sarah Kern (University of Missouri St. Louis )
Discussant: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University)
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, M.S.
Abstract:

Behavior analysis is often primarily associated with behavior interventions for individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. However, behavior analysis is a field with great potential to positively impact many other fields and populations. This symposium will focus on the implementation of behavior analysis in a variety of settings. In the first presentation, Dr. Nicole Pfaller-Sadovsky will present on the use of behavior-analytic principles to intervene in undesired behavior exhibited by companion dogs and explore aspects of those interventions that promote feasible implementation and effectiveness. In the second talk, Dr. Andresa De Souza will discuss the incorporation of programmed instruction in higher education settings. The third presentation will feature Dr. Abigail Kennedy, who will review the integration of behavior analysis into pediatric primary integrated care services. Finally, Dr. Maegan Pisman will overview user-experience (UX) research and its similarities and differences with ABA. Dr. Darlene Crone-Todd will serve as the discussant.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Animal behavior, Behavioral pediatrics, Higher education, User-experience research
Target Audience:

This presentation is best suited for practitioners and researchers interested in learning how behavior analysis might be applied to a variety of fields and settings. Participants should possess a basic understanding of the generalization of behavior analytic principles.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Name different areas of application of behavior analysis; (2) Understand how the principles of behavior analysis are applied in different fields; (3) Have practical recommendations for each of the fields presented.
 
The Evolution of Programmed Instruction to Modern Day Instructional Design
ANDRESA DE SOUZA (University of Missouri-St. Louis)
Abstract: The advent of online instruction in higher education intensified the need for academic programs to develop effective teaching strategies. The scholarship of teaching and learning has received increasing attention from researchers and educators concerned with effective pedagogical strategies, particularly in the online environment. Behavior analysis involvement in the design of effective teaching strategies dates back to the 1950s when Skinner created his teaching machine and developed, alongside a group of researchers, a systematic process for the design of instructional material. Skinner termed this process Programmed Instruction (PI). PI has been regarded as the most researched model of instruction. It pioneered the field of instructional design in children's education, college and university teaching, and adult learning. PI is considered one of the solutions of behavior analysis for issues in higher education. This talk will provide a historical account of the development of Skinner's teaching machine and PI as a foundation for effective teaching technologies. It will present the main characteristics of PI and the empirical demonstrations of the effectiveness of PI in higher education. Finally, it will discuss the feasibility of implementing PI in online higher-education teaching.
 
Incorporating Behavior Analysis Into Pediatric Primary Integrated Care
ABIGAIL KENNEDY (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Child and adolescent problem behaviors are typically first reported by caregivers to primary care providers. Integrating behavioral health into pediatric primary care settings decreases barriers to care by allowing children and their families to receive behavioral services in settings in which they are already comfortable receiving care. As most behavior analysts currently report working with individuals diagnosed with autism and other disabilities (BACB, n.d.), Friman (2010), Bruni and Lancaster (2019), and others have argued that incorporating behavior analysis into primary care would expand the reach of behavior analysis to a broader range of the population. However, working within the primary care setting requires adaption, including the use of brief sessions, generally held every one or two weeks, during which caregivers are often trained to serve as the primary implementers. This presentation will discuss these and other practical aspects of incorporating behavior analysis assessment, interventions, and data collection into pediatric primary integrated care services.
 
A Behavior-Analytic Perspective of User Experience Principles
MAEGAN D. PISMAN (imbueity & Instawork)
Abstract: User experience research (UXR) is a discipline focused on developing digital and physical products based on the needs, preferences, and challenges experienced by the people who use those products. A good UX professional applies general usability heuristics and psychological principles to their designs as a best practice, but UXR is still necessary to understand the characteristics and needs of the specific users of a given product. While other fields of psychology have influenced UXR, applied behavior analysis (ABA) has yet to make its mark. The presenter will share how UXR and ABA are different (yet similar), review the UXR process within product development, provide a high-level overview of UXR principles while overlaying a behavior-analytic perspective, and discuss why we should pursue the opportunity to make a socially-significant impact on people through the tech industry. A case study will also be presented to show how we can translate our well-established methods to product design.
 
 
Symposium #359
CE Offered: BACB
Enhancing Staff Training and Performance With Technology and Organizational Behavior Management Practices
Monday, May 29, 2023
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom E
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Discussant: Ivy M Chong (Little Leaves Behavioral Services)
CE Instructor: Ivy M Chong, Ph.D.
Abstract:

High quality staff training and performance management are critically important for both employee and consumer outcomes. For example, training and ongoing development leads to increased levels of performance, employee retention, and overall job satisfaction. Employee performance is directly related to positive client outcomes. This symposium will highlight research from four labs with projects related to staff training and performance management. The first presentation will provide an overview of organizational behavior management (OBM) interventions implemented outside of the laboratory setting and highlight barriers to implementing interventions for staff with the precision needed for empirical research. The second presentation will discuss the use of antecedent-based intervention enhanced by technology to train behavior technicians in a pairing protocol. The third presentation will describe the use of a consequence-based intervention using technology and self-monitoring to increase and maintain high levels of treatment integrity during discrete trial instruction for covert and overt observations. The fourth presentation will review the results of a study that evaluated self-paced versus machine-paced instruction to teach a novel skill in a simulated employment setting. Each presenter will discuss the limitations of their work and propose ideas for future research in this area.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): human services, OBM, staff training, technology
Target Audience:

Audience members should have a basic understanding of behavioral principles and how they are applied to organizations. Audience members should also have a general knowledge base in staff training procedures.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify various OBM practices that can be integrated into human service settings (e.g., clinics that provide services to learners with autism). 2. Describe the use of video modeling and self-monitoring to enhance staff training in practical settings. 2. Discuss the impact of pacing on comprehension during asynchronous staff training procedures.
 
Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) Interventions Outside the Lab: Practical Implications for OBM Interventions in Clinical Settings
MARY LOUISE LEWIS (Florida Institute of Technology), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Organizational Behavior Management research has demonstrated many ways to create significant positive change using behavior analytic research in a health and human services setting. However, the lack of experimental control and extraneous variables that occur in a naturalistic environment such as an autism clinic can lead to failed applications of OBM research in an applied setting. There is a clear research practice gap in OBM literature and human service settings (Luiselli et al., 2022). This presentation highlights the barriers to implementing effective interventions for staff while simultaneously following the precision needed to conduct empirical research in an autism clinic. The OBM interventions discussed will include an incentive system, email engagement, clinic cleanliness, vacation time processes, and visual prompts for timeclock accuracy. The data presented showed a significant increase in engagement across staff working in a clinical environment. The blend of clinical practices and OBM research can lead to a single intervention impacting change at all levels of the organization (leaders, supervisors, clients).
 
An Evaluation of Video Modeling with Embedded and Voice Over instructions to Teach Pairing Procedures
GLORIA LEYLA FANNING (May Institute; University of Massachusetts Lowell), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Samuel Shvarts (The May Institute; University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract: Pairing is a commonly recommended practice used to build rapport and create positive therapeutic environments (Lugo et al., 2017; Shillingsburg, et al., 2019; Smith, 2001; Sundberg & Partington, 2010). To date, there are limited technological procedures and/or operational definitions specific to training staff on structured pairing procedures. Video modeling is an evidence-based training approach that has been used to teach a variety of skills to staff working with children (Bovi et al., 2017). The purpose of the present study was to begin to formalize the training process for the initial stages of pairing in a structured protocol by systematically replicating and extending video modeling training research to teach pairing procedures to behavior technicians. The study used a non-concurrent multiple baseline design across participants. Results indicate video modeling with embedded and voice over instructions plus feedback is an effective and efficient method to train initial pairing procedures to direct care staff. Implications of these results will be discussed.
 

Evaluating the Effectiveness of Video Self-Monitoring on Staff Treatment Integrity During Covert and Overt Observations

AMBER R. PADEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Research has shown poor treatment integrity can lead to slower progress toward mastering skills in the early intervention setting (Carroll et al, 2013). Pantermuehl and Lechago (2015) found that during covert observations, treatment integrity ranged from 18.6 to 76% whereas during overt observations, integrity increased to as high as 100%. While researchers have noted concern with reactivity, this continues to be an obstacle. It is important to investigate differences in treatment integrity with and without the supervisor present and identify ways to increase and maintain high integrity. Finding a socially acceptable, effective, and efficient method to increase and maintain high levels of staff treatment integrity when no supervisor is present is critical in the clinic setting. The purpose of the current study was to examine the effectiveness of video self-monitoring on increasing and maintaining high treatment integrity for staff implementing DTI during covert and overt observations. Participants include three staff who work one-on-one with children with ASD and implement programs with less than 90% integrity during either covert or overt observations. Preliminary results suggest video self-monitoring is effective at increasing staff treatment integrity.

 

Relative Effects of Self-Paced and Machine-Paced Learning Under Computer-Based Training

EUNJU CHOI (St.Cloud State University), Douglas A. Johnson (Eastman Chemical Company)
Abstract:

Instructional applications such as Programmed Instruction and Computer-Based Instruction (CBI) have long touted the benefits of self-pacing (e.g., teaching machines, personalized system of instruction), but direct comparisons of different pacing types are lacking. The purpose of this study was to compare the effects of a self-paced instruction versus machine-paced instruction using a computerized format. A total of 70 participants were recruited and randomly assigned to either machine-paced learning or self-paced learning group. A mock training program was developed for this experiment. The participants were trained as a new technician at the hypothetical automotive company. The dependent variables for this research were correctly completed percentages of pre-test and comprehension test scores. A randomized between group design was applied and one-factor Analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) was used for the statistical analysis. To adjust the treatment effect estimate (i.e., prior knowledge on the automotive maintenance and repair), pre-test scores were used as a covariate. The adjusted difference between machine-paced condition and self-paced condition for correctly completed comprehension test scores was statistically significant. In other words, there was a significant effect of pacing types on comprehension test after controlling pre-test scores.

 
 
Paper Session #311
Justice, Equity, Diversity, and Inclusion Training: A Behavior Analytic Wellness Workshop Series
Monday, May 29, 2023
9:00 AM–9:25 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B
Area: CSS
Chair: Arianna Ty Lipton (Florida Institute of Technology)
 
Justice, Equity, Diversity, and Inclusion Training: A Behavior Analytic Wellness Workshop Series
Domain: Service Delivery
ARIANNA TY LIPTON (Florida Institute of Technology), Kaitlynn Gokey (Florida Institute of Technology)
 
Abstract: Behavior analysis can contribute greatly to engineering organizational cultures of inclusivity by reducing interpersonal discrimination and developing individual prosocial repertoires. General diversity, equity, and inclusion trainings primarily involve didactic instruction, mentalistic constructs, and may fail to pinpoint meaningful behaviors that generalize to the natural environment. In this presentation, the experimenters will describe an inclusion and wellness workshop series that used behavior analytic methods, such as the Teaching Interaction Procedure, modeling, and differential reinforcement, to teach college students and staff specific behaviors related to personal wellbeing and inclusivity in the community. Target behaviors included tacting interpersonal discrimination, responding appropriately to microaggressions directed at themselves as well as others, and self-monitoring and correction of discriminatory statements. This presentation will review the procedures used in the workshop, the resultant change in participant behavior, and a discussion of the relevant principles of Relational Frame Theory, Acceptance and Commitment Therapy, and cultural selection. Behavior analysts are ethically obligated to promote diversity, equity, and inclusion with clients and staff, and the procedures presented here may be replicated in-vivo or in virtual formats to reduce interpersonal discrimination and promote inclusive organizational cultures.
 
 
 
Paper Session #312
Enhancing Opportunities for Front-Line Staff: Working Towards Sustained Engagement and Reduced Turnover
Monday, May 29, 2023
9:00 AM–9:25 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Area: OBM
Chair: Breanne K. Hartley (LittleStar ABA Therapy )
 

Enhancing Opportunities for Front-Line Staff: Working Towards Sustained Engagement and Reduced Turnover

Domain: Service Delivery
JESSE LOGUE (LittleStar ABA Therapy), Breanne K. Hartley (LittleStar ABA Therapy)
 
Abstract:

Comprehensive Applied Behavior Analysis relies on the use of a tiered-service delivery model which includes a team of highly trained clinicians necessary for the treatment of a single patient. To ensure adequate staffing and minimize service disruptions, organizations must attract, train, and retain staff. Turnover rates for Registered Behavior Technicians (RBTs) have been reported by some providers to be as high as 75% (Molko, 2018). Turnover at the RBT level impacts patient’s access to stability, BCBA’s training time, and financial cost related to onboarding new staff. One factor impacting retention is burnout, or exhaustion accompanied by decreased motivation. To establish value for maintained employment, a level system was developed that clearly depicts the benefits available at various points within the RBT’s career. These levels enhance visibility of seniority, offer ongoing and targeted training, reinforce the key performance indicators of the position, and provide peer mentorship. This presentation will describe how the level system was implemented systematically across the organization with emphasis on the establishment of a peer mentorship model.

 
 
 
Symposium #313
CE Offered: BACB
Intervention Strategies for Increasing Appropriate Task-Related Behavior
Monday, May 29, 2023
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Eileen M. Roscoe, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium includes three papers addressing various intervention strategies for increasing appropriate on-task behavior. The first presenter will describe a study comparing two variations of a high-probability instruction sequence for increasing compliance in a child with autism. After identifying an effective intervention, the social acceptability of the procedures was assessed with clinicians. The second presenter will review a study that involved evaluating the utility of self-monitoring for increasing vocational task engagement in young adults with ASD. A systematic training of self-monitoring, a component analysis of self-monitoring alone and in combination with reinforcement will be reviewed, and a social acceptability analysis that incorporated a concurrent-chains procedure will be described. The third presenter will describe a study that evaluated the utility of a self-monitoring web-based application and reinforcement for increasing on-task behavior in elementary school students with or at risk for an emotional behavioral disorder (EBD).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): compliance, on-task behavior, self-monitoring, social acceptability
Target Audience:

The audience should have a basic understanding of the principles of applied behavior analysis, research methods, and experimental design.

Learning Objectives: 1. At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to describe how to conduct a high-probability instruction intervention that incorporates highly preferred tasks. 2. At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to describe how self-monitoring can facilitate maintenance of vocational task engagement. 3. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe how to conduct a technology-based self-monitoring intervention for increasing on-task behavior.
 
Evaluating the Impact of Preference on the Efficacy of the High Probability Instructional Sequence
AMALIX M FLORES (USF), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida), Alexandria Torres (University of South Florida)
Abstract: A lack of compliance is a common concern among children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD; Esch & Fryling, 2013). Low levels of compliance may deter skill acquisition, preventing one from meeting important education and social interaction objectives (Belfiore et al., 2008; Esch & Fryling, 2013; Lee et al., 2006). One intervention for increasing compliance is the high-probability instructional sequence (HPIS; Cooper et al., 2020). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the role of preference for the high-probability instructions (high-p) included in the HPIS. Two HPIS conditions were compared, one included highly preferred high-p instructions and one included non-preferred high-p instructions. Additionally, a questionnaire was conducted with clinicians to assess the social validity of the HPIS intervention. Both HPIS conditions increased compliance for a 6-year-old child diagnosed with ASD. However, the HPIS condition that included highly preferred instructions was more efficient. Clinician rated both HPIS interventions as socially valid and effective.
 
A Component Analysis of Self-Monitoring for Increasing Task Engagement
LAUREN RAE (The New England Center for Children and Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Erin S. Leif (Monash University), Sam Sheets (Advocates)
Abstract: Self-monitoring as part of a multiple-component intervention has been found to be an effective treatment approach for increasing various skills, including leisure-item engagement and social interaction. A potential benefit of self-monitoring is that it can be used to facilitate maintenance of skills. However, because self-monitoring is typically combined with other treatment components (e.g., differential reinforcement of alternative behavior; DRA), the independent contribution of self-monitoring for increasing skills remains unclear. In the current study, five young adults who exhibited low levels of independent vocational engagement participated. Three analyses were conducted: a comprehensive training procedure for increasing accurate self-monitoring, a component analysis of a self-monitoring intervention for increasing vocational task engagement, and a treatment preference assessment to assess the social acceptability of self-monitoring. For all participants, self-monitoring with DRA for accuracy and engagement was necessary to increase vocational task engagement. However, performance maintained for two of five participants when the DRA contingency for engagement was removed. Interobserver agreement data were collected for 33% of sessions and averaged 95.3% for task engagement across all participants.
 

The Impact of Self-Monitoring Using I-Connect for Increasing On-Task Behavior for Students With or At Risk of an Emotional Behavioral Disorder

MARISSA DEL VECCHIO (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Asha Fuller (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The use of technology-based self-monitoring interventions is becoming more popular, increasing the likelihood that self-monitoring interventions will have greater contextual fit within classrooms. Self-monitoring has resulted in increases in desired school behaviors, such as increases in on-task behavior, academic performance and task completion, for students diagnosed with disabilities. The purpose of this study was to extend the findings from Clemons et al. (2016) and examine student and teacher use of a web-based self-monitoring application, I-Connect, and reinforcement to increase on-task behavior for upper-level elementary school students with or at risk for an emotional behavioral disorder (EBD) using extended self-monitoring intervals. Significant increases in on-task behavior as a result of the I-Connect plus reinforcement intervention in the classroom were demonstrated for all three participants.

 
 
Panel #314
CE Offered: BACB
Come Play With Me: A Collaborative Approach to Specialized Services
Monday, May 29, 2023
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Janie A Funk, Ph.D.
Chair: Themis Gomes (Behaven Kids)
RHIANNON LAW (North Shore Pediatric Therapy)
JANIE A FUNK (Behaven Kids)
BETH O. BELLONE (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Specialized services in behavior analysis are often delivered in clinics and in home settings by technicians who are supervised by behavior analysts. Currently, in most cases, these services are delivered in a silo; without planned coordination and collaboration with other professionals who operate outside of behavior analysis but within the realm of specialized service delivery. The intent of this panel is to bring together professionals representing different disciplines (behavior analyst, speech and language pathologist, and neuropsychologist), in order to discuss the importance of collaboration across disciplines in an effort to ensure more complete care for clients in need of these specialized services. To that end, the panelists will share their experience as individuals who have worked in settings where collaboration of care is a common practice, by highlighting obstacles, opportunities and successes in their respective settings, and by entertaining pertinent questions from the audience. This open dialogue will aim at peaking the audience’s interest in potential ways to expand our practices in order to respond to the diverse social demands of the clients we serve.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Intermediate

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) List varies disciplines that often overlap with the delivery of ABA services. (2) Describe obstacles and strategies to collaborative service delivery. (3) Identify the importance of collaboration across disciplines in an effort to ensure more complete care for clients.
Keyword(s): Care Coordination, Collaboration
 
 
Panel #315
CE Offered: BACB
Responding to Criticism of Applied Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 29, 2023
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Rachel L. White, Ph.D.
Chair: Rachel L. White (University of Alaska, Anchorage)
GINA RICHIG (Vanderbilt University Peabody College)
RICHELLE HURTADO (Vanderbilt University Medical Center)
PABLO JUÁREZ (Vanderbilt University Medical Center)
Abstract:

Criticisms of the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) are gaining more attention from members within this field. It is important that we acknowledge areas of weakness within our field and make changes to address those weaknesses. After providing the audience with strategies to better listen to potentially uncomfortable feedback, this panel will discuss examples of criticisms of ABA and offer strategies to address those concerns. Panelists will accept questions from attendees regarding how to listen and make change based on criticisms heard. Participants will walk away with ideas on how to begin to address any areas of concern within their practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Participants should be familiar with functional analysis methodology and the development of function-based behavior intervention plans.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) select strategies for listening to criticisms of ABA; 2) identify some common criticisms of ABA; and 3) list ways to reduce the risk of harm caused by some common practices in ABA.
Keyword(s): criticism, neurodiversity affirming
 
 
Symposium #316
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Safety Skills to Children: What’s New?
Monday, May 29, 2023
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rasha Baruni (University of South Florida )
CE Instructor: Rasha Baruni, M.S.
Abstract: This symposium aims to disseminate some current research related to safety skills training. It brings together three studies that focus on important considerations for teaching children safety skills. Two presentations focus on interventions to teach children a number of safety skills and one presentation describes a survey related to clinical practices used by behavior analysts. The first presentation will review a survey administered to practicing behavior analysts soliciting opinions and perceptions of training safety skills to their clients with autism spectrum disorder and related disabilities. The next presentation describes a remote behavioral skills training procedure to teach children online gaming safety skills. The final presentation will discuss the content validation for development of an immersive virtual reality technology to teach children bullying prevention skills. As a whole, these presentations will highlight recent advances in safety skills research, and considerations for practice when teaching safety skills.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST, in-situ assessment, prevention, safety skills
Target Audience: Junior BCBAs Behavior analysts within their first 5 years of practice, including practitioners, supervisors, etc. Currently enrolled in or recently completed graduate-level work
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the current practices of behavior analysts related to safety skills training. (2) Describe the remote BST procedure evaluated in this study. (3) Describe one type of validation process for a bullying prevention program.
 
A Survey of Safety Skills Training Used by Behavior Analysts in Practice
RASHA BARUNI (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Children encounter a variety of safety threats in their immediate environments which may result in injuries or death. Teaching safety skills to children may make it more likely that they will engage in the safety responses when they encounter a safety threat (Gatheridge et al., 2004). Children with developmental disabilities (DD) may be at greater risk for harm, in part, due to behavioral deficits and excesses that are characteristic of DD (Dixon et al., 2010). Considering the potential for serious injury or death and the lack of safety skills exhibited by individuals with DD, interventions that target safety skills should be made priority. Although research shows that parents and teachers can be taught to train safety skills to children (Carroll-Rowan & Miltenberger, 1994; Novotny et al., 2021), no research has been conducted yet teaching behavior analysts and technicians to teach safety skills to their clients with DD (Baruni & Miltenberger, 2022). It is unclear what behavior analysts and technicians’ current practices are related to safety skills training. This survey obtained information on perceptions and current practices within service delivery settings from 695 respondents. The results of the survey will be discussed along with future research evaluating strategies for teaching behavior analysts to conduct safety skills training.
 
Evaluating Behavioral Skills Training to Train Online Gaming Safety Skills
HENRY CHOVET SANTA CRUZ (USF, NeuroRestorative), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Despite the growing concern of caregivers as their children spend an increasing amount of time online interacting with strangers, there is a limited body of research that focuses on online safety skills training. Behavioral skills training has been used by researchers to teach children firearm safety skills, poison safety skills, and abduction prevention skills. Given that skills taught in abduction-prevention training are also relevant to online safety, the researcher assessed the use of behavioral skills training for teaching online safety skills to two children, a 9-year-old, Clark, and a 7-year-old, Alex. In-situ assessments took place while playing the popular online game, Among Us, and consisted of confederates presenting lures to the child participants. Before training, Clark and Alex scored 1’s and 0’s, indicating a lack of online gaming safety skills. Clark and Alex scored at mastery criterion (i.e., three scores of 3 in a row) following training. Clark scored a 1 during his two-week-follow-up because he did not leave the game following the presentation of a lure; Clark’s mother immediately implemented in situ training. Clark scored at mastery criterion during the next follow-up assessment, indicating the effectiveness of the caregiver-implemented in situ training. Alex scored a 3 during his 2-week-follow-up.
 

Development of an Immersive Virtual Reality-Based Bullying Safety Skills Intervention for Children With Disabilities

TREVOR MAXFIELD (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

The immersive virtual reality (IVR) technologies have been utilized for enriching learning experiences to children with disabilities in a way that traditional teaching methods cannot. Despite this, research on using the IVR to improve safety skills in children with disabilities has been scarce. This study aimed to develop an IVR-based intervention designed to teach children with disabilities what to do when they encounter a verbal bullying situation. The first phase focused on developing and validating the intervention content that will be used to develop the IVR simulation training. Storyboards were developed to visually represent what the simulation will look like. Two expert groups, a bullying expert group and applied behavior analysis (ABA) expert group, evaluated storyboards that included dialogue and behavior analytic procedures to be incorporated into IVR. The feedback provided by the expert groups was used to refine the content of the IVR-based bullying safety skills intervention.

 
 
Symposium #317
Diversity submission Putting the MATRIX Project Into Action: An Update on Projects of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility SIG
Monday, May 29, 2023
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kathryn M. Roose (Unaffiliated)
Discussant: Holly Seniuk (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract: The mission of Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group (BFSR SIG) is to expand applications of behavior analysis and cultural analysis addressing global issues such as social justice, environmental justice, and human rights. For the past several years BFSR has been using a matrix analysis (Biglan, 1995; Mattaini, 2013) to identify the practices that support, oppose, motivate, and select the development and utilization of scientific behavioral systems to address social issues. Upon identifying 28 societal sectors, work groups comprised of SIG members have been applying the matrix analyses to various issues of social importance. This symposium will highlight the work of two of those work groups, the Sustainability Work Group and the Public Health Work Group.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): cultural analysis, culturo-behavior science, public health, sustainability
 
Diversity submission Exploring the Intersection of Behavior Science and Public Health
(Theory)
JONATHAN A. SCHULZ (Vermont Center on Behavior and Health)
Abstract: The purpose of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility (BFSR) Public Health Work Group is to explore the intersection between behavior science and public health. This work group explores the ways in which behavior scientists and public health workers can collaborate and learn from one another to affect population level outcomes. In the past year, the group has created a fact sheet for public health as an ABA subspeciality area for the BACB website and presented a poster at ABAI’s 48th Annual Convention. Currently, the group is working on developing a call for submissions to a multi-journal collection exploring the assessment and measurement of behavior change of public health importance; writing manuscripts related to the relationship between public health and behavior science; and creating panels, symposiums, and posters for behavior analytic conferences.
 
Diversity submission 

Exploring the Role of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI)’s Affiliate Chapters in Addressing Climate Change

(Theory)
MOLLY BENSON (Berkshire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy), Holly Seniuk (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Sarah Lichtenberger (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Julia H. Fiebig (Ball State University), Molli Luke (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Abstract:

Climate change has been identified as a “super wicked problem” and is one of the most pressing issues facing humanity today. The Sustainability Work Group of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group (BFSR SIG) is focused on applying the matrix analysis to sectors linked to behavior analysis, primarily sectors comprised of behavior analysts (e.g., ABAI affiliate chapters, SIGs, practitioners). Over the past year the work group has focused on identifying practices that ABAI affiliate chapters can take support to their membership in engaging in pro-environmental behaviors and taking climate action, and making their regional conferences more green. This presentation will discuss those practices. Additionally, the work group has developed a survey to support conference organizers in evaluating their current practices in relation to sustainability. The survey is currently being piloted with some affiliate chapters. In this presentation the survey will be shared along with a description of the development of the survey and discussion of future directions.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #318
CE Offered: BACB
Growing Applied Behavior Analysis Outside of North America: Examples of Culturally Competent and Sustainable Practices for Supporting Practitioners, Caregivers, and Children in Central/Eastern Europe
Monday, May 29, 2023
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
CE Instructor: Sheri Kingsdorf, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: SHERI KINGSDORF (Masaryk University)
Abstract:

In the Czech Republic, as with many countries in Central and Eastern Europe, practices rooted in the science of applied behavior analysis (ABA) have had to fight to gain ground since the area's relatively recent rise from communist oppression. While there are services (e.g., early care centers, specialized schools, etc..), they customarily provide low intensity care or non-evidenced treatments. Generally speaking, governments have historically spent their limited public resources on unvalidated services. Unfortunately, the voice of science has been underused in selecting education or social services. As a result, the region has struggled amid the landscape of an ABA service desert, being plagued by misinformation, hosting overworked and under supported behaviors analysts, missing necessary funding, and facing the backlash of threatened professionals from other disciplines. Regardless, driven advocates of ABA have successfully propelled dissemination and built quality practical applications over the last decade. This presentation shares the burgeoning ABA projects of the region looking at: (1) the local Technology Agency of the Czech Republic's (TACR) two year ABA telehealth project, (2) the European Union Erasmus+ supported collaborative projects in ABA as EuroBA, the A Class, and Positive Parenting, and (3) a glimpse of the Czech Republic's process of legally recognizing the profession of behavior analyst. Discussing this modern trajectory of the science, including potential roadmaps for the advancement of ABA in similar locales, the development of culturally competent and sustainable practices, and applied research outcomes, aims to inspire not only those supporting ABA development beyond North America and Western Europe, but also those looking to reflect on best ethical practices in telehealth, caregiver training, teacher training, and practitioner standards.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analytic professionals currently working in, or planning to work in, areas where there is a dearth of ABA services. Behavioral professionals looking to reflect on best ethical practices in telehealth, caregiver training, teacher training, and practitioner standards.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Select strategies for disseminating the science of behavior to potential stakeholders in ABA deserts; (2) Identify steps for ethically advancing the science of behavior and profession of behavior analyst in regions with few behavioral services; (3) Create goals for supporting the development of telehealth, caregiver training, and/or teacher/pre-service teacher training that demonstrate cultural competence and sustainability; (4) Evaluate practitioner guidelines for applications of the science in regions of emerging ABA practice.
 
SHERI KINGSDORF (Masaryk University)
Dr. Sheri Kingsdorf is an Assistant Professor at Masaryk University in the Czech Republic and a doctoral-level Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D). Since 2002, she has actively worked in the fields of behavior analysis and special education. Her endeavors have included working in the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) model, teaching in the US public school system in conjunction with her studies at Columbia University in New York City and the University of Miami in Miami-Dade County, providing early intervention services to a bilingual student population, delivering behavior analytic home-based and school-based direct and consultative care across the US, Australia, Africa, and Europe, educating youth and adults from diverse and underserved communities, consulting with adult service providers assisting clients with developmental disabilities, and making international transdisciplinary research contributions. Her current work focuses on utilizing culturally competent and sustainable practices in advancing the field of ABA in underserved locales, developing telehealth models for client-centered caregiver training, and supporting the emotional and behavioral health of school-aged children through teacher education.
 
 
Symposium #319
CE Offered: BACB
Considerations for Treating Automatically Maintained Challenging Behaviors
Monday, May 29, 2023
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Changzhi Wu (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Christy Ho, M.A.
Abstract: Children with autism and other developmental disabilities engage in challenging behaviors that are maintained by automatic reinforcers. Automatically reinforced behaviors are difficult to deal with because of its inherent risk to the person who emits the behavior. Behavior analysts have been working on risk reduction in both the assessments and interventions of automatically reinforced behaviors. In this symposium, Kyle Dawson will first present a case study which provides clinical support for the utility of three classifications for automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior based on patterns of responding in the functional analysis (Hagopian, et al., 2020) in that the assessments were critical in developing an effective treatment package. Second, Changzhi Wu will present a literature review about safety precautions taken during functional behavior assessment of Pica, a dangerous behavior common in children with developmental disabilities. Last but not least, Christy Ho will present their work which replicates the protective equipment procedure used by Mazaleski et al. (1994) to reduce self-injurious hand mouthing in a 7-year-old participant diagnosed with autism and cerebral palsy. The result shows that protective equipment combined with response interruption and redirection (RIRD) of precursor responses and object manipulation gradually decreased the frequency of hand-mouthing to near zero level.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ASIB, efficiency, pica, FBA, RIRD, hand-mouthing
Target Audience: The audience should be familiar with FBA procedures, automatic reinforcement and the assessments and treatments of automatically reinforced behaviors.
Learning Objectives: understand the utility of three classifications for automatically reinforced self-injurious behaviors; understand the importance of FBA modifications to accommodate the risk of self-injurious behaviors; understand the utility of response interruption and redirection with object manipulation and protective equipments
 
Identifying Alternative Responses to Replace Self-Restraint in an Adolescent with Subtype-3 ASIB
KYLE DAWSON (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amanda Mae Morris (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kortlyn ktawney (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center ), Thomas Freetly (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Recent research on the classification and treatment of automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior (ASIB) has found three classifications for ASIB based on patterns of responding in the functional analysis (Hagopian et al., 2015). Following the classification of the subtypes, the authors identified differences across subtypes based on resistance to treatment. Subtype-3 ASIB, marked by self-restraint, is one subtype of ASIB that is particularly resistant to treatment. Recently, researchers have developed assessments that can be used to better inform treatment procedures to be used with treatment-resistant ASIB. Hagopian and colleagues (2020) recently developed an augmented competing stimulus assessment (A-CSA) that can be used to identify competing stimuli for individuals with treatment-resistant ASIB. The study's results suggested that the A-CSA effectively identified and established competing stimuli. These results highlight the importance of pre-treatment assessments and potential modifications to empirically validated assessments in treating treatment-resistant ASIB. The current case study examined the efficacy of a matched-stimulus CSA, reinforcer assessment, and self-control assessment to develop a treatment package for an adolescent with Subtype-3 ASIB. The results of this case study provide clinical support for research conducted by Hagopian et al. (2020) in that the assessments were critical in developing an effective treatment package.
 
A Review of Safety Precautions Taken During Functional Behavior Assessment of Pica
CHANGZHI WU (University of Nevada, Reno), Swathi Ragulan (University of Nevada, Reno), Bethany P. Contreras Young (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Self-injurious behavior (SIB) is a common problem behavior among people who are diagnosed with developmental disabilities. Pica is a common form of SIB (Ali, 2001) and the consequences of pica are often dangerous. Functional behavior assessments (FBA) are widely used to measure the functions of target behaviors and intervention plans are designed accordingly. However, limitations of FBA hinder its application in some circumstances. Behavior analysts must modify FBA to accommodate the potential risks of pica. The current literature review identified participant characteristics, procedures used, modifications of functional analysis (FA), and maintaining factors of pica. Results indicated that FA has been dominantly used to identify the function of pica. Indirect or descriptive assessments were not reported to facilitate FA. Behavior analysts have modified FA procedures to accommodate the danger to some extent. For most participants, pica was maintained by automatic reinforcers; others’ pica was maintained by attention. Suggestions and recommendations were made according to the results of the literature review.
 

Contingent Equipment Combined With Response Interruption and Redirection and Object-Manipulation to Reduce Stereotypic Hand-Mouthing

Michelle Lesser (Central Texas Autism Center), Aarti Haresh Thakore (Central Texas Autism Center), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University), CHRISTY HO (Central Texas Autism Center)
Abstract:

We replicated the protective equipment procedure used by Mazaleski et al. (1994) to reduce self-injurious hand mouthing in a 7-year-old participant diagnosed with autism and cerebral palsy. The hand-mouthing occurred at a very high frequency throughout the session. The functional analysis results suggested that her hand mouthing was maintained by automatic reinforcement rather than social reinforcement. We implemented non-contingent arm-bands as part of sensory extinction protocol. The result of the non-contingent arm-bands showed immediate decrease in hand mouthing to zero. However, the hand-mouthing increased to high levels in the return to baseline phase. Thus, the response interruption and redirection with object manipulation was introduced. The results showed no decrease in hand-mouthing. The frequency of hand-mouthing also remained high in the return to baseline phase. Consequently, contingent placement of protective equipment was combined with RIRD of precursor responses and object manipulation. The result showed gradual decrease in the frequency of hand-mouthing to near zero level. This intervention was effective in reducing the hand-mouthing to near zero level as well as the frequency remained near zero level when returned to the baseline condition.

 
 
Symposium #320
CE Offered: BACB
The Science of Behavior to The Rescue: Saving Our Schools By Raising the Bar
Monday, May 29, 2023
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 4
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls State University )
CE Instructor: Jennifer Weber, Ph.D.
Abstract: In the United States, every student has the right to a free and appropriate education in the least restrictive environment possible for the individual student. The general education environment allows for students to learn the academic and social repertoires necessary for educational success. For students with disabilities, there are many obstacles that prevent them from fully accessing the general education curriculum. The Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) and the Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model utilizes a strategic science of teaching to all components of instruction. The CABAS® model has identified specific verbal developmental cusps necessary for students to be included in general education. In this symposium, we present 3 papers that address the prerequisites to learning in general education, recent instructional tactics utilized in the AIL model, and how to set up CABAS®/ AIL classrooms within public schools and charter schools. Collectively, these papers provide a means of using the science of behavior, and teacher training to increase student outcomes.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Verbal Behavior Development, CABAS®, Teacher Training
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify prerequisites for AIL classrooms; (2) critical verbal developmental cusps in general education; (3) describe steps for implementing beginning stages of the CABAS® model.
 

Advances Within the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) Model

REBECCA MILLER (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls State University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract:

The Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) classrooms arrange instruction and teach (pedagogy) based on students’ verbal development. The students' verbal development also plays a crucial role in ensuring students have the prerequisite repertoires to learn in inclusion and general education settings. This is especially important to education at this point in history as we recover from the fallout of the Covid-19 Pandemic. The CABAS® AIL model has produced scientifically based protocols used to establish missing verbal developmental cusps and conditioned reinforcers when data demonstrate that these cusps are missing from a students' repertoire. Some of these cusps include Bi-directional Naming and Observational Learning. This paper aims to explain recent advances within verbal development that have come out of the research conducted in our AIL classrooms. These findings have aided in identifying important prerequisites for students to be successful into general education or inclusion settings and the role of conditioned reinforcement for student academic learning.

 
Instructional Tactics, Pedagogy, and Instructional Design to Accelerate Learning
AMANDA ARROYO (Columbia University, Teachers College), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls State University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: The Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model of instruction utilizes a strategic science of teaching on all aspects within the classroom environment and instruction. This is inclusive of the arrangement of instruction to focus on teaching the function, identifying prerequisite repertoires, pedagogy, and instructional design within reading, writing, and math instruction. This, in turn, allows students to acquire functional academic repertoires, that are also tied to state and national standards. In this paper, we provide updates on research-based instructional tactics and pedagogy within the AIL model, as well as the arrangement of the classroom environment. We report data demonstrating that students within the AIL model have increased in reading and math scores, and national percentiles, thus closing the educational gap. We also report class-wide and AIL system-wide outcomes due to the implementation of all components of the AIL model of instruction.
 
Unchartered Waters: Using Behavior Analysis for Charter School Success
GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls State University), Derek Jacob Shanman (Nicholls State University), Jayven J. Encarnacion (Touchstone, Thrive Center for Success)
Abstract: We report the steps to implementation and data from two public charter schools that have incorporated the foundational aspects of the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) and Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) models. We outline some of these components including classroom management, designing interventions, use of evidence-based curricula, supervision, and research-based tools to train and monitor professionals. The implementation of these procedures was done in successive phases to ensure the fidelity of the model was not compromised and to inductively analyze which components were needed and when. Key components of the model include creating positive classrooms with reinforcement systems, the learn unit as the method of instruction, individualized instruction, and consistent and ongoing teacher training to increase the model components and ensure that instruction is individualized. We report data on the implementation of CABAS® components in phases as well as reading and math data across two charter schools.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #321
CE Offered: BACB
How Behavior Evolves, and Why it Matters
Monday, May 29, 2023
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Marlene Zuk, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: MARLENE ZUK (University of Minnesota)
Abstract: Why do people continue to obsess over which behaviors are controlled by genes and which by the environment? Advances in genomic technology have only made matters worse, with headlines every day about how our wealth, educational levels and even – I am not kidding – our likelihood of owning a dog depend on our genetic makeup. The truth, of course, is that the interaction of nature and nurture contribute to all traits, including behavioral ones. The real question is not whether genes or the environment are paramount, but how behavior evolves. I will explore this question using examples from across the animal kingdom, showing how similar – and different – human behavior is to that of cockatoos, crayfish and even cockroaches. I’ll also examine whether animals suffer from mental illnesses.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Psychologists interested in the basis of statements about genetic vs. environmental causes of behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Understand why behavior evolves the same way that physical characteristics do; (3) See how the gene-environment entanglement explains behavior, rather than nature or nurture. See that the nature-nurture controversy is a zombie idea! (3) Understand the link between human mental illness and cognitive dysfunction in animals.
 
MARLENE ZUK (University of Minnesota)
Marlene Zuk is Regents Professor of Ecology, Evolution and Behavior at the University of Minnesota, Twin Cities. She studies the evolution of behavior, especially sexual behavior and animal communication, and is also interested in the ways that parasites and disease affect the ecology and evolution of their hosts. Most of her work has been on insects. Dr. Zuk is also the author of several books about animal behavior and evolution for the public, including Paleofantasy, Sex on Six Legs, and Dancing Cockatoos and the Dead Man Test. She is a member of the National Academy of Sciences and the American Academy of Arts and Sciences, and in 2022 received the Distinguished Animal Behaviorist Award from the Animal Behavior Society.
 
 
Panel #322
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP — 
Ethics
PDS: Conflict of Interest (COI) in Scientific Publication: What it is and How to Avoid It
Monday, May 29, 2023
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Area: PCH/EDC; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Stephanie M. Peterson, Ph.D.
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University)
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University)
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract:

The legitimacy of science is based on an unbiased, disinterested research and peer review system. Scientists are expected to pursue their research and publish their findings without regard to personal gain. Journal reviewers and editors are expected to perform their duties without bias due to personal gain and relationships. Conflicts of Interest (COI) arise in situations in which a person is in a position to derive personal benefit from actions or decisions made in their official capacity. COI is a critical ethical issue in scientific publications. This PDS introduces and defines COI, the Committee on Publication Ethics (COPE) guidelines regarding COI, provides some general guidelines for identifying and avoiding COI in scientific publication, and delves further into the complexities of COI for reviewers and COI for practitioners who seek to publish their work. Calling ABAI members, and especially student members, to a thoughtful conversation about COI in scientific publications, especially ABAI publications is a central theme of this PDS. Ample time for questions and answers is provided.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Students, and professionals

Learning Objectives: (1) identify conflicts of interest (2) state the procedures for reporting conflicts of interest in publication (3) describe ways to avoid conflicts of interest as an author, editor, or reviewer
Keyword(s): Conflict interest, Ethics, Journal publication
 
 
Symposium #324
CE Offered: BACB
The Proof is in the Pudding: Treatment Integrity Considerations
Monday, May 29, 2023
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center 405
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas )
CE Instructor: Regina A. Carroll, Ph.D.
Abstract: The current symposium reviews research investigating treatment integrity in research and clinical practice, including the influence of treatment integrity errors on the efficacy and efficiency of interventions, the role of enhanced data sheets on treatment fidelity, and a review of the literature related to treatment integrity in verbal behavior research. First, Olivia Harvey will present a study investigating the effects of commission errors on behavior intervention plan outcomes for students. Second, Sharrukina Tamrazi will present a study comparing the effects of reinforcement treatment integrity errors of omission and commission during tact training conducted via telehealth. Third, Mary Halbur will present a study comparing an enhanced data sheet to a standard data sheet on treatment fidelity during tact training. Fourth, Elizabeth Preas will present a systematic review of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior to evaluate trends in treatment integrity reporting from 2007 to 2021. Finally, Samantha Bergmann will discuss interesting components of each study, and describe future areas of research on treatment integrity.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Treatment Fidelity, Treatment Integrity
Target Audience: Master's and doctoral level researchers, educators, or practitioners. Pre-requisite skills would include an understanding of treatment integrity, how it can be measured in practice and research, and how it can impact the efficacy of behavioral interventions.
Learning Objectives: (1) Discuss common treatment integrity errors of commission and omission (2) Describe how errors of commission and omission can impact behavioral outcomes (3) Utilize an enhanced datasheet to improve treatment fidelity (4) Describe themes in treatment integrity reporting in verbal behavior research
 
The Effects of Commission Errors on Behavior Intervention Plan Outcomes
OLIVIA HARVEY (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract: When implemented well (with fidelity), behavior intervention plans (BIP) result in improved behavioral outcomes. Teachers tend to implement BIPs with poor fidelity, but little is known about the prevalence or types of errors occurring during BIP implementation or the subsequent impacts these errors have on student outcomes. One type of error is a commission error, or implementing additional steps not specified in the BIP. The purpose of the present study is twofold. During Study 1, we identified the prevalence and types of errors that 3 teachers make when implementing BIPs. A frequent commission error was selected for each student-teacher dyad to be assessed in Study 2. During Study 2, we manipulated the identified error to determine its impacts on student outcomes. We compared rates of challenging behavior when the error is present or absent during implementation of the BIP by a behavior analyst, using a reversal design. Teachers engaged in frequent errors and at least one of these errors enhanced efficacy of the BIP.
 
Effects of Omission and Commission Errors During Tact Training
SHARRUKINA TAMRAZI (California State University, Stanislaus), Katie Wiskow (California State University Stanislaus)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to compare the effects of reinforcement treatment integrity errors of omission and errors of commission during tact training via telehealth with 3 children, 6 to 7 years of age, who were diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. We used an adapted alternating treatment design to evaluate skill acquisition of target stimuli across high integrity, commission errors, and omission errors conditions. The high integrity condition reached mastery criteria in fewer sessions compared to the integrity error conditions in 3 of 6 comparisons and the omission condition reached mastery criteria in fewer sessions than the commission condition in 5 of 6 comparisons.
 
A Review of Treatment Integrity and Related Variables in The Analysis of Verbal Behavior
ELIZABETH J. PREAS (Austin College), Mary Halbur (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Treatment integrity refers to the degree to which procedures for an assessment or intervention (i.e., independent variables) are implemented consistent with the prescribed protocols. Treatment integrity is an important factor in demonstrating internal validity of an experiment and clinical treatments. Previous reviews evaluating the inclusion of treatment integrity in published empirical articles demonstrated underreporting of treatment integrity procedures and measures within specific journals. We conducted a systematic review of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior (TAVB) to evaluate the trends in treatment integrity reporting from 2007 to 2021. Of the 253 published TAVB articles during the reporting period, 57% of the articles met inclusionary criteria for further analysis. Our initial analysis suggests a low and variable trend of treatment integrity reporting of empirical articles with approximately 34% of studies meeting criteria for high risk of treatment integrity errors. Further discussion of results and applied research implications will be included.
 
Effects of Enhanced and Standard Data Sheets on Treatment Fidelity and Data Collection
MARY HALBUR (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Landon Cowan (Marquette University)
Abstract: Specifically designed data sheets have been recommended to assist with the fidelity of implementation of treatment procedures. The present study extended previous research (e.g., Bottini et al., 2021; LeBlanc et al., 2020) by comparing an enhanced data sheet (i.e., the inclusion of randomized targets, prompts for treatment components of securing attending and reinforcement) to a standard data sheet (i.e., targets not pre-set, no prompts for treatment components) on the fidelity of tact training of features. Ten behavior technicians participated in each condition (n= 20). Participants first watched a brief instructional video explaining the teaching procedure and their assigned data sheet, followed by conducting a treatment session with a confederate serving as a child with autism spectrum disorder. The enhanced data sheet resulted in higher fidelity on multiple variables including randomizing of targets, data collection, and providing reinforcement. Future research and clinical implications will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #325
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Applications & Advances in Verbal Behavior Research
Monday, May 29, 2023
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3A
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Aarti Haresh Thakore (Central Texas Autism Center)
Discussant: April N. Kisamore (Hunter College)
CE Instructor: April N. Kisamore, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Skinner’s theoretical analysis of Verbal Behavior is used as a foundation for establishing and expanding language and communication skills. The verbal behavior approach has been empirically evaluated by many verbal behavior researchers, but there is still a need for more research to establish the basic building blocks of conversation skills, categorization skills, and other conditional discriminations. An important procedure that is commonly used when teaching such complex skills is error correction and its variations that can lead to more effective and efficient skill acquisition. Thus, the purpose of this symposium is to discuss recent advances in verbal behavior research on the aforementioned topics. The talks will provide recommendations for clinical practice and recommendations for future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Conditional Discrimination, Intraverbals, Stimulus Equivalence
Target Audience:

Intermediate

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Design interventions to establish conversation skills, categorization skills, and listener discriminations based on recent applications in verbal behavior research. 2) When teaching such complex skills, they will have a better understanding of the role of error correction and its variations that can lead to more effective and efficient skill acquisition. 3) They will be able to engage in clinical practice or conduct future research that is based on recent advances in verbal behavior research.
 

Advances in Teaching Young Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) Advanced Conversation Skills

JESEY MARIE GOPEZ (Marquette University), Stephanie A. Hood (Marquette University), Michelle Castillo (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Sylvia Aquino (Marquette University), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Hood et al. 2022 observed high levels of topic initiations of shared interest. That is, repeated initiations on the same topic once conversation has moved away from the exhausted topic. This was likely due to an FR-1 schedule of high-quality attention for the shared interest topic. In the present study, we evaluated a lag infinity schedule to promote increase variability. That is conversation partners provided conversational attention, high-quality, and low-quality attention, to increase variability for conversation topics initiated by the participant. We used behavior skills training (Hood et al., 2017) and self-questioning (Mann & Karsten, 2020) to promote foundational conversation skills. Three of our participants, Jack, Tony, and Jason, were young adults with autism spectrum disorder. For Jack, we saw an increase in the number of different topics initiated. We observed low to moderate levels of following the conversation partner- initiated conversation for Tony and Jason. Jack engaged in moderate to high levels of responding for following the conversation partner-initiated conversation. For shifting the conversation, all participants engaged in low and variable levels of responding. Following intervention, we observed an increase in following conversation partner-initiated topics for Tony and Jason, and a robust increase in shifting the conversation for Jack and Tony. All participants increase topic initiations of the shared topics and of conversation partner’s preferred topics following teaching. We observed the skills transfer to conversations with peers not associated with intervention.

 

Stimulus Equivalence in Practice: Teaching Categorization Skills to Three Preschool-Aged Children

JOY CLAYBORNE (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mirela Cengher (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

Previous research has confirmed the effectiveness of equivalence-based instruction (EBI), however, most studies have been conducted with adult participants teaching arbitrary stimulus classes. More research is needed to confirm the external validity of EBI with younger participants, teaching clinically significant skills in applied settings. The current study bridges those gaps. Specifically, our aims were 1) to use EBI procedures to teach preschool children with autism to form stimulus classes consisting of age-appropriate categories, and 2) to evaluate the effectiveness of transfer of function within these classes, and 3) to implement these procedures using easily accessible table-top procedures. Creating derived relations between stimuli and demonstrating transfer of function are important outcomes considering that the instruction most children with autism require can be time consuming and costly. Therefore, our procedures are easily transportable to clinical settings given their practicality and accessibility.

 

Transfer of Discriminative Stimulus Control From Object Imitation to Listener Responding in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD)

Jessica Quintanilla (Central Texas Autism Center), AARTI THAKORE (Central Texas Autism Center), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University), Christy Ho (Central Texas Autism Center), Mariel Mireles (CTAC)
Abstract:

The objectives of early language programs often include teaching children receptive identification or listener discrimination across common and preferred items (e.g., Sundberg, 2008). In a typical errorless procedure, the teacher delivers an instruction “Find the truck” and prompts the child either by pointing, gesturing, or full physical guidance to touch the targeted object. However, a few studies have found that some learners with severe language delay often struggle to acquire listener discrimination (Carp & Petursdottir, 2012; Vedora & Barry, 2016). Thus, the purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of object imitation in discrimination to teach listener discrimination. Two participants who already had object imitation skill but did not acquire listener discrimination skill using the errorless teaching were selected. The instructor modeled the play-based functional action using object imitation across targeted objects, followed by the listener discrimination trial, to transfer the discriminative control from object imitation to listener responding. The data was evaluated using multiple baseline design. Results of this study showed that object imitation in discrimination was successful in establishing listener discrimination across both the participants.

 
A Comparison of the Efficiency of Error-Correction Procedures Across Skills
JESSI REIDY (Marquette University), Kirsten Rebecca Lloyd (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Ashley Van Handel (Marquette University), Chloe Slotten (Marquette University), Brittany Brown (Marquette University), Lauren Casper (Marquette University), Makayla Griffin (Marquette University)
Abstract: A variety of error-correction procedures have been shown to be effective across learners, and the inclusion of error correction in trial-based instruction has often led to more efficient acquisition (Carroll et al., 2015; Kodak et al., 2016). Findings have shown that error correction is an effective strategy to teach a variety of skills including sight words (Kodak et al., 2016), tacts (Carroll et al., 2015), intraverbals (Kodak et al., 2012), and auditory-visual conditional discriminations (McGhan & Lerman, 2013). However, inconsistent results have been found regarding which error-correction procedures are more effective and efficient across learners (McGhan and Lerman, 2013). Although previous research has shown error correction to be effective across skills, there is minimal evidence regarding the consistency of the most efficacious and efficient error-correction procedure across skills for the same learner. Therefore, the goal of the current study was to evaluate the efficacy and efficiency of three error-correction procedures compared to a control condition across three different skills: tacts, intraverbals, and listener responses. Results indicated consistency in the most efficient procedure within the same skill and some consistency in the most efficient procedure across skills.
 
 
Paper Session #326
Connecting the Dots of Needs and Wants: A Survey of Community-Based Providers of Adult Developmental Disability Services
Monday, May 29, 2023
10:00 AM–10:25 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: DDA
Chair: Lynda B. Hayes (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center)
 
Connecting the Dots of Needs and Wants: A Survey of Community-Based Providers of Adult Developmental Disability Services
Domain: Service Delivery
LYNDA B. HAYES (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Lisa Neitzke (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Adriano A Barboza (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Melissa D Hunter (Munroe Meyer Institute)
 
Abstract: To serve the growing population of individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities such as autism, an examination of accessibility and quality of services is warranted. When compared to services available to youth with developmental disabilities, which primarily consist of supports in the school setting, services available to adults with developmental disabilities are limited. This population receives many of their services through community-based agencies, group homes, or day-service support programs. However, the need for these services continues to outgrow the number of qualified staff as evidenced by reported stress levels and high turnover rates. In addition to factors such as low pay rates and high client to staff ratios, insufficient training affects the quality of services. Behavioral health professionals, such as psychologists and behavior analysts, are well-equipped to provide training and consultation to increase the quality of the workforce that serves this population. An assessment of community-based agencies’ needs (and wants) is imperative to this initiative. This paper explores the results of a survey distributed to community-based agencies that work with adults with developmental disabilities and assesses staff’s perspectives on what needs are present, receptivity to collaborate with behavioral health professionals, and barriers to collaboration.
 
 
 
Symposium #327
CE Offered: BACB
Building Reinforcing Interactions: Accelerated Learning Through Reinforcement System Training
Monday, May 29, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom F
Area: AAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Josef Harris (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz, Ph.D.
Abstract:

According to Sidman (2010), Skinner (1938) was able to produce fast learning when teaching his rats to press a lever because he started by teaching them how the reinforcement procedure was going to work. This is usually called magazine training in the laboratory. The learner must understand when reinforcement is available, where to go or what to do to access the reinforcer, how to consume the reinforcer, and how to go back to training after finishing the reinforcer. Skinner more specifically described these behaviors as a behavior chain, as reinforcement involves a series of actions on the part of the learner. Early behavior analysts who worked in both laboratory and applied settings knew that it was crucial to begin with magazine training. However, many modern behavior analysts do not understand the important skills that a learner learns during this step. Without this foundation, learners are not fully prepared for future learning. This symposium will show how starting with reinforcement system training leads to accelerated learning in applied settings.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, chaining, clicker training, horses
Target Audience:

BCBAs, clinical directors, animal trainers

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be able to name the elements of the reinforcement system. 2) Participants will be able to describe why it is important to train the reinforcement system first. 3) Participants will be able to identify breaks and follows when analyzing a reinforcement system.
 

Introducing Horses to Clicker Training: Accelerated Learning Through Reinforcement System Training

(Applied Research)
MARY ELIZABETH HUNTER (Behavior Explorer), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Clicker training and positive reinforcement training are growing in popularity among horse owners. However, there is a lack of systematic, step-by-step procedures for owners to follow when introducing a horse to clicker training. Some professional trainers advocate for “charging” the clicker; other trainers begin straightaway with teaching a new behavior, such as touching a target or turning the head away. The lack of precise instructions means that some horses perform unwanted, and potentially dangerous, behaviors during initial training sessions, including nipping, biting, pushing, and searching the person for food. These behaviors may be accidentally reinforced and may discourage owners from continuing with positive reinforcement training. This presentation will describe a step-by-step approach for introducing horses to positive reinforcement training. Horses learned how to consume the reinforcer, where the reinforcer would be delivered, and when the reinforcer would be delivered. Next, the horses learned three additional behaviors, including touching a target, backing up, and stay. Results showed that horses were able to learn the reinforcement system with few or no errors and that starting with reinforcement system training produced accelerated learning on other tasks.

 

Building Joyful Back-and-Forth Interactions and Accelerated Learning for Children With Autism Through Reinforcement System Training

(Applied Research)
CRYSTAL FERNANDEZ (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Most therapy procedures for children with autism are based in positive reinforcement. Recommendations for the application of positive reinforcement have often been based on characteristics of the reinforcer, such as size, immediacy, level of deprivation, and the schedule used. However, there are other factors that are also important in the successful application of positive reinforcement, including aspects related to how the reinforcer is delivered. Related to this, Skinner (1938) discussed how reinforcement involves a chain of behaviors. In the context of autism therapy, reinforcement involves the interaction of two organisms, the therapist and child, and these interactions create an interlocking chain of behaviors. Yet, this chain of interactions is often not explicitly taught, resulting in unwanted behaviors and slower progress for the child. This presentation will describe a procedure and data collection system for evaluating reinforcement systems during therapy sessions. Results show that rebuilding faulty reinforcement systems leads to more teaching opportunities and accelerated learning.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #328
CE Offered: BACB
Developing Inclusive and Culturally Responsive Interventions for Diverse Families Raising Autistic Children
Monday, May 29, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Sarah Dababnah, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: SARAH DABABNAH (The University of Maryland, Baltimore)
Abstract: Parents and other family caregivers of autistic children have significant strengths, but also face challenges, both on the individual/family-level (e.g., child behavior challenges, parent depression) and on the systems-level (e.g., lack of family-centered services). Furthermore, autism intervention research has historically overrepresented white, highly educated participants from high-income countries, ignoring the concerning racial, ethnic, geographic, and socioeconomic disparities in autism services. Thus, diverse communities, in both high- and middle/low-income countries, often struggle to access inclusive and culturally relevant interventions to address child, parent, and family concerns. This presentation will focus on intervention research to close these gaps in knowledge and improve service access.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Providers, community advocates, policymakers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe ethnic, racial, geographic, and socioeconomic disparities in autism research and services; (2) Discuss the role of parents and other family caregivers in autism interventions; (3) Detail types of interventions for parents of young autistic children.
 
SARAH DABABNAH (The University of Maryland, Baltimore)
Sarah Dababnah, PhD, MPH, MSW is an Associate Professor at the University of Maryland Baltimore School of Social Work (United States), a Faculty Affiliate at Yonsei University School of Social Welfare (South Korea), and a recent US Fulbright Scholar at the American University in Cairo (Egypt). She specializes in practice, policy and research related to the health and well-being of families of individuals with intellectual and developmental differences. Dr. Dababnah’s research focuses on family-centered, community-engaged and culturally relevant strategies to address racial, ethnic, and socioeconomic disparities in autism services. Dr. Dababnah received specialized training in early childhood and disability practice, research, and policy at the Carolina Institute for Developmental Disabilities (Chapel Hill, NC), the Kennedy Krieger Institute (Baltimore, MD), the Columbia University National Center for Children in Poverty (New York, NY), and the Jacobs Institute of Women's Health (Washington, DC). She earned advanced degrees from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and Johns Hopkins University.
 
 
Symposium #329
CE Offered: BACB
Monitoring and Changing Epilepsy through Medication and Behavioral Data
Monday, May 29, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Heather Eisel (University of Oklahoma )
Discussant: Heather Eisel (University of Oklahoma )
CE Instructor: Sheila M. Cornelius, M.S.
Abstract:

This applied behavioral study examines and analyses the human behavior of the disability, epilepsy. Both participants used inductive research methods in which they, initially unbeknownst to the other, recorded their inner and outer epilepsy data on the standard celeration chart. This may be the first formal study of its kind, one that used individual self-counts of inner and outer behaviors to monitor epilepsy. Data collection and charting began prior to and continued after diagnoses for both people who shared, defined, and discussed data with one another. The literature review found few studies from the perspective of behavior analysis and none by patients who had observed, counted, and charted their epilepsy behaviors. Each participant here charted her data on daily and monthly standard celeration charts. Each presents her methods, charted data, and results. Self-observations and counting of inner and outer behaviors (private and public events) informed the two people and their physicians about their behaviors and medication effectiveness. These charts on epilepsy show that there are many areas related to the behaviors of this disability that a person can explore within the behavioral and medical realms. Neither has had a developmental disability, and both have graduate degrees in the field.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

intermediate graduate students or above basic knowledge of neurological issues working knowledge of the standard celeration chart

Learning Objectives: 1) describe at least two types of seizures 2) state specific impacts of medication on seizures 3) describe charted analyses of variables on seizures
 

Epilepsy: Changes with Science, History, and Data

SHEILA CORNELIUS (harbor bay learning)
Abstract:

The presentation will discuss the data collection method that Sheila started when her epilepsy began after experiencing a traumatic brain injury. She started gathering baseline data of her epilepsy prior to its diagnosis and the benefits that occurred once it was recognized by science. Sheila’s data, displayed on a standard celeration chart, show the impact science, behavior, and data brings to the treatment of epilepsy. Further, as she experienced the benefits of science affecting her epilepsy, she dived into history to learn more about the different types of treatment provided. Sheila’s decision making was guided as she learned from the peer-reviewed research many epileptologists published over the years. The connections Sheila made with history, science, research and her ongoing data collection led her and her medical team through problem solving and decision making to provide the most effective treatments. She continues this practice today as she collaborates with the ongoing treatment to control her epilepsy that developed as a result from the traumatic brain injury.

 

How Epilepsy and Its Data Changed One Life

ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract:

This study of epilepsy initially used inductive research methods in which one of the participants, Abigail, recorded her data on the standard celeration chart. When this began, it was the first study of its kind, one that used individual self-counts of inner and outer behaviors to monitor epilepsy behaviors. Data collection and charting began decades prior to her diagnosis when she dove into uncharted territory. Abigail charted these data on daily and monthly standard celeration charts with greater medical specificity after diagnosis. She will present her methods, charted data from the 70s, 80s, and four years of current, more specific, medically guided, and thought-out behavioral data. She will also present the current results. Self-observations and counting informed her and her physicians about medication effectiveness and the resultant epileptic behavioral decreases. The presentation includes self-counts, inner and outer behaviors (private and public events). These charts on epilepsy give examples that there are many areas and behaviors that a person can explore through behavior analysis, including the monitoring of one’s medical history and changes.

 
 
Symposium #330
CE Offered: BACB
A Recent on ABA to Improve Sports Performance
Monday, May 29, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sharayah Tai (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Sharayah Tai, M.S.
Abstract: This symposium aims to disseminate some current research on the applications of behavior interventions within the context of various sports. The first presentation describes a comparison of video modeling and video modeling plus video feedback to improve goalkeeping skills for soccer players. The second presentation evaluates the use of video feedback to improve proper running form. The final presentation of this symposium will be presenting a review of recent research of the applications of ABA to enhance sports performance.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Sports Performance, Video Feedback, Video Modeling
Target Audience: Intermediate junior BCBAs. • Behavior analysts within their first 5 years of practice, including practitioners, supervisors, etc. • Currently enrolled in or recently completed graduate-level work
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe the use of VM to teach athletic skills; (2) Describe video feedback applied in sports; (3) Describe ABA procedures used to enhance sports performance
 

Training Goalkeeping Skill: Is Video Modeling Enough?

RAYMOND MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida), Alexandra Capalbo (University of South Florida), Jennifer L Cook (University of Manitoba)
Abstract:

Several studies have evaluated the effects of video modeling (VM) and video feedback (VF) on athletic performance. Although the effects of VF have been well researched, relatively scant literature exists assessing the effectiveness of VM alone in the sports literature. In one exception, Quinn et al. (2020) compared VM to VM+VF to train competitive dancers, showing only moderate effects for VM. Further evaluations of the potential for VM to improve sports’ skills is warranted because VM has successfully improved skills in other fields of practice (e.g., staff training, medical procedures), and has practical considerations for improvement using independent practice. Additionally, the application of behavior analytic interventions have not been evaluated for improving goalkeeping skills for individual soccer players. Therefore, we replicated Quinn et al. (2020), using a multiple baseline (MBL) design. Specifically, we used a MBL across behaviors to evaluate the effects of VM andVM+VF to train three goalkeeper skills to two 9-year-old soccer players. Our results showed that, although VM had some effect on performance compared to BL, VM+VF resulted in the robust outcomes necessary for proficient performance of the goalkeeper skills. Results will be discussed within the context of our findings and limitations.

 
The Effects of Video Feedback on Running Form
MARIANA MORANTE (USF/LimitLess Minds), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Jennifer L Cook (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: Individuals should use proper form while running to prevent injuries. Running with rear- foot strikes (RFS) are associated with greater injury (e.g., Arendse et al., 2004; Daoud et al, 2012), while front-foot strikes (FFS) and mid-foot strikes (MFS) are found to produce less impact on a runner’s leg. Video feedback has improved athletic skill performance in a number of sports, which frequently targets athletic form (BenitezSantiago & Miltenberger, 2016; Kelley & Miltenberger, 2016; Schenk & Miltenberger, 2019). Proper running form is important for injury prevention and can promote continued engagement in running as a long-term form of exercise. A behavior analytic account of video feedback has been shown to be effective with a number of sports, but it has not been evaluated for improving running form. The purpose of this study will is to evaluate the effectiveness of video feedback to improve running form in experienced runners. During baseline, each participant was video recorded while running at a jogging pace, and no feedback was given. For the video feedback intervention, the researcher recorded the participant, then showed each participant the video and provided feedback on correct or incorrect form, according to the 9-step task analysis. Video feedback was shown to be effective on improving running form. All three participants achieved criterion during the feedback session, and it maintained during the follow-up phase.
 

A Review of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Single Case Design Research to Enhance Sports Performance

SHARAYAH TAI (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

This review focuses on the last 20 years of ABA research to enhance sports performance using single-case designs. This paper highlights the applications of ABA to enhance sports performance and improving skill acquisition, reviews the variety of sports and ABA procedures used, discusses results of follow-up data, and concludes by summarizing the history of ABA in sports research and providing recommendations for future directions.

 
 
Panel #331
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Behavior Analysis to Public Health: An Opportunity for Dissemination
Monday, May 29, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Quartz AB
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Candace R Fay, M.S.
Chair: Candace R Fay (Florida Institute of Technology)
CRYSTAL M. SLANZI (Temple University)
SARAH CATHERINE WEINSZTOK (University of Kansas)
TRACI M. CIHON (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility)
Abstract:

Human behavior has an impact on many public health concerns, such as the spread of infectious disease. As such behavior analysts are in a unique position to contribute to public health research and practice at all three intervention levels: primary (e.g., prevention), secondary (e.g., screening), and tertiary (e.g., treatment). Public health differs from behavior analysis in that it is focused on health at the community and population level rather than the individual level. However, we can still contribute a number of our methodologies in assessment, measurement, and intervention to this area. The panelists will share their experiences in applying behavior analysis to public health and will be available to answer questions from students, particularly as they relate to dissemination, branching out within behavior analysis, and networking with like-minded professionals.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Graduate students, Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to identify examples where behavior analysis can contribute to public health research and practice at all three intervention levels: primary (e.g., prevention), secondary (e.g., screening), and tertiary (e.g., treatment). 2. Following the presentation, attendees should be able to identify behavior analytic methodologies in assessment, measurement, and intervention that can be applied to public health. 3. Attendees will be able to identify broader applications of behavior analysis to public health around the world and approaches to improving levels of community engagement.
 
 
Symposium #332
CE Offered: BACB
Using Behavior Analysis to Address Critical Issues Facing Adolescents and Adults With Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 29, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago)
CE Instructor: Emily Gregori, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Despite staggering decreases in service availability, individuals with developmental disabilities (DD) experience service needs related to communication, social skills, and health and safety in adolescence and adulthood. Unfortunately, little research has examined how to address these skills as individuals with DD age. This symposium will summarize current research on interventions to teach friendship skills, comprehensive sexuality and relationship education, and abduction prevention skills to adolescents and adults with DD. Study one will summarize research on interventions to teach friendship skills to adolescents and adults with autism in school and community-based settings. Study two will present the results of comprehensive sexuality education on sexuality and relationship knowledge of adults with DD in an inclusive higher education program. Study three will describe research-supported practices for teaching abduction prevention skills across the lifespan, with special considerations for adolescents and adults. Each presentation will (a) describe major study findings, (b) discuss implications for future research, and (c) provide recommendations for practicing behavior analysts who support the adolescent and adult populations.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Adolescence, Adulthood, Intervention
Target Audience:

Basic

Learning Objectives: At the end of the presentations, participants will be able to: 1. List and describe behavior-analytic interventions to teach critical social, health, and safety skills to adolescents and adults with developmental disabilities 2. Describe gaps in current research on critical issues facing adolescents and adults with developmental disabilities 3. Describe methods for involving adolescents and adults with developmental disabilities in treatment selection and development
 
Autism and Friendship: A Systematic Review of Interventions in Single Case Design
SARAH DEANGELO (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: Individuals with autism often experience difficulties making and keeping friends. This may be due, in part, to difficulties with specific social and communication skills, which contribute to the development of friendships. This systematic review utilized the ERIC database on both EBSCOHost and ProQuest, as well as the Psych Info database for intervention studies targeting social skills for autistic adolescents and young adults. All included studies utilize single-case experimental design, include only autistic participants between the ages of 11-16, and explicitly target social and communication skills relating to friendship development. Findings focus on the participant demographics, intervention targets, intervention components, and social validity of included studies. Implications for practice and future research are discussed.
 
Teaching Sexuality and Relationship in Inclusive Higher Education
CHRISTINE M DREW (Auburn University)
Abstract: Inclusive higher education (IHE) programs support adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities’ participation in higher education (HEOA, 2008). Students in IHEs have limited knowledge of sexuality, relationships, and social skills, which can be addressed through comprehensive sexuality and relationship education. We evaluated the effectiveness of the Positive Choices© curriculum for 7 students attending an IHE in the southeastern United States using pre-post one sample t-test analyses of student scores on five instructor-created assessments. Students attended 15 weekly classes taught by two graduate assistants and a faculty supervisor. All students showed statistically significant increases in knowledge for each unit and overall.
 
Systematic Review of Interventions to Prevent Abduction
Christine M Drew (Auburn University), SARAH GRACE HANSEN (30306)
Abstract: Abduction is a rare but concerning risk for all children, but may be of specific concern for people with disabilities due to social skill and communication deficits, particularly as they age. Behavior analytic interventions can be used to address skill deficits that may leave individuals with disabilities vulnerable. A systematic review found fifteen articles were found and summarized. Current interventions assessed in this research included: behavior skills training, in-situ training, video modeling, and social stories, which were used both alone and in combination. Lures were presented mostly by unknown strangers with some studies including responding to uniformed police officers and known individuals. Generalization and maintenance data were included in the majority of studies, and many studies assessed social validity. Limitations of the current research are discussed, and future research recommendations are presented specific to adolescents and adults with developmental disabilities.
 
 
Symposium #333
CE Offered: BACB
Purposeful Practice Makes Fluent Performance: A Fluency-Based Approach Towards Improving Daily Living and Employment Outcomes
Monday, May 29, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Alyvia Anaple (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Jessica E. Van Stratton, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Vocational and daily living skills are related repertoires that are important for functioning in adulthood (Taylor et al., 2014). This symposium will share recent research on precision teaching based instructional approaches to improve these skills for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). The first study evaluated the effects of frequency building in a simulated training environment on vocationally related component and composite skill performance for three transition-aged young adults with IDD. The second study analyzed a ‘precision health’ approach focused on improving the performance of component skills for successful medical appointments. The final study compared the effects of a video prompting and video prompting plus frequency building on the acquisition of daily living skills for three adolescents with autism spectrum disorder. Each presentation will describe how incorporating precision teaching can help address important skill repertoires for daily functioning at home and in the community.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): daily living, employment, frequency building, precision teaching
Target Audience:

The target audience for this presentation includes practicing behavior analysts (BCaBAs, BCBAs, BCBA-Ds), graduate students in behavior analysis, and Registered Behavior Technicians (RBTs).

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposia, participants will be able to: (1) describe how precision teaching can be used to build up vocational and daily living skills for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities; (2) explain the importance of fluency with component skills; (3) summarize benefits individuals can gain from well-developed daily living and vocational repertoires.
 
Effects of Frequency Building to a Performance Criterion on Vocational Component Skill Fluency
Jessica Van Stratton (Western Michigan University), KYLE VISITACION (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: More research is needed on evidence-based practices targeting vocational skill acquisition for adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD; Wehman et al., 2018). Precision teaching methodologies have been used to improve skill repertoires in several academic settings but the literature base for precision teaching’s application with vocational skill training is still emerging. The present study used frequency building to a performance criterion to build fluency with component skills required for composite performances at participants’ job sites. Participants were three transition-aged young adults with IDD from an intermediate school district transition center. Participants were trained on relevant component skills using materials similar to those at their job site and demonstrated improvements during frequency building relative to baseline probes across multiple related skills. Evaluations of fluency outcomes after aims were met suggest participants maintained fluent or near fluent component skill performances. These outcomes support the use of frequency building for developing fluent performance for important vocational skills required across different industries. Data from composite skill performances at the job site suggest additional instruction beyond component skill instruction alone may be necessary for the effects of intervention to fully transfer to the job site.
 

An Examination of Video Prompting Interventions for Teaching Daily Living Skills to Adolescents With Autism

RICK M. KUBINA (Penn State)
Abstract:

The present study used an adapted alternating treatment design to evaluate and compare the effects of video prompting (VP) and video prompting plus frequency building (VP + FB) to teach daily living skills to three adolescents with autism spectrum disorder. Results demonstrated all three students made substantial improvements over their baseline performance using VP and VP + FB. Furthermore, a strong intervention effect emerged for VP and VP + FB conditions when compared to the control task. However, in terms of one intervention proving superior to the other (e.g., VP to VP + FB), the data offer a mixed interpretation with VP + FB affecting changes better for two of the three students. The FB component in the VP + FB produced strong, consistent gains for all students in terms of retention.

 
Cultivating Client Assent During Essential Care Routines
KELLY J. FERRIS (Organization for Research and Learning (ORL))
Abstract: Independent self-care and adaptive skills are essential for daily living. When these repertoires aren’t well established, professionals and families can struggle to happily care for their client or child. This presentation will review analysis, design, and data-based decision making methods used to create an assent-based approach to teaching and providing self-care. Case studies from two clients will demonstrate the application of these methods with performance data plotted and analyzed on the standard celeration chart.
 
 
Symposium #334
Stimulus Equivalence Formation and Additional Measures
Monday, May 29, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom B
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Steffen Hansen (Western Norway University of Applied Sciences)
Discussant: Deisy das Graças De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
Abstract:

The first paper presenter by Hansen and Arntzen is about stimulus class formation and eye movement measures. The main aim was to test if eye-movements have predictive value on delayed emergence. Most participants showed longer fixation time and and more fixations to comparison stimuli than to incorrect comparison stimuli. In the second paper by Granerud et al., unrelated stimuli pair and stimuli pair related through equivalence was tested with the Event-related potential (erp) N400. Unrelated stimuli pair produsere a signifikant N400 response in both the group with an autism diagnosis and the group without.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Additional measures, Eeg, Eye tracking, Stimulus equivalence
 

Eye Movements and Their Predictive Value on Delayed Emergence

STEFFEN HANSEN (Western Norway University of Applied Sciences), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract:

Recent laboratory findings on eye-movement measures during matching-to-sample performance suggest that eye-movements have predictive value on delayed emergence. To test our hypothesis, eighteen participants, nine females and nine males, were randomly placed in one of three conditions—each condition trained and tested participants for equivalence class formation with either the many-to-one (MTO), one-to-many (OTM) or linear-series (LS) training structure. In a concurrent training format, each experimental condition trained participants to form five potential 3-member equivalence classes. We measured fixation time and number of fixations to sample and comparison stimuli during conditional discrimination training and tests for equivalence class formation. Participants who did not form equivalence classes, were asked to take the test again immediately following the first test. Nine (MTO=3; OTM=5; and LS=1) and five participants (MTO=2; OTM=1; and LS= 2) formed equivalence classes on the initial or follow-up test (i.e., delayed emergence), respectively. Interestingly, most participants recorded longer fixation times and more fixations to correct comparison stimuli (i.e., S+ stimuli) than to incorrect comparison stimuli (i.e., S- stimuli), regardless of equivalence class formation on the initial test; results for participants with this fixation pattern: Most of those participants who did not form equivalence classes on the first test, would eventually demonstrate delayed emergence on an immediate follow-up test—a finding that demonstrates eye-movements’ predictive value on delayed emergence.

 
Stimulus Equivalence and N400 in Participants with
GURO GRANERUD (Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University), Torbjørn Elvsåshagen (Oslo University hospital), Christoffer Hatlestad-Hall (CHTD research, Division of Clinical Neuroscience, Oslo University Hospital), Eva Malt (Akershus University hospital)
Abstract: Approximately 400 ms after presentation of two incongruent stimuli, compared with congruent stimuli, the event-related potential (ERP) N400 is measured. This also applies when the related stimuli are related through symmetry and transitivity/equivalence. Six conditional discriminations were trained in a matching-to-sample procedure with the goal to form three 3-member classes with C stimuli as meaningful stimuli in a many-to-one training structure in the current experiment. The participants (one group with adults with high function autism and one group without such diagnosis) then were tested in a priming-procedure, with related and unrelated stimuli pair. They also conducted testing with word-pairs. N400 was measured in this phase. The results show a significant N400 response produced in both groups in both priming with images and words.
 
 
Symposium #335
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Under Shifting Conditions of Reinforcement
Monday, May 29, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom C
Area: EAB/AUT; Domain: Translational
Chair: Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Chata A. Dickson, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium features translational research evaluating behavior under shifting conditions of reinforcement. Two of the studies were conducted in outdoor settings with typically developing adults serving as participants. One of these evaluated effects of effort on resurgence of shooting a basketball from a location previously correlated with reinforcement. The other investigated resurgence of dwelling in an experimentally defined unmarked location within an 84m-squared area. In both cases, resurgence occurred consistently across repeated measures. The third study compared effects of two treatment conditions on cooperation with transitions from more-preferred to less-preferred activities. Children with autism served as participants, and the activities were similar to those they encountered daily at their school. Collectively, the studies showcase procedures for evaluating and affecting behavior in transition states.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): activity transitions, behavioral resurgence
Target Audience: Attendees should have an understanding of schedules of reinforcement and behavior analytic experimental procedures.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, if asked, participants will (1) define resurgence and describe the commonly used three-phase test for resurgence (2) describe the potential impact of remote histories of reinforcement on responding under extinction (3) describe how response effort may impact resurgence (4) describe the conditions under which transitions between activities may be problematic with respect to negative incentive shift
 
Response Effort and Behavioral Resurgence of Longer- and Shorter-Range Basketball Shots
(Basic Research)
DIEGO COYLE DIEZ (The New England Centre For Children), Drew Ewen (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Hannah Byrne (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Four typically developing adults were tasked with shooting a basketball toward a hoop from two different locations on a basketball court. Two target locations (near and far) were marked with chalk. The target response was shooting a basketball toward the hoop. Each session consisted of three components and lasted until 20 shots had occurred. First, shots from one of the locations were followed by a whistle. Second, shots from the other location were followed by a whistle. Third, no shots were followed by a whistle, and this was the test for resurgence. Each whistle was accompanied by a point exchangeable for an opportunity to win a gift card. Sessions were conducted in a reversal design, and the two conditions defined whether shots from the near or far location would be reinforced in the first component. Resurgence occurred for all participants regardless of location, and a greater magnitude of resurgence was observed when the first component targeted the near location for three out of four participants.
 
Resurgence of Spatially Defined Behavior
(Basic Research)
JULIANNA ETHEL PELKEY (Melmark New England), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: We extended previous research on resurgence by evaluating durations of dwelling within experimenter-defined spaces in a field. Participants were 7 typically developing adults who were instructed at the start of the study to move about the area and to listen for a whistle, which would signify accrual of a lottery ticket that increased their chances of winning a prize. Each session consisted of 3, 4-min phases. In the first phase, the experimenter sounded a whistle on a VI 10 s schedule only when the participant was in one of the four quadrants; in the next phase the whistle sounded only when the participant was in another of the quadrants, and in the third phase, no whistles were sounded. We were interested in the resurgence of dwelling in the first quadrant during the third phase of each session. Resurgence occurred in 22 of the 30 evaluations, and was repeated across and within participants, and with and without contingency reversals. Future research may apply similar methods, and this approach may solve some of the problems with generality that have been identified by researchers and practitioners wishing to extend the findings of resurgence studies to relevant human contexts.
 

A Comparison of Two Methods for Enhancing Cooperation With Activity Transitions

(Applied Research)
GEGUEL FEDERICO LANDESTOY, M.S., ABA, BCBA (Melmark New England), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Activity transitions are sometimes associated with challenging behavior, perhaps especially when transitions are from higher to lower preference activities. We compared the effects of two methods of prompting activity transitions on pausing and challenging behavior. Participants were two students at a school for children with autism. The two methods, advance notice and intervening activity, were presented in a multi-element design. higher, moderate, and lower preference activities (HP, MP, and LP) were identified using preference assessments. In the advance notice condition the participant was informed that he had 1 more minute with the HP before he was cued to engage in the LP. In the intervening activity condition, the participant was provided with an MP for 1 min before he was cued to engage with the LP. Pausing started when the participant was cued to begin the LP and ended with the first active response. For one participant, the intervening activity condition resulted in shorter transition times and fewer instances of challenging behavior. For the other participant there was no difference between the two conditions. For some individuals, scheduling a period of engagement with a moderate preference activity may result in shorter times to engagement in the next activity.

 
 
Symposium #336
CE Offered: BACB
Research-Based Behavior Analytic Interventions for Sexual Behaviors: A Review of the Research and Implementation Procedures
Monday, May 29, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jennifer Pollard (University of Louisville)
CE Instructor: Jennifer Pollard, Ph.D.
Abstract:

There is a long history of individuals with extensive support needs (ESN) being sterilized without their knowledge and consent. Additionally, inappropriate sexualized behavior (ISB) is fairly prevalent among individuals with intellectual or developmental disabilities (IDD); estimates suggest that 18% to 28% of individuals diagnosed with IDD engage in these behaviors. Part of the reason this occurs is a lack of education about sexual development and a lack of interventions to address sexual behaviors and build skills related to self-determination or informed decision-making. This symposium will discuss multiple aspects of addressing and supporting the sexuality of individuals with ESN, including a discussion of a study aimed to increase these skills related to speaking to a doctor about menstrual management, a review of research conducted related to antecedent sex education/interventions and self-determination skills for individuals with ESN, and a review the body of research examining the effects of interventions on ISB before outlining implementation of function-based interventions for educators and practitioners working with students with disabilities who engage in ISB.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): education, functional interventions, self-determination, sexual behaviors
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, educators, and other practitioners working directly with individuals with developmental disabilities

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the current state of research examining sexual behaviors of individuals with developmental disabilities; (2) Discuss the implementation of function-based interventions to address inappropriate sexual behaviors; (3) Describe ways to include clients and students in decisions related to their sexual development.
 
Behavior Analytic Interventions for Inappropriate Sexual Behaviors: State of the Research and Implications for Practice
ERICA B MCCLURE (Purdue University)
Abstract: Inappropriate sexualized behavior (ISB), defined as sexual behavior that is developmentally and socially inappropriate or potentially harmful to others, is fairly prevalent among individuals with intellectual or developmental disabilities (IDD); estimates suggest that 18% to 28% of individuals diagnosed with IDD engage in these behaviors. Consequences for engaging in inappropriate sexualized behaviors are at times severe and negative, ranging from social isolation to incarceration; sex offenses have historically accounted for 12-46% of all convictions of individuals with intellectual disabilities. Given the severity of potential outcomes, the need for effective, evidence-based treatments for individuals engaging in these behaviors is high. This session will review the body of research examining the effects of interventions on ISB before outlining implementation of function-based interventions for educators and practitioners working with students with disabilities who engage in ISB.
 

Increasing Self-Determination Skills Through Behavioral Skills Training for Individuals With Extensive Support Needs to Examine Reversible Contraceptive Choices

JENNIFER POLLARD (University of Louisville)
Abstract:

There is a long history of individuals with extensive support needs (ESN) being sterilized without their knowledge and consent. Part of the reason this occurs is due to a lack of education about sexual development and a lack of interventions to build skills related to self-determination or informed decision-making. This study aimed to increase these skills related to speaking to a doctor about menstrual management. Three participants were first taught about their menstrual cycles and given preference assessments about reversible birth control options. Participants then created individualized graphic organizers to help guide them through the process of asking about choices and recording the information given from doctors. A single-case multiple probe design was used to examine the effectiveness of using behavioral skills training to increase the skills of asking a doctor about choices and recording the information. All three participants reached mastery level within three to four probes. Two participants stayed at mastery level for their generalization and maintenance probes. One participant did not stay at mastery level for their generalization and maintenance probe but was only 3 points away from mastery level, and 29 points above their baseline level. Suggestions for future research, application, and policy change discussed.

 

Antecedent Sexual Education and Interventions: Review of Literature and Implications for Future Researchers

JENNIFER POLLARD (University of Louisville)
Abstract:

There were five systematic literature reviews conducted related to antecedent sex education/interventions and self-determination skills for individuals with extensive support needs (ESN): (1) comprehensive sex education (CSE), (2) status of use and knowledge of contraceptives, (3) contraceptive interventions and education, (4) self-determination (SD), and (5) SD and contraceptive use. Overall, 4,356 abstracts were reviewed and 94 articles met inclusion criteria. The literature related to contraceptive use and education shows that women with ESN do use contraceptives yet there is inconsistency in their understanding of the contraceptives and most are unaware of other choices. Choices were made by caregivers and physicians without appropriately educating the patients. While there are interventions related to CSE, almost all were not found appropriate to students with ESN and need more modifications and accommodations to truly teach students with ESN. There is not any current literature related specifically to contraceptive use and increasing this knowledge and decision-making. There is promising research for teaching SA/SD skills yet not related to CSE or related issues. There is a clear deficit in research to support individuals with ESN to understand their natural development, how to create and maintain safe relationships, and/or make informed decisions about their bodies.

 
 
Panel #337
CE Offered: BACB
Practical Strategies to Implement the Performance Management Process
Monday, May 29, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Abigail Blackman, Ph.D.
Chair: Abigail Blackman (Behavior Science Technology)
BREANNE K. HARTLEY (LittleStar ABA Therapy)
DETERRENCE DEON ALLEN (Behavior Analyst Association of Mississippi)
CORTNEY KEENE (Keene Perspectives)
Abstract:

Our field is in a staffing crisis due to a shortage of qualified providers and extremely high turnover rates. Organizations are spending a lot of money on recruiting, hiring, and training, while most will not recuperate those costs due to the likely short tenure of that staff. Research suggests that support from supervisors and the quality of training technicians receive are variables that contribute to their turnover (Kazemi et al., 2015). Organizational leaders should focus on creating sustainable systems to support their supervisors in providing high-quality training and supervision to technicians. This presentation will outline practical strategies to create and implement a performance management process at organizations that will ultimately enhance the organizational culture and decrease turnover and its associated costs. The panelists will briefly review the performance management process and describe how they’ve successfully developed and implemented systems at their organizations. There will be ample time for questions from the chair and audience members to ensure attendees have practical suggestions to implement in their practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The audience should be supervisors or aspiring supervisors in behavior analytic service organizations.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe what the performance management process is; (2) describe at least two practical strategies to developing efficient and effective systems at their organization; and (3) describe at least two practical strategies for implementing the developed system at their organization.
Keyword(s): OBM, Performance Management, Process, Supervision
 
 
Symposium #338
CE Offered: BACB
Conceptual Extensions of Treatment-Refractory Behavior in Applied Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 29, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: PCH/DEV; Domain: Theory
Chair: Nicholas Lowther (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Discussant: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
CE Instructor: Nicholas Lowther, Ph.D.
Abstract:

In applied behavior analysis, great strides have been made in the treatment of problem behavior. However, behavior analytic interventions are not universally effective or efficient and in many cases are not curative. The term treatment-refractory is generally used across disciplines to describe conditions that do not respond to treatment or do not respond to a prescribed hierarchy of established treatments. We explore (1) established rationales for use of the term, definitions, and criteria adopted by other disciplines; (2) the rationale and conceptualization of treatment-refractory problem behavior in applied behavior analysis; (3) a working definition with inclusion/exclusion criteria; (4) idiosyncratic variables such as historical contingencies, physical attributes, medical conditions, and biological factors that impact the effectiveness of behavioral interventions; (5) regulatory restrictions that contribute to and in some cases exacerbate treatment-refractory problem behavior; and (6) limitations associated with the standard of care in applied behavior analysis. We assert that if applied behavior analysis is to continue to mature as a practice, it must acknowledge and examine the conditions under which treatment is not effective.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): intractable, refractory, resistant, unmanageable
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in the limitations associated with the standard of care in applied behavior analysis and regulatory restrictions that might contribute to and in some cases exacerbate problem behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) conceptualize and define treatment-refractory problem behavior; (2) list inclusion/exclusion criteria specifically for problem behavior; and (3) identify limitations associated with the standard of care in applied behavior analysis and regulatory restrictions in their region that might contribute to treatment-refractory problem behavior.
 

Toward a Conceptualization of Treatment-Refractory Problem Behavior

LYNDE KAYSER (Judge Rotenberg Education Center), Jessica Lindsay (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), John O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

The term “treatment refractory” is generally used across disciplines to describe conditions that do not respond to treatment or do not respond to a prescribed hierarchy of established treatments. For example, the American Psychiatric Association has long recognized the existence of patients with treatment resistant schizophrenia. In fact, an international workgroup developed a detailed definition and criteria of treatment resistant schizophrenia. A similar approach might prove useful in moving applied behavior analysis toward a better understanding of the conditions under which problem behavior does not respond to treatment. In particular, non-socially mediated problem behaviors often present unique challenges in that often control cannot be exerted over (e.g., withhold or deliver) the automatic reinforcer and that disruption of the response–reinforcer contingency is not possible (Virues-Ortega, Clayton, Pérez-Bustamante, Gaerlan, & Fahmie (2022). We explore (1) established rationales for use of the term, definitions, and criteria adopted by other disciplines; (2) the rationale and conceptualization of treatment-refractory problem behavior in applied behavior analysis; and (3) a working definition with inclusion/exclusion criteria and supporting clinical data.

 

Idiosyncratic and Regulatory Variables Associated With Treatment-Refractory Problem Behavior

JESSICA LINDSAY (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Lynde Kayser (Judge Rotenberg Education Center), John O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract:

In recent years, great strides have been made in the treatment of problem behavior. However, behavior analytic interventions are not universally effective or efficient and in many cases are not curative. A number of complicating variables might impact the effectiveness and efficiency of function-based treatment for otherwise resolvable problem behaviors. We discuss (1) idiosyncratic variables such as momentary and historical contingencies, physical attributes (e.g., size, strength, hyper flexibility), and biological conditions (e.g., rare congenital disorders, brain injury, dementia) that impact the effectiveness of behavioral interventions; (2) regulatory restrictions (e.g., state guidelines on restraint and health related supports) that contribute to and in some cases exacerbate treatment-refractory problem behavior; and (3) limitations associated with the standard of care (e.g., Functional analysis & functional communication training) in applied behavior analysis. We assert that if applied behavior analysis is to continue to mature as a practice, it must acknowledge and examine the conditions under which treatment is not effective.

 
 
Paper Session #339
Dissemination and Implementation of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Services
Monday, May 29, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Area: PCH
Chair: Angelika Anderson (The University of Waikato)
 
Engaging the Public: Exploring Pop Publications Related to Behavior
Domain: Theory
J. AARON BEVACQUA (ABA Technologies)
 
Abstract: The general public contacts a multitude of information regarding behavior-related ideas from various sources and of varying quality. Blogs, books, podcasts, news, and magazine articles often offer journalistic interpretations of behaviorally related research from differing academic domains. Topics such as Grit, Mindset, Nudges, Personality Type, and Intrinsic Motivation enter into public discourse and can establish rule-governed behavior of teachers, coaches, managers, and parents. These topics offer a prime opportunity for individuals with a behavior-analytic background to engage the public about an individualized, scientific approach to human behavior. We will model the interpretation of popular topics through behavior-analytic principles and demonstrate an exchange using language that is accessible to a wide audience.
 

Applied Behavior Analysis: A Discussion of Implementation Barriers

Domain: Theory
ANGELIKA ANDERSON (The University of Waikato), Monica Carr (The University of Melbourne, Australia)
 
Abstract:

A brief review of the current evidence base for EIBI (Early Intensive Behavioural Intervention) will be followed by a discussion of implementation barriers: Why, in spite of strong supporting evidence, does the up-take of these procedures remains poor. We will outline and discuss key issues that contribute to controversy and division among researchers, clinicians, and within the autism community, including common misunderstandings and misconceptions about Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). In order to promote the availability of evidence-based, effective, and affordable EIBI, we need to reconcile these differences, develop mutual understandings between these communities, and work together on research focused on promoting implementation, and to influence policy.

 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #340
CE Offered: BACB
Decision Neuroscience: Why Bother With the Brain?
Monday, May 29, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
CE Instructor: Scott Huettel, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: SCOTT HUETTEL (Duke University)
Abstract:

Over the past decade, there has been increasing interest in applying the methods of neuroscience to problems in decision science. In this talk, I will outline some notable advances in this new interdiscipline of “decision neuroscience”, while also emphasizing some of its theoretical and practical challenges. I will describe recent work from my laboratory that uses evidence from neuroscience to shape thinking about core problems in decision science, drawing examples from diverse phenomena that include economic gain-loss framing, altruistic decisions, and voter choice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Researchers, practitioners, and students interested in decision making, neuroscience, and/or their intersection.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Understand the key theoretical concepts that underlie decision neuroscience; (2) Describe the challenges raised against the use of neuroscience to study decision making – and identify how current research overcomes those challenges; (3) Explore key brain systems that support decision making; (4) Understand how models inspired by neuroscience provide novel insights into economic and social decision making.
 
SCOTT HUETTEL (Duke University)
Scott Huettel is Professor of the Department of Psychology and Neuroscience at Duke University. His research uses a combination of behavioral, physiological, and neuroscience techniques to discover the neural mechanisms that underlie higher cognition, with a focus on economic and social decision making. Much of his research – which includes collaborations with neuroscientists, psychologists, behavioral economists, and business and medical faculty – falls within the emerging interdiscipline of neuroeconomics, where he is a Past-President of the Society for Neuroeconomics. He is an author of more than 170 scientific publications, including articles in Science, Nature Neuroscience, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, Neuron, Psychological Science, and other top journals in several fields. His research has been featured in CNN, Newsweek, Money Magazine, NPR Science Friday, and many other media outlets. He is lead author on a primary textbook in neuroscience, Functional Magnetic Resonance Imaging, and is a co-editor of the textbook Principles of Cognitive Neuroscience. Dr. Huettel has won the Dean’s Award for Excellence in Mentoring from the Duke University Graduate School, and has been recognized as one of the top 5% of undergraduate instructors at Duke.
 
 
Symposium #341
CE Offered: BACB
Functional Behavior Assessment: What Are We Teaching and What Are We Implementing?
Monday, May 29, 2023
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Convention Center 406/407
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amy Crye (Behavior Services of the Rockies)
Discussant: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
CE Instructor: Amy Crye, M.S.
Abstract:

In 2015, researchers surveyed practitioners regarding the procedures they used to conduct functional behavior assessments (Oliver, et al., 2015; Roscoe, et al., 2015). The results indicated that while most respondents agreed that functional analysis is a critical component for accurately determining the function of behavior, they primarily focused on indirect and descriptive assessments. Several researchers have identified functional analysis modifications that can address many of the concerns raised related to conducting functional analyses. The purpose of the current symposium is to present data that expands upon previous research to determine the extent to which universities are teaching students on these functional analysis modifications and the degree to which practitioners are implementing these modifications in their functional behavior assessment process.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Course Sequence, Functional Analyses, Functional Assessment, Supervision
Target Audience:

Practitioner BCBAs, Fieldwork Supervisors, University Faculty

Learning Objectives: (1) Attendees will be able to describe the most common functional behavior assessment strategies taught to students by university faculty and determine needs for further training accordingly. (2) Attendees will be able to explain the strategies most commonly used to teach functional behavior assessment procedures to students. (3) Attendees will be able to describe the most common types of functional behavior assessment strategies employed by practitioners in the field.
 

A Survey of Functional Behavior Assessment Methods Taught in Universities: Are We Preparing Behavior Analysts?

LINDA K. HAYMES (Touro University California), Lisa N. Britton (Britton Behavioral Consulting), Amy Crye (Behavior Services of the Rockies)
Abstract:

This study was an evaluation of the instructional practices at universities related to indirect functional assessments, descriptive assessments, and functional analyses, as well as functional analysis modifications (e.g., trial-based functional analysis, precursor functional analysis, brief functional analysis). In total 369 people responded to the electronic survey with 174 providing consent to participate in the survey. Of those responders to the survey, 30 identified their primary role as university faculty and 36 identified as primarily a student in a behavior analysis program seeking certification. Results from both university instructors and students indicated that behavior analytic coursework continues to focus primarily on indirect functional assessments, descriptive assessments, and traditional functional analysis practices. Instruction is limited as it relates to the functional analysis modifications that other researchers have highlighted as ways to address limitations to traditional functional analysis. The mode of instruction on functional analysis and modifications is primarily centered on journal articles and case studies. Results will be discussed from the perspective of the types of methods for instruction and what we know in terms of effective instructional practices for the application of skills (i.e., behavioral skills training).

 

Practitioner Survey of Functional Behavior Assessment Methods Utilized: Is Research Guiding Our Practices?

AMY CRYE (Behavior Services of the Rockies), Lisa N. Britton (Britton Behavioral Consulting), Linda K. Haymes (Touro University California)
Abstract:

Although behavior analysts widely recognize the usefulness of functional analyses in identifying the function of challenging behavior, multiple measures indicate a low percentage of Board Certified Behavior Analysts conduct functional analyses and instead rely on indirect and descriptive assessments. Since these surveys were conducted, additional research and recommendations for modifying functional analysis procedures in ways to eliminate previously identified barriers have been published (e.g., precursor assessment, latency-based assessment, interview informed synthesized contingency analysis). Considering new research and increased accessibility to training via online webinars and conferences, this study investigated whether research and access to information impacts practice at the practitioner level. In total 369 people responded to the survey with 174 providing consent to participate in the survey. One hundred and eight identified their primary role as practitioner, 30 identified their primary role as university faculty, and 36 identified as a student in a behavior analysis program seeking certification. Faculty and student data were analyzed in a separate paper (Haymes et al, 2022). Results of the current study echo those of previous surveys in that the highest percentage of respondents indicated use of indirect and descriptive assessment. The underutilization of traditional functional analysis and functional analysis modifications is impacted by a lack of training on these methods. These results are discussed from the perspective of best practices for assessment and intervention of challenging behaviors in clinical applications.

 
 
Symposium #342
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Preference for and Reinforcing Properties of Social Stimuli
Monday, May 29, 2023
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini, Ph.D.
Abstract: Social stimuli are often employed as consequences for correct and appropriate responding. However, commonly used preference and reinforcer assessment procedures usually require modification when evaluating preference for and the reinforcing properties of social stimuli. Furthermore, few studies have evaluated preference or the reinforcing properties of social stimuli (e.g., conversation topics) and the impact of social interaction on preference for other stimuli (e.g., leisure items). This symposium includes four studies evaluating preference and reinforcing properties of social stimuli. The first study compared outcomes of preference assessments completed using different stimulus modes (e.g., video or pictures) whereas the second study compared outcomes of different types of preference assessments. The third study in this symposium evaluated the impact of social interaction on preference for and the reinforcing properties of leisure items. Finally, the fourth presentation evaluated the reinforcing properties and preference for conversational attention.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): autism, preference, reinforcer, social stimuli
Target Audience: Basic/entry level
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify stimulus modes that can be employed to assess preference for social stimuli 2. Name and describe procedures of different types of preference assessments for social stimuli 3. Name and describe different reinforcer assessments for social stimuli
 
Preference for Social Stimuli: A Comparison of Stimulus Modes Used in Preference Assessments
SHANNON WILSON (University of South Florida), Rebecca Salinas (University of Texas San Antonio), Geninna Noelle Arriola Ferrer (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Hannah Lynn MacNaul (University of Texas at San Antonio), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Social stimuli are some of the most commonly used reinforcers in clinical programming (Graff & Karsten, 2012) and previous studies assessing preference for social stimuli have employed video stimuli (Wolfe et al., 2018), pictures of the social stimuli (Kelly et al., 2014), and pictures of arbitrary shapes (Morris & Vollmer, 2019). Previous studies have not evaluated the correspondence in preference for social stimuli across these three stimulus modes. Therefore, this study assessed correspondence in preference hierarchy across results of paired stimulus preference assessments (PSPAs) completed using each stimulus mode, whether preference corresponded with reinforcing properties, and whether preference was stable over repeated administration of the PSPAs. Four children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder participated in this study. Preference and reinforcer assessments were completed with each of the participants and the stability of preference was determined using a Spearman Rank correlation coefficient. Results indicated that for three participants preference was most stable over repeated administration of the PSPA completed using video stimuli and preference corresponded with reinforcing properties for a subset of stimuli.
 
A Continuum of Methods for Assessing Preference for Conversation Topics
FARIS R KRONFLI (University of Florida), Samuel L Morris (Louisiana State University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Among individuals with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorders (ASD), conversation topic preference could influence social skills in many ways. For example, an individual with advanced vocal-verbal skills, but just learning to join a conversation, might be less inclined to participate if the topic chosen is not preferred. However, commonly used preference assessment procedures have not been applied to evaluating conversation-topic preferences. Therefore, the purpose of the current experiment was conduct three different types of assessments that varied in efficiency, the degree of certainty they allow, and clients with whom they are likely to be applicable and acceptable. Specifically, we conducted a self-report preference assessment, a multiple-stimulus-without-replacement (MSWO) preference assessment, and a response restriction conversation assessment (RRCA). Each assessment identified a preferred topic of conversation, but the RRCA was the only assessment that was able to differentiate which topics would maintain a conversation. Implications for assessment and intervention procedures related to complex social skills are discussed and directions for future research are proposed.
 

Effects of Social Interaction on Leisure Item Preference and Reinforcer Efficacy in Children With Autism

MARISSA E. KAMLOWSKY (The University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Stacha Leslie (University of Kansas), KY Clifton KANAMAN (University of Kansas), Sara Camille Diaz de Villegas (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts commonly rely on results of stimulus preference assessments (SPAs) to determine potent reinforcers for use in skill acquisition and problem behavior reduction programs for individuals with autism and related disabilities (Saini et al., 2021). Previous research has shown that outcomes of SPAs can be influenced by variables such as the inclusion of social interaction (Kanaman et al., 2022). In the current study, we replicated Kanaman et al. (2022) by comparing outcomes of Solitary (i.e., toys only), Social (i.e., toys plus social interaction), and Combined (i.e., toys alone and toys plus social interaction) SPAs with five children with autism. Results suggested that the inclusion of social interaction can influence preference for leisure items in children with autism. Specifically, some participants preferred particular items when presented with social interaction relative to the same item presented without social interaction (or vice versa). Additionally, the current study extended Kanaman et al. by determining the absolute reinforcing efficacy of low-preferred and high-preferred toys with and without social interaction using a single-operant reinforcer assessment with a progressive ratio analysis. Results suggested that SPAs reliably predicted outcomes of participants’ reinforcer assessments.

 
Assessment Evaluation to Identify Sensitivity to Conversational Attention as a Reinforcer and Conversational Skill Deficits
SYLVIA AQUINO (Marquette University), Stephanie A. Hood (Marquette University), Jesey Marie Gopez (Marquette University), Michelle Castillo (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Assessments to identify if conversational attention functions as a reinforcer are often conducted in the absence of assessing for conversational skills or omitted altogether. We evaluated a screening tool to identify the need for skill acquisition and contingency management (e.g., Stocco et al. 2020; and Hood et al., 2017). We replicated the functional analysis of on-topic or restricted speech (Stocco et al., 2020) and evaluated relevant skills such as following conversation-partner-initiated conversations and whether participants were able to shift the conversation given cues of uninterest to evaluate potential skill deficits. We extended Stocco et al. (2020) by comparing participants' conversational responses when the conversation partner did and did not initiate topics of conversation and assessed participants' preferences for these arrangements. The participants were two college-aged individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Both participants' speech was sensitive to conversational attention. Jack was able to follow conversation-partner-initiated conversations. We identified skill deficits in shifting the conversation. Jack showed a preference for conversational arrangements in which both he and the conversation partner-initiated topics. We identified skill deficits in following and shifting for Ted. Ted showed a preference for conversations in which only he initiated topics. This screening tool helped to inform intervention.
 
 
Paper Session #343
The Not-So-Standard Celeration Chart
Monday, May 29, 2023
10:30 AM–10:55 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: DDA
Chair: Alayna T. Haberlin (Paperbark Solutions)
 
The Not-So-Standard Celeration Chart
Domain: Applied Research
ALAYNA T. HABERLIN (Paperbark Solutions), Tessa Christine Taylor (Paediatric Feeding International; University of Canterbury/Te Whare Wānanga o Waitaha )
 
Abstract: Graphical displays of data help with analysis and interpretation of the targeted response and communication with others about progress. Selecting the graphical display that best suits the measurement system is a critical skill for behaviour analysts particularly when making clinical decisions. One such graphical display is a standard celeration chart (SCC), designed in the 1960’s in an attempt to make visual inspection easier. However, since the introduction of the SCC, it has not undergone experimental review of its utility. We examined the feasibility and reality of using SCC methodology for decision making regarding paediatric feeding data. Retrospectively, we compared equal interval graphs to ratio charts. The comparisons highlighted several barriers to use with the data. We suggest that current SCC research is not conclusive to ensure a consistent method of calculation and data plotting, regardless of the behaviour. This presentation highlights the immediate need for research into the validity of this chart and the lack of standardisation in the use of the chart to interpret behaviour change data. We point out that regarding a graphical display that is a ‘more stringent’ version of visual display, the SCC and a linear graph are equal.
 
 
 
Symposium #344
CE Offered: BACB
Investigating the Impact of Behavioral Jargon on Critical Stakeholders
Monday, May 29, 2023
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Videsha Marya (Endicott College)
Discussant: Kimberly Marshall (University of Oregon)
CE Instructor: Kimberly Marshall, Ph.D.
Abstract: Technical behavioral terms are important for allowing behavior analysts to effectively communicate with each other. However, technical terms have also been shown to be problematic in the dissemination of behavior analysis. The studies in this symposium evaluated the impact of technical behavioral terms on two critical stakeholder populations: parents of individuals with disabilities and teachers. Findings from these studies show that behavior analysis terms were problematic to behavior analysts’ communication with stakeholders, evoking negative emotional responses from parents, and decreasing recall and accurate implementation of behavior analysis procedures by teachers. Further, teachers were less likely to select therapists to work with when they used technical terms, indicating that opportunities to communicate may be limited based on the use of technical jargon. Practical recommendations are made for avoiding behavioral jargon and improving communication with critical stakeholders.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): communication, jargon, service delivery
Target Audience: Target audience is any behavior analyst working in educational or clinical settings. Anyone working with teachers, parents, other caregivers would be interested in this symposium, since the symposium presenters will be talking about how the behavior analysts communicate with their clients.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) orally describe potential problems with jargon-rich communication with clients; (2) orally give examples of jargon and non-jargon terms from our field; (3) when given a term/procedure that is in jargon language, will orally present a non-jargon reinterpretation of that term
 
Effects of Jargon on School-Based Consultation
SHANNON MARTIN (Autism Support Now), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas, Cofrin Logan Center for Addiction Research and Treatment)
Abstract: Behavior analysts often use specific terminology and jargon when describing and implementing behavioral interventions. However, the use of jargon can be confusing to individuals without similar training, which could be a hindrance to successful interdisciplinary practice , such as consulting with school teachers. A three-phase study was conducted with school teachers to test the effects of jargon using a within-subjects design. For the first phase, participants watched videos of behavioral interventions described in technical or non-technical language and selected the therapist with whom they would rather work. The second phase employed an alternating treatments design in which technical and non-technical descriptions were alternated and participants recalled what they had read. During the third phase, treatment fidelity was assessed by having participants implement both a technical intervention and a non-technical intervention with a confederate. Results indicated that participants without prior experience with a behavior analyst were more likely to prefer a therapist who used non-technical language. Additionally, participants correctly recalled and implemented more components of an intervention when it was written without jargon. The results indicated that behavior analysts should avoid using jargon when consulting with teachers who are unfamiliar with behavioral principles.
 
The Emotional Effect of Behavior Analysis Terms on Parents
CHAD FAVRE (Northshore Autism Center/Endicott College), Kimberly Marshall (University of Oregon), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University)
Abstract: Behavior analysts are concerned with developing strong-client therapist relationships (Rohrer et al., 2021; Taylor et al., 2019). One challenge to the development of such relationships, may be a reliance on technical language that stakeholders find unpleasant. Previous research suggests that behavior analysis terminology indeed evokes negative emotional effects (Critchfield et al., 2017). However, most relevant research was conducted with individuals from the general public and not individuals with whom behavior analysts are most likely to interact. The current study evaluated how parents of individuals with disabilities responded emotionally to 40 behavior analysis terms. We report two key findings. First, in keeping with past studies we found that the majority of behavior analysis terms were experienced as unpleasant. Second, word emotion ratings by our stakeholder sample corresponded closely to norms obtained from the general public (Warriner et al., 2013). Together, these findings suggest that published word emotion data, from any source, are likely to be a useful guide to how stakeholders may react to behavior analysis terminology.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #345
CE Offered: BACB
Pediatric Feeding Problems: Building Cross-Cultural Collaboration on Research
Monday, May 29, 2023
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
CE Instructor: Varsovia Hernandez Eslava, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: VARSOVIA HERNANDEZ ESLAVA (Universidad Veracruzana)
Abstract:

Pediatric Feeding Problems (PFP) occur in a high number of children, especially in those with developmental disabilities. If untreated, these problems can have negative effects on a child’s health such as malnutrition, severe weight loss, and delayed growth. They can also negatively impact socialization and produce high levels of caregiver stress. In this talk, we will discuss some of our research done in this area emphasizing the development of cross-cultural collaboration. In order to do this, we will discuss the different steps followed for the treatment of PFP: assessment, intervention, and caregiver training and we will present some of our work conducted in each area. We will show data on the prevalence of PFP in the Mexican population using a small sample of kids with an ASD diagnosis, then we will describe evaluations using conditional probabilities of food refusal and acceptance in typically developed children and children with an ASD diagnosis. We will describe the implementation of antecedent (high-probability instructional sequences, pairing, and fading) and consequence-based strategies (reinforcement and escape extinction). Finally, we will describe the implementation of Behavioral Skills Training to teach caregivers to implement some of these procedures. We will make special emphasis on 1) considerations to select interventions, 2) cultural differences between México and USA that could impact treatment options, 3) the relevance of collaborating with other behavior analysts to advance our knowledge and quality of treatments, 4) futures lines of research, and 5) the future of services in México. Several studies were conducted in collaboration with Jonathan K. Fernand.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts, licensed psychologists, students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe Pediatric Feeding Problems; (2) describe some evaluation methods for PFP; (3) list at least two treatment options for Pediatric Feeding Problems; (4) identify cultural differences that could impact treatment options; (5) list at least two positive outcomes of collaborative work.
 
VARSOVIA HERNANDEZ ESLAVA (Universidad Veracruzana)
Varsovia Hernández Eslava received her Ph.D. in Psychology from the National Autonomous University of Mexico under the direction of Dr. Carlos A. Bruner. Later, she received post-doctoral training at the Behavior Analysis Research Clinic at University of Florida with Dr. Timothy Vollmer. In 2015 she returned to México as a Full-Time Researcher at Universidad Veracruzana, where she teaches and supervises students in the Behavioral Science program. Her research areas are Applied Behavior Analysis (with emphasis on pediatric feeding problems and parent training) and Experimental Analysis of Behavior (with emphasis on the effects of reinforcement schedules and MOs on different dimensions of behavior). Varsovia has authored several articles and book chapters in Spanish and English related to Behavior Analysis. She also co-developed the data collection software CounteeApp and the data analysis software Motus. In addition, Varsovia works on different projects to disseminate Behavior Analysis in Mexico and serves as an ambassador for Mexico of the World Behavior Analysis Day. In 2021 with another colleague, she received the SABA’s Public Awareness Grant to develop free resources for Technology-assisted ABA Education for Hispanic Communities (available at https://abacomunidadhispana.com). In the same year, in collaboration with a group of behavior analysts, she founded the Mexican Association of Practitioners of Behavior Analysis.
 
 
Paper Session #346
Trends and Advances in Adult Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Services
Monday, May 29, 2023
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM
Chair: Gita Srikanth (ABA India)
 

What Happens After 21? Treating Adults With Developmental Disabilities in an Outpatient Behavioral Health Clinic

Domain: Service Delivery
LISA NEITZKE (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munore-Meyer Institute), Lynda B. Hayes (Munroe Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Sarah Holmes (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute; Louisiana State University)
 
Abstract:

Services for adults with developmental disabilities (i.e., intellectual disabilities, autism spectrum disorder) are limited and are primarily comprised of community-based supports through adult day services and residential providers. However, adults with developmental disabilities continue to exhibit behavioral, social, and adaptive impairments throughout their lifetime, and the quality of available services is often variable. This paper explores treatment of adults with developmental disabilities in a behavioral health setting utilizing brief, problem-solving, and solution focused outpatient behavioral health therapy based on principles of applied behavior analysis. Common diagnoses, presenting concerns, treatment planning, caregiver involvement, data-based decision making, and treatment outcomes will be discussed. Descriptive statistics from the Munroe-Meyer Adult Developmental Disability Behavioral Health Clinic regarding these themes will be reviewed. Limitations practitioners face while working with adults with developmental disabilities within an outpatient behavioral health setting will be addressed and potential solutions to limitations will be explored. This discussion will provide behavioral health providers (e.g., behavior analysts, psychologists, licensed mental health practitioners) insight into providing outpatient behavioral health services to the oftentimes extremely underserved adult developmental disability population.

 
Challenges in Transitioning to Adulthood for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder in India
Domain: Service Delivery
GITA SRIKANTH (ABA India), Swati Narayan (WECAN ProACT India)
 
Abstract: An increasing number of individuals with ASD are entering adulthood in India. There is growing concern among parents of these individuals, about their employability, future living arrangement, financial independence and safety, particularly as the caregivers grow older. Majority of these individuals struggle with communication and social isolation, according to parent narratives. The participating adults continued to live with their families, having limited social interface and faced a lack of employment opportunities at the time of the study. The study also indicates a need for shift in parental attitudes towards long term planning for the child early into the intervention years. This descriptive study also points to the need for psychoeducation and focused intervention for better adult outcomes and the ongoing need for trained personnel who are specialized in working with adults, apart from residential options for all socio-economic sections of the affected population. The study was conducted in Chennai, in South India. The primary languages spoken here are Tamil and English. The study summarized the current outcomes of 9 individuals and living in the urban setting. While the study was conducted during the Covid-19 pandemic and imposed lockdowns, all questions were asked in context of pre-pandemic situations. The study combined questionnaires, interviews and follow up discussions to understand the adult outcomes and the factors driving parental attitudes towards their children and the challenges of transitioning into adulthood with a diagnosis of ASD. Outcomes were classified based on themes such as quality of life, independent living skills and parental attitudes.
 
 
 
Panel #347
BLEND Behavior Change Agents: Racism and Prejudice
Monday, May 29, 2023
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: CSS/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Khadija McCarthy (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
ASHTYNN EDENHOFER (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
VANSHIKA GUPTA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
SOMCHART SAKULKOO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: We will no longer wait: the time for us to adopt the practice of cultural humility is now. Behavioral Leadership in Education, Novel Science, and Dissemination (B.L.E.N.D.), a research lab based out of The Chicago School of Professional Psychology Chicago Campus, rises to the call to action to build our behavior analytic repertoires to include additional cultural humility practices within the domains of racism and prejudice that will help bring the field into the 21st Century (Wright, 2019). Presenters will discuss the status of the Behavior Analytic field with reference to our professional counter parts, discuss strategies for behavior analysts, professionals, educators, and researchers to implement to improve our collective strength in cultural humility.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Cultural Humility, Prejudice, Racism
 
 
Invited Paper Session #348
CE Offered: BACB
When We Ought to Save the World, But Don’t Really Feel Like it: Motivating Avoidance Behavior when Consequences are Uncertain or Delayed
Monday, May 29, 2023
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University)
CE Instructor: Carla H. Lagorio, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: CARLA H. LAGORIO (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract: In recent decades, threats to the long-term survival of the human species have become clearer. A warming planet with slow efforts to curb emissions, looming extinction of critical species, energy or fossil fuel depletion, nuclear or environmental hazards are just a few notable concerns. Many environmental sustainability issues are behavioral – stemming from or exacerbated by our actions, and as such behavioral scientists are in a prime position to help describe, explain, and suggest ways to support more sustainable behavior. This talk will echo these aims, first by describing some of the barriers to engaging in sustainable practices. Why has society not progressed quickly over recent decades to help circumvent looming problems? Some degree of avoidance responding certainly can limit people’s contact with relevant environmental information but then, even for those who are attending, there can be additional motivational barriers limiting action. Many consequences of our current action or inaction are delayed or probabilistic. These far-removed and far-from-guaranteed outcomes can fail to motivate behavior, particularly when in competition with more immediately pressing wants, needs, and time demands. This talk will conclude by highlighting how behavioral scientists have contributed to sustainability efforts and will suggest some paths forward for better understanding and – importantly – addressing issues of environmental importance.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Students, Faculty, Other Professionals

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how delay discounting impacts our ability to make choices benefiting a distant future; (2) describe how probabilistic environmental outcomes impact our motivation; (3) outline several strategies for encouraging behavior that benefits a delayed or uncertain future
 
CARLA H. LAGORIO (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Dr. Carla Lagorio is an Associate Professor of Psychology at the University of Wisconsin – Eau Claire, where she co-coordinates an undergraduate major in Behavior Analysis. She is Board Director and Treasurer of the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior, past President of the Mid-American Association for Behavior Analysis and has served on the editorial boards of Perspectives on Behavior Science and Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Her research questions are focused on quantitative assessments of choice behavior, stemming from behavioral economics and pharmacology. In addition, Dr. Lagorio is passionate about several community and environmental sustainability causes – including increasing the adoptability potential of shelter dogs and researching ways to increase composting and reduce overall levels of student food waste on campus.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #349
CE Offered: BACB
School Teleconsultation: Enhancing Access and Collaboration to Support Students
Monday, May 29, 2023
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center 401/402
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati)
CE Instructor: Aaron J. Fischer, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: AARON J. FISCHER (University of Utah)
Abstract: Students who need social-emotional and behavioral supports receive their education in a variety of educational settings, and many times the staff who in those settings require additional supports to effectively support student achievement and outcomes. Considering the need for additional supports with student behavior, and the shortage of qualified school-based behavior health providers, available school consultants should consider options for using technology to help provide access to services to rural and underserved communities. This presentation will provide an overview of the problem-solving teleconsultation framework as a way to address the need for behavior supports in schools and give guidance for behavior analysts on different applications of behavioral teleconsultation services. The presentation will also review ethical considerations related to teleconsultation practice including technology access issues, privacy and security.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Practitioners, Researchers, Supervisors, and Trainers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) learn about the problem-solving teleconsultation framework; (2) understand different applications of behavioral teleconsultation services; (3) Identify ethical considerations related to teleconsultation practice including technology access issues related to telehealth; (4) Understand the benefits related to accessing telehealth supports, especially for individuals from marginalized communities
 
AARON J. FISCHER (University of Utah)
Dr. Fischer is the Dee Endowed Professor of school psychology and adjunct associate professor of psychiatry. He is the director of the University of Utah Technology in Training Education and Consultation Lab and the Huntsman Mental Health Institute's interdisciplinary feeding disorders clinic. Dr. Fischer is also the the co director of the of the University of Utah Huntsman Mental Health Institute's Utah School Mental Health Collaborative. He is a Licensed Psychologist and Licensed Board Certified Behavior Analyst. He has worked with individuals with mental and behavioral health concerns, and their families for over 15 years. His research focuses on the intersection of innovative technology, behavior, and school mental health, specifically telehealth and teleconsultation applications to support diverse students, caregivers, and educators.
 
 
Paper Session #350
Teaching Social-Emotional Skills
Monday, May 29, 2023
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center 405
Area: EDC
Chair: Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University)
 

Using Culturally Diverse Literature to Teach Social-Emotional Skills

Domain: Service Delivery
Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University, Emerita), AMANDA YURICK (Cleveland State University), Alana Telesman (Ohio State University)
 
Abstract:

The authors use a social modeling and reinforcement paradigm to teach social and emotional learning in the elementary classroom. Culturally diverse literature is used to introduce and guide the learning for the targeted behaviors. Direct observations and pupil responses to enactments and paper assignments document the extent of learning Social and emotional learning is proposed for the elementary-aged child within a diverse society. This instruction is consistent with the emphasis on global education and the need to prepare our students for a shrinking planet and increasingly diverse immediate and larger environments. Advanced societies demand that we recognize, respect, and celebrate the “other.” At minimum, authorities agree successful global citizens can affirm others, take others’ perspectives, experience empathy, develop meaningful cooperative relations with others, and pursue social justice: the ability to question unfair practices and advocate for self and others. Accordingly, we need to extend social and emotional learning. Diversity is defined broadly so that this model includes differences according to race, religion, gender, socioeconomics, language, ethnicity, disability, and age. Learners are helped to identify with literature models and discern aspects of the literature to employ most advantageously. This learning benefits the child, the classroom, the school, the family, and the community. Lessons focus on affirming self and others, asserting self, managing conflict situations, and maintaining these behaviors over time.

 
 
 
Symposium #351
Advances in the Analysis Social Behavior: Induction, Behavioral Ecology, and Cultural Analysis
Monday, May 29, 2023
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Area: PCH/EAB; Domain: Theory
Chair: April M. Becker (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Skinner (1957), argued that social behavior "has so many distinguishing dynamic and topological properties that a special treatment is justified and, indeed, demanded" (p. 2). Despite such claims, only recently has a reconsideration of the importance and relevance of the study of social behavior has been observed within the experimental analysis of behavior. This renewed emphasis, has the potential to connect behavior analytic research with that done in many other disciplines, from behavior ecology to anthropology and economics, in a way that is mutually enriching. This symposium will review conceptual and methodological advances in the study of social behavior illustrating the theoretical and practical benefits of a multi-disciplinary approach to social phenomena.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral ecology, primary reinforcement, social behavior, social learning
 
Beyond Social Reinforcement: Conceptual, Theoretical, and Applied Implications of an Induction Approach to the Analysis of Socially-Delivered Consequences
ANDRES H. GARCIA-PENAGOS (California State University, Chico)
Abstract: Until relatively recently, the study of so-called “social reinforcers,” including such socially delivered consequences as “physical contact, proximity, attention, and praise” (Cooper, Heron & Heward, 2020, p. 267) was limited to their use and efficacy in applied contexts. Recent research in the experimental analysis of behavior (e.g., Hackenberg et al., 2021), however, has lead to a renewed interest on the dynamics and importance of social consequences such as the opportunity for social interactions, beyond the outdated debate on whether social consequences should be understood as “primary” or “secondary” reinforcers. Baum (e.g. 2012; 2020) has recently advanced the view that both antecedent and consequent environmental control can be more parsimoniously addressed in terms of Induction (Segal, 1972), rather than under the traditional "strengthening" approach characteristic of the notion of reinforcement. In line with such traditional view, the typical notions of "social reinforcers" have inherited some of its conceptual problems, including among others an implicit hedonistic understanding. This paper will discuss the conceptual implications of Baum's redefinition of reinforcement for the analysis of social antecedents and consequences, and will link it to recent advances in the areas of enactivism and ecological psychology.
 

Researchers in Animal Social Behavior Insist They Account for Learning Theory, but Do They? A Call for Behavior Analysts to Enter the Discussion

CHRISTINA NORD (University of California, Davis)
Abstract:

Animal behavior, like all behavior, is always in concert with the environment in which the behavior is embedded. Often, the environment contains other individuals. Even animals that are principally solitary have to interact with others on occasion in order to find a mate and successfully reproduce. As such, animal behavior research is rich with observations and subsequent questions surrounding social behavior. I first overview how social behavior is approached in behavior ecology research, and, in particular, the field of social learning. I will illustrate that behavior analytic approaches, and behaviorism, in general is not unknown to social behavior research, but is, unsurprisingly, often misused and misrepresented in these fields. I contend that behavior analysis should do more to focus on areas more often addressed in fields interested in social behavior because ontogeny us often subject of these areas. Finally, I overview a number of interesting longstanding questions in social behavior research for which behavior analysts could offer meaningful insight.

 
Seeking Natural Units in a Metacontingency
CARLOS LOPEZ (University of North Texas)
Abstract: A prominent concept used within behavior analysis in the area of social interactions is the “metacontingency.” The metacontingency is a contingent consequence that occurs as a result of interlocked behavior of many organisms. There is debate over the idea that a consequence may lead to the development of multi-organismic analytical unit of behavior. Studies suggest this unit consists of the recurring interlocking behavioral contingencies (IBCs) that produce an aggregate product (AP) which together, the culturant, is selected by an environmental stimulus or event (CC). While substantial experimental work shows the culturant is susceptible to selection by environmental manipulations, the question of a truly natural cultural unit has remained divisive. We investigated whether natural lines of fracture on the cultural level may arise via metacontingency arrangements. We sought to replicate the approach that was applied to the search for natural lines of fracture in individual behavior. Our study used a 2-player game similar to connect four focusing on two participants’ interactions. This presentation will cover the results of the study and discuss its implications. The results suggest certain classes of IBCs may function as natural units within the metacontingency, however more interrogation is needed to confirm our understanding of the culturant.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #352
CE Offered: BACB
Literacy as Social Justice: The Importance of Reading in the Fight for Educational Equity
Monday, May 29, 2023
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
CE Instructor: Denise Ross, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: DENISE ROSS (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee)
Abstract:

The purpose of this presentation is to discuss how verbal behavior research on reading can positively impact children’s academic outcomes. Low reading proficiency significantly affects children, their families, and their communities. For instance, third grade children who cannot read proficiently are four times less likely to graduate from high school than those who can. When students do not graduate from high school, they are more likely to have lower wages and poorer health outcomes than high school graduates. In fact, over time, low literacy costs society billions of dollars in lost earnings, employability, and related social outcomes. For these reasons, ensuring that all children have access to effective reading instruction is critical. In this presentation, I will describe the importance of proficient literacy for historically marginalized children such as children with disabilities and economically disadvantaged children. I will then describe how research on reading in verbal behavior analysis has identified effective instructional practices that can impact children’s reading outcomes. This presentation will conclude with recommendations for addressing educational inequities by advocating for literacy as a form of social justice.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

The target audience for this presentation is behavior analysts and educators interested in PK-12 education and in reading instruction. The target audience also includes behavior analysts and educators who are interested in issues of social justice.

Learning Objectives: In this session, attendees will learn about: (1) The long-term impact of childhood reading proficiency; (2) Verbal behavior research on reading and its implications for reading instruction; (3) The importance of advocating for proficient literacy as a form of social justice
 
DENISE ROSS (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee)
Denise Ross-Page, PhD., BCBA-D, is Chair of the University of Wisconsin-System’s Institute for Urban Education, a program housed at the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee. She is a certified special education teacher and a former elementary school principal. Her research applies behavior analysis to the development of language and literacy interventions for children with and without disabilities. Ross-Page has established or led approximately 20 professional development partnerships with school districts in Wisconsin, New York, Chicago, South Florida, and Kalamazoo, Michigan. Ross-Page earned master’s and doctoral degrees from Teachers College, Columbia University with a major in special education and a specialization in applied behavior analysis. She received her bachelor’s degree in secondary education from Spelman College.
 
 
Symposium #353
CE Offered: BACB
Procedural Modifications to the Practical Functional Assessment and Skill-Based Treatment Model
Monday, May 29, 2023
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Laura A Hanratty (Elms College)
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism)
CE Instructor: Einar T. Ingvarsson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Hanley et al. (2014) introduced a comprehensive model for assessing and treating problem behavior. The model begins with a functional analysis incorporating a single test condition evaluating an ecologically relevant contingency. The results inform the subsequent treatment teaching increasingly complex communication skills. Finally, denials are introduced and the individual is taught how to cooperate with adult instruction. The process in its entirety has been termed the practical functional assessment and skill-based treatment model. Since the seminal publication, modifications to the procedures have been introduced to reduce barriers of clinical concern. The first speaker will briefly introduce multiple adaptions to the practical functional assessment focusing on procedures designed to improve efficiency and safety. The second speaker will provide a detailed account of a procedural modification using latency as a measure of problem behavior across a collection of 20 applications. The third speaker replicates the entire comprehensive model using a novel practical functional assessment format that is dependent on achieving calm behavior to reduce unmanageable escalation. The fourth speaker adapts the model for the group setting, where one-to-one implementation is unfeasible. The collection of studies outline multiple modifications designed to help inform effective assessment and treatment of problem behavior under varied circumstances.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): functional analysis, functional assessment, skill-based treatment
Target Audience:

Practitioners interested in learning more about PFA and SBT

Learning Objectives: Learning objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) Identify three procedural modifications to the practical functional assessment (2) Understand how to implement the practical functional assessment and skill-based treatment model in a group setting (3) Know the pragmatic circumstances under which to use latency or rate as a measure of problem behavior
 
Adaptations of the Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis
RACHEL METRAS (Virginia Institute of Autism), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York)
Abstract: The interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; see Hanley et al., 2014, Jessel et al., 2019) is a functional analysis format that uses open-ended interviews with caregivers to inform the individualized, synthesized reinforcement contingencies assessed during the analysis. The IISCA is integral to the practical functional assessment process and often yields differentiated data in 25 min (Coffey et al., 2020). This analytic efficiency may help clinicians implement functional analyses within a brief window of time with a client, but it does not necessarily alleviate other practical concerns like the staffing, space, or material requirements necessary to conduct a functional analysis (e.g., Oliver et al., 2015). To help address these concerns, researchers have recently begun modifying the IISCA’s procedures to further evaluate its utility and feasibility across different clinical settings. Some of these modifications have resulted in the creation of new IISCA formats that may offer improvements in efficiency, safety, and ecological relevance. This review will discuss the defining features of several novel IISCA formats, as well as the conditions under which each might be useful in clinical practice.
 
The Latency-Based Interview-Informed, Synthesized Contingency Analysis: A Reanalysis and Replication of 20 Outpatient and School Applications
MONICA HOWARD (The ELIJA School), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York), Jessica Slaton (Nashoba Learning Group), Kate Raftery (Nashoba Learning Group), Jesse Perrin (Pathways)
Abstract: Using latency as a measure of response strength during a functional analysis can improve efficiency and safety of the process by reducing overall exposure to problem behavior. We conducted this two-part study to determine if latency could be integrated into the recently developed functional analysis format termed the interview-informed, synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA). The IISCA was originally designed to measure rate of problem behavior. In Study 1, the results of 11 IISCAs, using rate as a measure of problem behavior, were reanalyzed to evaluate correspondence with the latency to the first instance in each session. Both measurement variations (rate and latency) of the IISCA were likely to produce strong levels of control over problem behavior and these outcomes were verified in the collection of nine latency-based IISCAs in Study 2. Clinicians may be able to avoid repeated instances of problem behavior during a functional analysis using the latency-based IISCA when safety or time is of concern.
 

Evaluating a Performance-Based Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analysis (IISCA) in a Classroom Setting

HOLLY GOVER (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Ravelle Clements (Ivymount School), Allyson Crowley (Ivymount School), Bridget Wolfgang (Ivymount School), Jennifer Pratt (Ivymount School)
Abstract:

Theinterview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) is a functional analysis methodology that has proven to be an efficient and reliable method for designing and implementing function based treatments. Metras and Jessel (2021) summarized the various methodological iterations of the IISCA since its introduction by Hanley and colleagues in 2014. In the discussion,Metras and Jesselsuggested an adaptation for future research that they called the performance-based IISCA.This adaptation is similar to the single-session IISCAwith three modifications: (a) time requirements removed from reinforcement intervals and instead are based on the behavior of the individual, (b)behavior is recorded as count instead of rate, and (c) indices of happinessare recorded during reinforcement intervals.We discuss the utility and feasibility of this adaptation with children who engaged in challenging behavior in a classroom setting, as well as how this adaptation may promote safety through increased functional control. The performance-based IISCA successfully identified the function of problem behavior and informed an effective treatment for our participants.

 
 
Symposium #354
CE Offered: BACB/NASP
Partnering to Empower Staff Dealing With Trauma Underlying Challenging Behavior: What Are the Outcomes?
Monday, May 29, 2023
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2B
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Discussant: Gabrielle Morgan (Bay Path University)
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Behavior analysts frequently encounter staff such as teachers, administrators, and youth counselors who deal with youth exhibiting challenging behaviors that may be related to the trauma these youth are experiencing. Moreover, the youth who are experiencing this trauma are often youth of color who may be retraumatized by the traditional means of dealing with challenging behavior. Unfortunately, behavior analysts may lack the skills for dealing with these challenging behaviors and the related trauma and thus are unable to assist staff in their efforts. A partnership developed among the leadership of Together Helping Reduce Youth Violence for Equity (ThrYve), a program for youth at the University of Kansas, a private provider of services to youth in schools, and a university professor and doctoral student at East Carolina University. The goal of this partnership was to provide information, training, and support to staff working with youth in the ThrYve program as well as other community programs. One year later we have measures of staff attitudes and mindsets as well as behavioral observations of staff role-play and naturalistic interactions with youth.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Challenging Behavior, Staff Training, Trauma Informed, Youth Violence
Target Audience:

Participants can include BCBAs, teachers, school administrators, psychologists, psychiatrists, nurses, counselors, therapists, and social workers. Participants should be familiar with terms including verbal behavior, discriminative stimuli, establishing and abolishing operations, and positive and negative reinforcement, and have experience and examples dealing with those terms.

Learning Objectives: At the completion of this symposium, participants will be able to: 1. Describe the structure and goals of ThrYve, a community-based intervention to address youth violence; 2. Describe the structure and goals of START ANU Behavior, a training program for staff who work with traumatized youth exhibiting challenging behaviors; 3. Describe several trauma-based strategies that consist of changing staff verbal behavior when dealing with challenging behavior of traumatized youth; 4. Describe the outcomes of qualitative and quantitative measures of staff mindsets and attitudes; 5. Describe the outcomes of measuring staff exhibiting trauma-informed strategies using a behavioral observation system.
 
ThrYve: Using a Trauma-Informed Approach to Address Youth Violence
LAURATU BAH (University of Kansas), Jomella Watson-Thompson (University of Kansas), Malika N. Pritchett (University of Kansas), Valerie Thompson (University of Kansas)
Abstract: In the United States, youth violence is a significant public health concern. Black and Hispanic/Latinx youth experience disparities in violence nationally and in the Kansas City metropolitan area. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention’s National Centers of Excellence in Youth Violence Prevention (YVPCs) are academic-community collaborations that advance youth violence prevention research and practice. The YVPC- Kansas City is designed to expand the evidence base for participatory strategies to prevent and reduce youth violence, particularly among Black and Latinx youth. Together Helping Reduce Youth Violence for Equity (ThrYve), is a multi-level, behavioral- community approach to youth violence prevention that supports both universal and targeted strategies for youth and families. At the individual-level, ThrYve provides educational supports including academic enrichment activities; curriculum programming for leadership and life skills development; and youth engagement and navigation. In supporting the ThrYve approach, it is important for staff and volunteers to practice cultural humility in service delivery by identifying and addressing the individual and community-level trauma and related risk factors experienced by those served. This presentation provides trauma-informed strategies that can be implemented across socioecological levels to provide safe and supportive communities through youth violence prevention efforts.
 
START ANU Behavior: Providing Staff with Trauma-Based Responses to Challenging Behavior of Traumatized Youth
PAULA Y FLANDERS (27703), Danielle Webb (East Carolina University), Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract: Sensitive to Trauma Assessment and Relationship Training to Alter Negativity Underlying Behavior (START ANU Behavior) is a training program especially designed to provide staff with the skills to support youth, many of whom are youth of color, who have experienced trauma and are exhibiting violent, aggressive, and other challenging behaviors. The START ANU Behavior program was provided online by three facilitators who conducted workshops over the course of four mornings. The first two mornings consisted of content and information sharing and the second two mornings involved modeling, role-play, feedback, and practice of specific strategies. These training days were followed by five online consultation sessions over several weeks. These consultation sessions were used to assist staff who were trying to implement new strategies with youth that they worked with. When strong emotional reactions and physiological responses are brought about by underlying trauma, techniques such as reflective listening, reframing, empathy, paradoxical intention, reinforcement, validating, and debriefing can serve as abolishing operations for these challenging behaviors. However, when staff are constantly the target of many of these behaviors, it is very difficult to respond using these strategies. The presenter will describe and demonstrate skills for responding to challenging behaviors in trauma-sensitive ways.
 
STARTANU Behavior: Qualitative & Quantitative Measures of Staff Mindsets & Attitudes
DANIELLE WEBB (East Carolina University), Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University)
Abstract: Adolescents who have experienced trauma often show signs of difficulties academically, socially, mentally, and behaviorally. The presenter will describe an evaluation of the START ANU (Sensitive to Trauma Assessment and Relationship Training to Alter Negativity Underlying Behavior) training and its influence on the utilization of trauma-informed strategies among staff members of the University of Kansas ThrYve program. Educators are not always equipped with adequate training to support adolescents who benefit from trauma-informed strategies. Consequently, many educators utilize counterproductive strategies that result in poor outcomes for students and create an unpleasant work environment for themselves. During the START ANU training, staff of the University of Kansas’ ThrYve program were provided with two days of didactic information and two days of modeling, role-play, and practice of the techniques. Follow-up was provided where staff received further practice and support of these techniques two hours a week for six weeks. A mixed method design was used for this research. The quantitative approach provided researchers with data about ThrYve staff member’s mindsets and attitudes. These data informed researchers about the START ANU training program’s effectiveness. The qualitative approach focused on the frequency in which trauma-informed strategies occurred within incident and observation reports. These data informed researchers about important components to be included in future START ANU Behavior trainings.
 
STARTANU Behavior: Measuring Staff Exhibiting Trauma-Informed Strategies Using a Behavioral Observation System
LAUREN CUTLER (East Carolina University), Daniel Stickel (East Carolina University), George Cherry Jr (East Carolina University), Taylor Smith (East Carolina University)
Abstract: Staff participants in the STARTANU Behavior Training were videotaped in interactions with youth in the natural settings where these interactions occurred (such as classrooms and after school programs) as well as in role-plays with other staff (one would interact as the staff person, the other would interact as the youth) prior to and following the training. A behavioral observation system was developed to measure staff use of trauma-informed strategies. Undergraduate students were trained to identify trauma-informed strategies on a checklist using a series of role-playing sessions to practice observing and test reliability. Inter-observer reliability was calculated on a series of observations by two students. Comparisons of the use of trauma-informed strategies before and after training were made to determine any behavior changes in staff. Presenters will report on inter-observer reliability as well as changes in staff behavior.
 
 
Symposium #355
CE Offered: BACB
Consecutive Controlled Case Series: Recent Examples in the Assessment and Treatment of Severe Problem Behavior
Monday, May 29, 2023
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1C/D
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
CE Instructor: Michelle A. Frank-Crawford, Ph.D.
Abstract: The consecutive controlled case series (CCCS) is a type of study that allows for the synthesis of outcomes from cases in which a single case experimental design was used to evaluate a common procedure or for individuals who share a common characteristic (Hagopian, 2020). Because all consecutively encountered cases that share the commonality are included, CCCS studies limit biases favoring inclusion of cases with predominantly positive outcomes. The CCCS study allows researchers to address issues related to the generality of clinical procedures or processes. This symposium will review recent examples of CCCS studies related to assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. The first presenter will examine the prevalence of responding indicative an iatrogenic effect during functional analyses conducted for 116 individuals admitted to an inpatient hospital. The second presenter will describe the outcomes of competing stimulus assessments for 35 individuals admitted to an inpatient setting. The third presenter will discuss descriptive characteristics of extinction bursts for 108 individuals receiving treatment for problem behavior in an outpatient setting. The fourth presenter will report on outcomes of behavioral interventions designed to reduce pica for 13 individuals admitted to an inpatient hospital. Implications and comments will be provided by the discussant.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): competing stimulus, extinction burst, iatrogenic effects, pica
Target Audience: Basic
Learning Objectives: 1. Understand what a consecutive controlled case series (CCCS) study is; 2. Understand the essential design elements and reporting methods of CCCS studies; 3. Understand the advantages of conducting a CCCS study.
 
Assessment of Patterns of Learning During Functional Analysis Conditions: A Case Review of 116 Patients
COURTNEY C HANLIN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nathalie Fernandez (Kenndey Krieger), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ryan Benson (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Abstract: The functional analysis procedures described by Iwata et al. (1982/1994) have been widely used to determine the variables maintaining problem behavior, and the information gathered from these assessments has proven useful in guiding function-based treatments. However, one potential concern with the use of functional analysis is that repeated exposure to the contingencies during test conditions, particularly in the tangible condition, may generate false-positive results and induce a novel function. We recently conducted a consecutive controlled case series of 116 functional analysis applications that included socially mediated conditions and examined patterns of responding associated with "learning." The results suggest that learning rarely occurred in any of the test conditions, further supporting the use of functional analysis. Clinical implications for functional analysis practices will be discussed.
 
Efficacy of Competing Stimulus Assessments: A Summary of 35 Consecutively Encountered Cases
BRIANNA LAUREANO (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Nathalie Fernandez (Kenndey Krieger), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessments (CSAs) are designed to identify stimuli that reduce problem behavior through competition with its maintaining reinforcers. Recently, Haddock and Hagopian (2020) found that over 92% of CSAs described in published studies identified at least one high competition stimulus (i.e., a stimulus correlated with at least an 80% reduction in problem behavior). The current study describes the outcomes of CSAs in a retrospective consecutive controlled case series of 35 cases (individuals) admitted to an inpatient setting. Findings on the limited relation between stimulus engagement and reductions in problem behavior were replicated; however, the efficacy of CSAs was lower than the published literature (47% of CSAs were successful). The clinical implementation of CSAs are discussed and the discrepant findings across studies on the efficacy of CSAs are summarized.
 
Descriptive Characteristics of Extinction Bursts: A Record Review
ALEXANDRA HARDEE (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Summer Bottini (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Catherine Williams (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Scott Gillespie (Emory School of Medicine), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Procedural extinction is sometimes associated with a temporary increase in responding known as an extinction burst. Extinction bursts present unique challenges in the context of treating challenging behavior. The present study updates the prevalence of extinction bursts using a clinical sample (n = 108) receiving treatment for problem behavior. The prevalence of extinction bursts in our sample (24%) was consistent with prior literature. As expected, the extinction-burst magnitude decreased across sessions after extinction was contacted during treatment, but this sample did not demonstrate decreased persistence or magnitude of extinction bursts across successive transitions from baseline to treatment. We also examined the prevalence and magnitude of extinction bursts based on the function and topography of challenging behavior and treatment components and found no consistent relation amongst these variables. These findings should lead clinicians to prepare for transient extinction bursts when implementing extinction-based treatment for decreasing challenging behavior and inspire future research on treatment and client factors that predict extinction bursts.
 
Assessment and Treatment of Pica: A Consecutive Controlled Case Series
JUSTIN TYLER HALL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Margaret Cavanaugh (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nathalie Fernandez (Kenndey Krieger), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Megan Ryan (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Pica is a self-injurious behavior wherein the individual repeatedly consumes inedible objects. It has the potential to cause serious harm from choking, poisoning, and perforation of blockage of intestines. Research has indicated that behavioral interventions are well-established treatments for pica, particularly when arranged using reinforcement and response reduction procedures. However, research has largely focused on the overall efficacy of these interventions and has not attempted to identify the necessary intervention components or evaluate the generality of the findings. Thus, the current study evaluated and described treatment outcomes from 13 consecutively encountered cases in which a behavioral intervention was evaluated to reduce pica in an intensive inpatient setting (for a total of 15 applications). The generality of findings to other caregivers, settings, or discard apparatuses was assessed when available. Results both indicate that noncontingent reinforcement alone did not produce desired results, and replicate the findings of other studies that reinforcement in combination with response interruption and redirection procedures do produce clinically significant reductions in pica, and these treatment gains generalize across context changes.
 
 
Symposium #356
CE Offered: BACB
Resurgence and Changes in Alternative Response Consequence Parameters
Monday, May 29, 2023
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom B
Area: EAB/DDA; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Justin Boyan Han (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Wayne W. Fisher (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
CE Instructor: Justin Boyan Han, M.S.
Abstract: Resurgence is the recurrence of a previously reinforced response (e.g., problem behavior) when conditions of reinforcement are weakened for a more recently reinforced response (e.g., replacement behavior). The importance of research on relapse, more specifically resurgence, applies to assessment and treatment of problem behaviors in the clinical setting because resurgence is prevalent even in highly controlled in-patient settings. Better understanding of resurgence can set a strong foundation for mitigation and control of resurgence in applied context. This symposium includes current research on extinction and resurgence when consequences for alternative response are altered in basic, translational, and applied settings. One presentation examines the effects of reinforcement schedule change for alternative response on resurgence between groups of mice. One presentation includes a parametric analysis of punishment for alternative response with human participants through MTurk crowdsourcing. One presentation examines the concurrent resurgence of an arbitrary response after change in reinforcer quality with college students. And one presentation examines mitigation of resurgence for problem behaviors during and after functional communications training. Additionally, Dr. Wayne Fisher, a distinguished researcher on assessment and treatment of problem behavior, will discuss the relevance of the findings as they relate to future basic, translational, and applied studies.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): FCT, Problem Behavior, Reinforcement Parameter, Resurgence
Target Audience: Advanced. Audience members must have basic understanding of concurrent schedule, treatment of problem behavior, and extinction procedures.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify factors that affect resurgence of previously suppressed behaviors; (2) identify the influences of consequences for alternative response that effects resurgence; (3) identify factors that can assist with controlling for and mitigating resurgence in applied settings.
 

Alternative-Reinforcer Rate Effects on Resurgence Across Successive Determinations in Mice

BEATRIZ ELENA ARROYO ANTUNEZ (SUNY Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University), Kate Elizabeth Derrenbacker (Upstate Cerebral Palsy), Charlene Nicole Agnew (Proud Moments ABA), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University and Elemy Autism Care), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

In the treatment of problematic human behavior, differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) is commonly employed. To increase the feasibility of implementation in the natural environment rates of alternative reinforcement are often thinned, which may occasion resurgence of the target behavior. Previous research has shown that high-rate alternative reinforcers produce more rapid suppression of the target behavior, relative to low-rate alternative reinforcers, but also occasion more resurgence. The current experiment systematically replicated this work with mouse subjects to assess for cross-species generality. Additionally, we alternated between phases of DRA and extinction to assess for changes in resurgence across successive determinations. Outcomes aligned with past work by demonstrating that high-rate alternative reinforcers produced more rapid reductions of the target behavior and higher magnitudes of resurgence, compared to low-rate alternative reinforcers, in mice. Between-group differences in resurgence, however, diminished across resurgence tests. This results help to extend previous findings regarding the reappearance of problematic behavior.

 

A Parametric Analysis of Response-Cost Punishment of Alternative Behavior in Humans

CARLA N MARTINEZ-PEREZ (University of Florida), Carolyn Ritchey (Auburn University), Toshikazu Kuroda (Advanced Telecommunications Research Institute International), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Resurgence generally is considered the return of a previously reinforced and extinguished target response when alternative conditions worsen. Previous research with rats showed that worsening alternative conditions by punishing an alternative response with shock resulted in resurgence of target responding. We extended this line of research with four groups of humans recruited through crowdsourcing, with approximately 50 participants per group. In Phase 1, we reinforced target responding with points exchangeable for money while an alternative response was not reinforced. In Phase 2, we extinguished target responding while reinforcing the alternative response and responding reversed compared with Phase 1. In Phase 3, we parametrically manipulated magnitude of point loss (-1, -100, -320, -1000) contingent on alternative responding while maintaining alternative reinforcement. We found more rapid punishment effects and greater resurgence with greater magnitudes of response cost. These findings extend those with nonhumans to indicate resurgence generally is a function of the worsening of alternative conditions.

 

Concurrent Resurgence and Influences of Reinforcement Quality With College Students

JESENIA GIAMBRONE (ABA Solutions, Inc.), Justin Boyan Han (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Amalix M Flores (USF), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Resurgence is the recurrence of a previously reinforced response when conditions of reinforcement are weakened for a more recently reinforced response. With the updated definition differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, in conjunction with the discussions on the implications of extinction procedures, more research is needed on the resurgence when a behavior suppressed by changes in consequence parameters instead of extinction. In the current study, college students were taught arbitrary responses to access high quality and low quality reinforcers on a variable-interval schedule. In phase 1, response A and B contacts high quality reinforcer. In phase 2, response A is extinguished and response B contacts low quality reinforcer. Additionally, response C (i.e., replacement behavior) is introduced and will contact high quality response. In phase 3, all responses are placed on extinction. Comparison of resurgence in phase 3 for response A and response B suggests that level and order of resurgence varied across participants. Implications from our findings and procedures will be discussed.

 
Resurgence of Problem Behavior Following Enhancements During Functional Communication Training
KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Karla Zabala-Snow (University of Georgia; Emory University; Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Mitigating the resurgence of problem behavior has become an important clinical issue, resulting in evaluations that focus on the effects of environmental manipulations of various dimensions of reinforcement, discriminative stimuli, exposures to extinction, among others. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the resurgence of problem behavior following enhancements to the dimensions of reinforcement for independent manding during functional communication training (FCT). During FCT, high and low preferred mands were trained using a multiple schedule. In two of the three conditions, the high and low preferred mands were trained as usual, while the third condition trained and enhanced the reinforcement history for the low preferred mand by manipulating one dimension of reinforcement (i.e., reinforcer rate, reinforcer magnitude) to three times the exposure in the training as usual condition. When problem behavior was reduced by 80% of baseline levels, independent manding occurred across 80% of opportunities, and reinforcement rates occurred within 10% of programmed conditions during FCT, treatment was disrupted with extinction. Across enhancement manipulations, results were equivocal with one participant showing no resurgence of problem behavior in the enhanced condition and another participant showing resurgence of problem behavior across all conditions. Implications of these findings will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #357
CE Offered: BACB
Basic and Applied Investigations of Resurgence
Monday, May 29, 2023
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom C
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Kyleigh Montague (University of Florida)
Discussant: Michael P. Kranak (Oakland University)
CE Instructor: Michael P. Kranak, Ph.D.
Abstract: Resurgence is a form of relapse defined as an increase in a previously reinforced target response (e.g., challenging behavior) when conditions for a more recently reinforced alternative response (e.g., communication response) have worsened. Resurgence has been demonstrated across many species and populations in the laboratory and is prevalent in clinically relevant behavior. Recent examinations of resurgence have highlighted the advantages of translating findings from basic research to inform developments of behavioral treatments in clinical settings and, conversely, pulling from observations in applied settings to inform laboratory research. This bidirectional, translational approach deepens our understanding of behavioral processes involved in resurgence while enhancing and refining clinical practice. In this symposium, both basic and applied researchers discuss the impact of various parameters on resurgence (e.g., alternative reinforcement magnitude, target and alternative reinforcement rate) as well as mitigation strategies (e.g., inclusion of a timeout procedure). A quantitative framework of resurgence, Resurgence as Choice in Context, is also evaluated for its fit to data and clinical implications of its use. Dr. Michael Kranak will serve as discussant.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Choice, Relapse, Resurgence, Translational research
Target Audience: The audience should have some knowledge of treatment relapse and its clinical implications, with a basic understanding of resurgence and resurgence arrangements. Previous exposure to literature on laboratory models of resurgence or quantitative modeling of behavioral data would be useful.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe a standard resurgence procedure; (2) describe three variables that influence resurgence; (3) describe a quantitative framework of resurgence.
 
A Quantitative Analysis of the Effects of Target and Alternative Reinforcement Rate on Resurgence
(Basic Research)
KYLEIGH MONTAGUE (University of Florida), Carolyn Ritchey (Auburn University), Carla N Martinez-Perez (University of Florida), Sylvia Murphy (University of Florida), Toshikazu Kuroda (Advanced Telecommunications Research Institute International), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida)
Abstract: Resurgence is a form of relapse defined as an increase in a previously reinforced target response when conditions for a more recently reinforced alternative response have worsened. The present experiment evaluated the effects of target and alternative reinforcement rate on resurgence in humans recruited through crowdsourcing. Contingent on responding, we arranged combinations of high- and low-rate target and alternative reinforcement in Phase 1 and Phase 2, respectively, across four groups (i.e., high-high, high-low, low-high, and low-low). When testing for resurgence by extinguishing alternative reinforcement in Phase 3, we observed resurgence in all groups except the high-low group. A quantitative model of resurgence, Resurgence as Choice in Context (RaC2), provided a poor fit to the data (r2 = .52). The model tended to underpredict target responding and overpredict alternative responding in Phase 3. Our findings support others showing little effect of training reinforcement rates and that lower alternative reinforcement rates are less likely to produce resurgence than higher rates. Finally, further development of RaC2 is needed to better predict resurgence under these conditions.
 
Alternative-Reinforcer Magnitude Effects on Resurgence Across Successive Relapse Tests in Mice
(Basic Research)
ANDREW R. CRAIG (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Beatriz Elena Arroyo Antunez (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Kate Elizabeth Derrenbacker (Upstate Cerebral Palsy), Charlene Nicole Agnew (Proud Moments ABA), William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University), David Mathews (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Abbie Cooper (West Virginia University), Henry S. Roane (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Alternative-reinforcement based treatments are common strategies for reducing maladaptive behavior in humans. When conditions of alternative reinforcement are made worse in some way, however, behavior that was targeted for elimination may relapse or resurge. Using rat subjects, we previously showed that high-magnitude alternative reinforcers produce faster elimination of the target behavior but more resurgence once removed than do low-magnitude alternative reinforcers. In this experiment, we systematically replicated our procedures to assess cross-species generality of these effects to mouse subjects. Further, we evaluated changes in resurgence across successive determinations by cycling between periods during which alternative reinforcement was present and those during which it was absent. Mice that experienced high-magnitude alternative reinforcers demonstrated faster elimination of the target behavior and more resurgence when alternative reinforcement was suspended than those that experienced low-magnitude alternative reinforcers. Moreover, although the overall magnitude of resurgence decreased across successive tests, between-group differences in resurgence remained. Thus, alternative-reinforcer magnitude affects the behavior of mice similarly to the way that it affects the behavior of rats, and these effects appear to be robust across successive exposures to nonreinforcement.
 
Weakening Target Response Through Timeout: Effects on Resurgence
(Basic Research)
L. REBECA MATEOS MORFIN (Universidad de Guadalajara), Carlos Javier Flores Aguirre (Universidad de Guadalajara), Cinthia Hernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)), Kenneth D. Madrigal (Universidad de Sonora)
Abstract: Resurgence after weaking target response through a 5- or 30-s time out (TO) contingency was assessed. Rats were exposed to a two-component multiple schedule. On both components, target response was reinforced according to a VI30s. Once responding was established, alternative responding was reinforced on both components; concurrently target responding was placed on extinction on one component, while between groups, a 5- or 30-s TO was arranged for the second component. Once alternative responding was placed on extinction, resurgence was observed in both components. For all rats, greater resurgence was observed after extinction than either TO contingency; however, the length of TO showed no differences between groups. Results are discussed in terms of procedures that could allow resurgence to be mitigated
 
Resurgence of Destructive Behavior Following Reductions in Alternative Reinforcement: A Prospective Analysis
(Applied Research)
CASEY IRWIN HELVEY (Rutgers University), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Brain Health Institute; Children’s Specialized Hospital—Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services (CSH–RUCARES); Department of Pediatrics, Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University), Wayne W. Fisher (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Ashley Marie Fuhrman (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University (RUCARES))
Abstract: Resurgence is an increase in responding following a worsening of reinforcement conditions. Resurgence as Choice (RaC), a quantitative model of resurgence, suggests that resurgence increases as an exponential function of the size of downshifts in alternative reinforcement. Thus, RaC predicts greater resurgence with larger decreases in alternative reinforcement. Consistent with RaC, recent retrospective analyses of clinical data have shown that resurgence of destructive behavior increases as alternative reinforcement decreases, replicating findings from the basic animal laboratory. We conducted a prospective analysis of resurgence of destructive behavior following a fixed progression of schedule thinning steps (Study 1) and a pseudo-random order of schedule thinning steps counterbalanced across participants (Study 2). In both studies, resurgence was evaluated in the context of using multiple schedules during functional communication training (FCT) with scheduled probes for downshifts in alternative reinforcement. A dense FCT phase was conducted between schedule thinning probes. The results and implications of using RaC to inform clinical decision-making during treatment will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #358
CE Offered: BACB
Maximizing Alignment Between Trauma-Informed Care and Applied Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 29, 2023
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Marney Squires Pollack (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Jennifer L. Austin (Georgia State University)
CE Instructor: Marney Squires Pollack, M.S.
Abstract:

Trauma-informed care (TIC) is an approach to health and human service delivery initially conceptualized to address the unique needs of individuals exposed to trauma. In recent years, a growing number of behavior analysts have acknowledged the importance of aligning intervention procedures with principles of TIC, recognizing that the client populations with whom many behavior analysts work are likely to be at increased risk of experiencing traumatic events (e.g., abuse, neglect). In this symposium, we present data from four evaluations of trauma-informed approaches to behavior analytic intervention. We first share outcomes from a systematic literature review that informed the development of a framework outlining function-based intervention procedures that are consistent and inconsistent with TIC. Presenters then describe procedures and outcomes of a variety of behavior-change programs that incorporate procedures aligned with TIC to promote skill development and increased autonomy, while also avoiding any procedures that could potentially result in re-traumatization. These programs varied widely with respect to client characteristics, intervention contexts, behavior change goals, and programmed procedures. Taken together, outcomes demonstrate the promise of trauma-informed approaches to behavior analytic service delivery.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): maximizing safety, promoting autonomy, trauma, trauma-informed care
Target Audience:

The target audience for this session includes practicing behavior analysts who oversee behavior change programs that address challenging behavior. Audience members should be competent in selecting, designing, and implementing behavior change interventions. The session is particularly relevant for practitioners who support individuals who have experienced trauma, though this is not required.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify areas of alignment and misalignment between the pillars of trauma-informed care and function-based intervention procedures; (2) describe the MAPSS model for delivering services to foster and adoptive families; (3) identify ways in which the Preschool Life Skills curriculum can be adapted for older children who have experienced trauma; (4) describe how a modified version of Skill-Based Treatment addressing food selectivity is aligned with commitments of trauma-informed care.
 

Evaluating Alignment Between Pillars of Trauma-Informed Care and Function-Based Interventions for Students With Emotional/Behavioral Disorders

MARNEY SQUIRES POLLACK (Vanderbilt University), Blair Lloyd (Vanderbilt University), Lilian Doyle (Vanderbilt University), Gabrielle Crowell (Vanderbilt University), Matthew Santini (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract:

Traumatic experiences are associated with the development of externalizing challenging behaviors — a common characteristic of students with emotional/behavioral disorders (EBD; Rasche et al., 2016). Ironically, the same externalizing behaviors can put students at risk for re-traumatization, and further exacerbation of these challenges (Rajaraman et al., 2022). The National Child Traumatic Stress Network (2017) recommends that schools implement function-based interventions (FBIs) consistent with trauma-informed care. While the promise of FBIs for students with EBD has been documented (McKenna et al., 2016), the extent to which they align with principles of trauma-informed care remains unknown. We conducted a systematic review of FBI studies including students with EBD to evaluate the extent to which these interventions incorporate critical elements of a trauma-informed approach. Using systematic search and screening procedures, we identified 56 articles that evaluated FBIs for elementary students with EBD. We used an iterative process to identify FBI procedures consistent and inconsistent with trauma-informed care and then explored the extent to which interventions incorporated these procedures. Results highlight areas of both alignment and misalignment between FBI procedures and trauma-informed care. Implications for research and practice with respect to incorporating trauma-informed procedures in FBIs for students with EBD will be discussed.

 
Multi-Agency Permanency Support Service (MAPSS): Building Effective Trauma-Informed Services for Care-Experienced Children
LAURA ANNE NEAL (The Behaviour Clinic), Katie Murphy (The Behaviour Clinic)
Abstract: “Care-experienced” children include those who are fostered, adopted, or living with relatives or in residential care. These children have often experienced multiple adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) and present with complex trauma histories that impact their social and emotional development. A regional partnership board in South Wales, supported by Welsh Government funding, have taken an innovative approach to supporting care-experienced children using a behavioural model of trauma-informed therapeutic care. The underlying goal of this collaboration is to support children’s residency in safe and stable environments, precluding the need for multiple placement moves. In this presentation, we will discuss the practical application of the model and present case examples to demonstrate treatment effects across a range of behaviours, from toileting accidents to aggression. We also will discuss current trends in the presenting needs of the care experienced population and the importance of working collaboratively with service providers.
 

Using the Preschool Life Skills Curriculum to Teach Critical Skills to Children With Trauma Histories

RACHEL ELIZABETH REES (The Behaviour Clinic), Christopher Seel (University of South Wales), Barney George Huxtable (The Behaviour Clinic), Jennifer L. Austin (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

The Preschool Life Skills curriculum (PLS; Hanley et al., 2007) teaches critical learning and social skills to preschool-aged children, with a growing body of research demonstrating its effectiveness across typically developing and autistic children in school and home settings. Although developed for young children, older children with multiple adverse childhood experiences (ACEs) frequently have the same early-learner skills deficits targeted by the program. The current study partially replicated Hanley et al.’s (2007) PLS training model with two typically developing male participants, who were receiving trauma-informed, behaviourally based services in South Wales. The two boys, aged 9 and 11, had both experienced multiple ACEs and were living in shared family care or foster care. Skill development was assessed using a multiple-baseline across skills design for both participants, and showed that both children learned the skills quickly and maintained them at follow up. We will discuss the applicability of the PLS curriculum for children with trauma histories, as well as the trauma-informed adaptations to ensure that safety, shared governance, and choice were built into the training process. We also will address future directions in using skill-based approaches when working with children that have experienced childhood trauma and how to promote generality to other settings.

 
Is the Treatment of Food Selectivity Effective and Trauma Informed? Presentation of a Treatment Model Package
ROSARIA BENINCASA (Neapolisanit Rehabilitation Center), Floriana Canniello (Neapolisanit Clinical and Research Center), LUIGI IOVINO (Neapolisanit Center), Mariangela Cerasuolo (AIAS Onlus sez.Nola), Maria Gallucci (AIAS Onlus sez.Nola), Annapia Mautone (Neapolisanit s.r.l.)
Abstract: Several studies have shown that escape extinction is useful in increasing the consumption of nonpreferred foods in children with autism (ASD) with food selectivity. However, although effective in expanding food repertoire, this strategy may result in increased problem behaviors and a higher risk of generating trauma. Here, we used a modified version of the Skill-Based Treatment (SBT; Hanley et al., 2014) to treat food selectivity and mealtime problem behaviors. Five autistic children (mean age = 6.68) with severe food selectivity were recruited for the study. An adapted version of the SBT protocol was used based on shaping response topographies without extinction procedures. This treatment prioritized creating a safe physical and emotional environment to reduce the risk of trauma. The Parenting Stress Index (Abidin, 2016) was used to evaluate the magnitude of stress in the parent-child system. Social validity was assessed using a 7-point scale. After the treatment, participants’ food repertoire increased, whereas the number of mealtime problem behaviors decreased. Furthermore, the acceptance rate of subsequent foods increased faster, and treatment effects were successfully transferred to other settings and persons. Finally, caregivers recognized the social validity of the protocol, by reporting high levels of satisfaction and usability and lower stress levels after the treatment.
 
 
Symposium #360
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Online Tools and Behavioral Teaching Strategies: Applications in Active Student Responding, Cultural Competency, and Supervision
Monday, May 29, 2023
11:00 AM–12:50 PM
Convention Center 406/407
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michelle A. Hickman (Daemen University)
Discussant: Vicki Madaus Knapp (Daemen University)
CE Instructor: Vicki Madaus Knapp, Ph.D.
Abstract:

As the demand for online education and training increases, it is important to evaluate online teaching tools. These four studies investigate the effectiveness of combining online tools with behavioral teaching strategies to deliver instruction, actively engage students and measure success. All four studies demonstrate improved educational outcomes for graduate students in behavior analysis and special education. The first study demonstrated the effects of Sharable Content Object Reference Model (SCORM) modules to increase active student responding in an asynchronous, online course. The second study offers a mechanism for measuring the generalization of cultural competencies through online, curriculum-based evaluation. The third study examined the use of Behavioral Skills Training (BST) to develop soft skills in behavior analysis trainees on an online platform. The fourth study used the Quizlet LIVE application to increase engagement and performance of special education graduate students. Together these studies demonstrate the benefits of incorporating behavioral strategies into online learning environments.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ASR engagement, cultural competencies, online-education, soft-skills
Target Audience:

Faculty, Supervising BCBAs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Explain how a variety of online tools can be effectively used to increase active student responding during online asynchronous instruction and in-person graduate courses in ABA and Education (2) Discuss the benefits of assessing the generalization of knowledge and application of DEI content within a series of online graduate courses and describe a framework for assessment. (3) Describe how behavioral skills training and online tools can be used to teach soft skills to behavior analysis trainees
 
Diversity submission Impact of Active Student Responding on Student Learning in an Online, Asynchronous Course
MICHELLE A. HICKMAN (Daemen University)
Abstract: The positive impact of active student responding on student learning has been demonstrated across a variety of ages, abilities, and content areas. Tools such as response cards and choral responding have been used to improve acquisition of knowledge and skills, student behavior, and feedback to the teacher. With recent increases in the demand for online learning it is important to evaluate the effects of similar strategies in online environments. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of increased active student responding on the acquisition and generalization of knowledge about the concepts and principles of applied behavior analysis. A changing criterion design was used to compare quiz scores for content learned under low and high active student responding conditions from graduate students in an asynchronous online course. Results of the study demonstrated that students achieved higher scores on quizzes under high rates of active student responding compared lower levels of active student responding. Across 38 students, scores on concepts that were taught with low levels of active student responding averaged 66% while concepts taught with high levels of active student responding averaged 81%. Social validity of the results and intervention were also evaluated, with positive outcomes.
 
Diversity submission An Online Curriculum Based Evaluation of Cultural Competencies
VANESSA PATRONE (Daemen University)
Abstract: Coursework related Diversity, Equity and Inclusion (DEI) are increasingly valued as a part of behavior analytic training programs. However, the effects of this type of coursework is not commonly evaluated. The purpose of this project was to develop a mechanism to evaluate the effectiveness of a required Ethnic and Cultural Diversity course in a professional, license-bearing graduate program in Applied Behavior Analysis. By analyzing student performance on selected items in subsequent coursework, instructors can better evaluate the generalizability of the DEI content being taught. Results indicated that students were more likely to identify relevant cultural variables in a functional assessment case study when they had previously taken coursework focusing on Ethic and Cultural Diversity when compared to their classmates who had not yet taken the course. Furthermore, results suggested that repeated exposure to relevant DEI curricular components were more effective than a single presentation. Implications for curricular mapping are discussed as well as the benefit of embedded versus stand-alone DEI content in training programs.
 
Diversity submission 

Using Behavioral Skills Training to Develop Soft Skills in Behavior Analysis Trainees

JESSICA DONNELLY (Capella University / Positive ABA)
Abstract:

A multiple baseline across skillset design was utilized to examine the use of behavioral skills training (BST) to develop soft skills in five behavior analysis trainees. BST sessions included instruction on each item in the skillset, a video model, rehearsal opportunities, and feedback. Three skillsets were taught including rapport building, interpersonal, and feedback giving skills. The teaching observations employed a confederate research assistant to ensure opportunities to demonstrate soft skills. The outcomes revealed that BST successfully increased performance from baseline to intervention and generalization for all participants. The average across participants and skillsets during baseline 17.1%, BST 91.78%, teaching observations 86.1%, and generalization 88%. There was a very strong effect reported using the Tau statistic across participants (Tau= .96; p<.0001) and across skillsets (Tau= .98; p<.0001). Social validity scores indicated that the intervention and development of soft skills were important abilities to the participants. Overall, the research study demonstrates the recommendations and guidelines present in the literature relative to soft skills and trainee can be taught.

 
Diversity submission 

Effects of a Technology-Based App on the Academic Performance of College Students

SHOBANA MUSTI (Pace University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this was to examine the differential effects of a technology-based app versus traditional methods of reviewing content on the academic performance and in-class participation of students enrolled in a college course. In this study, Quizlet LIVE application was used as the technology-based app to increase engagement and performance of special education graduate students. The variables measured and analyzed in this study were (a) quiz scores, (b) student engagement, and (c) student preferences. Students’ scores on weekly quizzes and active and passive engagement during class were recorded. Although preliminary analysis of data show comparable quiz scores across both Quizlet LIVE and traditional review conditions, the acceptability survey indicated that students preferred the group-oriented contingency of the Quizlet LIVE review over the traditional review. Data on individual engagement will be presented.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #370
CE Offered: BACB
Have it Your Way: Preference for Single Outcomes and Event Sequences
Monday, May 29, 2023
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
CE Instructor: John Borrero, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: JOHN C. BORRERO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract:

Traditional wisdom suggests that consequential operations (e.g., positive reinforcement) should occur immediately following target behavior to promote acquisition, maintenance, or both. Further, state-of-the-art preference assessment technologies have been used to identify potential reinforcers, wherein items selected first are deemed to be the more effective potential reinforcers, than say, items selected last. However, recent research has shown that many individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) prefer to wait and have accumulated access to their reinforcers, rather than experience small but immediate access to their reinforcers. Similarly, an extensive, robust, and non-behavior analytic literature on human decision making has shown that when selecting the order of a sequence of events (e.g., meet with an abrasive family member, or have dinner at your most preferred restaurant), people typically prefer an improving series of events when the choice involves a sequence of outcomes. That is, people typically choose to meet with the abrasive aunt first, and to have the highly preferred dinner, last. The preference for “saving the best for last,” or preference for an improving sequence has been termed negative time preference. In this presentation I will present abbreviated summaries of our research on distributed as compared to accumulated access and factors that contribute to and work against negative time preference. Collectively, this work has involved typically developing preschool children, children and adolescents with IDD and college students.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Scientists, Behavior Analysts, Practitioners

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) distinguish between positive and negative time preference; (2) Identify some variables that contribute to negative time preference; (3) Describe one approach to determine whether one is choosing to save the best outcome for last in the context of a common preference assessment technology.
 
JOHN C. BORRERO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Dr. Borrero earned his Ph.D. from the University of Florida. He is Professor of Psychology at UMBC, a Board Certified Behavior Analyst, and Licensed Behavior Analyst in the state of Maryland. At UMBC Dr. Borrero directs the Applied Behavior Analysis M.A. track and mentors doctoral students in Applied Developmental Psychology. Dr. Borrero has published over 60 articles and chapters and his work has addressed a variety of topics including the assessment and treatment of severe challenging behavior, choice, and strategies to promote infant development. Dr. Borrero is the 2008 recipient of the B. F. Skinner New Researcher Award and the 2021 recipient of the Don Hake Translational Research award, both presented by Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. Dr. Borrero serves of the Board of Directors of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and currently serves as Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis.
 
 
Symposium #361
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Play and Peer Imitation Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 29, 2023
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Gabriella Rachal Van Den Elzen (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Gabriella Rachal Van Den Elzen, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often demonstrate deficits or delays in acquiring skills across a wide variety of domains, including play, imitation, and social skills. These skill deficits may pose as barriers to accessing appropriate leisure activities and social interaction opportunities, and may impede further development of more advanced leisure and social skills. This symposium will discuss strategies for increasing these skills with children with ASD. The first presentation will discuss a study evaluating the use of prompt delay and instructive feedback to teach pretend play skills, including actions and vocalizations. The second presenter will present a study examining the use of script training with generic picture cues for increasing contextually appropriate language during play. Finally, the third presentation will examine the use of peer video modeling and discrete-trial instruction to teach peer imitation skills. Overall, the interventions examined in the present study were efficacious in increasing the targeted skills.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): peer imitation, play skills, script training, video modeling
Target Audience:

BCBAs and graduate students interested in autism and early intervention research. Pre-requisite skills include familiarity with discrete-trial instruction and the research basis for play and leisure skills.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the benefits and limitations of teaching play skills in a discrete-trial instruction format; (2) describe strategies for the use of script training and generic picture cues for increasing language during play; and (3) understand intervention strategies for teaching peer imitation.
 

Using Prompt Delay and Instructive Feedback to Teach Pretend Play Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

GABRIELLA RACHAL VAN DEN ELZEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Pretend play involves carrying out routines, acting out roles, referencing absent or imaginary properties of objects, or substituting one object for another. Pretend play skills emerge in typically developing children by preschool age but are often absent or delayed in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). In the present study, we evaluated use of prompt delay, instructive feedback, and prompt delay with instructive feedback for the acquisition and maintenance of pretend play skills with children with ASD. Throughout training, we conducted free-play probes to evaluate generalization to a naturalistic setting. The results of the current study suggest that combining the prompt-delay and instructive-feedback procedures was most efficient for most participants. However, generalization to the free-play setting was limited. When clinically acceptable generalization was not observed during free-play probes, we used video modeling, contingent reinforcement, and prompts to increase responding during free-play probes.

 
Using Generic Picture Cues to Promote Verbal Initiations During Play
STEPHANIE MATTSON (Mississippi State University; Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Vincent E. Campbell (Utah State University), Nick Alexander Lindgren (Utah State University), Jessica Anna Osos (Utah State University), Beverly Nichols (Utah State University)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often demonstrate difficulty communicating with others, and this may impact the extent to which they can engage in contextually appropriate language during play. This study examined the effects of a social script training intervention using generic picture cues on the number of contextually appropriate play statements for children with ASD. We also examined the extent to which responding generalized to novel toy sets and analyzed play statement types. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design with embedded reversal components was used to evaluate the effects of the generic picture cue intervention on contextually appropriate play statements. Three participants demonstrated a higher number of contextually appropriate play statements in the training condition as compared to the baseline and no cue conditions. Further, two out of three participants continued to emit a similar number of contextually appropriate play statements when we introduced novel toy sets.
 
Teaching Peer Imitation to Autistic Toddlers Using a Video Model Treatment Package
MEGAN MARIE HARPER (UNMC/Marquette University), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: Generalized imitation is a behavioral cusp that allows a learner to acquire new skills from a variety of models without explicit training that exposes the individual to new contingencies, environments, and reinforcers. Unfortunately, many autistic individuals experience imitation impairments. Research has shown that both adult and peer models are effective in promoting maintenance and generalization of imitation, however peer imitation is especially important for children to acquire age-appropriate behaviors in the natural environment without adult mediation. Autistic children may require specific training to attend to peers and to imitate peer models because of difficulties generalizing from adult to peer models and difficulties socializing with peers. In the current study, we used a video model of a peer and discrete-trial instruction to teach autistic toddlers to imitate their peers. Early results suggest that for some children, learning one set of targets using the video model treatment package generalizes to subsequent imitation targets and improves attending to their peers in the natural environment.
 
 
Panel #362
CE Offered: BACB
45 Years Later: In Pursuit of Achieving Generalized Outcomes Within Treatment of Severe Challenging Behavior
Monday, May 29, 2023
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1E/F
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Lesley A. Shawler, Ph.D.
Chair: Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University)
BRITTANY TOMASI (Endicott College)
JILL HARPER (Melmark New England)
Abstract:

As one of the seven dimensions of applied behavior analysis, generality is a crucial component to achieving durable, long-lasting change beyond the initial therapeutic environment. Although our field has robust literature on producing efficacious outcomes when treating challenging behavior, we argue that little focus has been placed on promoting effective outcomes. Effectiveness includes the durability of treatment effects under natural contingencies, whereas efficacy is the immediate effects in the original training contexts (Ghaemmaghami et al., 2021). Forty-five years ago, Stokes and Baer (1977) astutely informed us that generalization is not a passive process in which we simply wait for generalization to occur, but rather, is an active process that must be programmed and planned. Consequently, Stokes and Osnes (1989) later proposed a technology to program and facilitate generalized outcomes. Despite their recommendations, empirically supported methods to achieve generality within the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior are limited. The purpose of this panel is to discuss the status of and pursuit of generalization when treating severe challenging behavior. We will highlight current strengths and limitations of our field while also providing recommendations on how we might better systematically evaluate generalization strategies to contribute toward achieving more ecologically valid outcomes.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Some understanding of functions of behavior and function-based intervention Some familiarity with the generalization strategies as defined by Stokes and Baer (1977) and Stokes and Osnes (1989) Prior experience with designing, developing, and implementing interventions to reduce challenging behavior

Learning Objectives: 1. State and provide examples of different generalization strategies within the literature and practice. 2. Differentiate between passive and active generalization strategies 3. Understand the differences between effective treatment outcomes and efficacious treatment outcomes. 4. Learn how to program for generalization of interventions across different settings such as inpatient, outpatient, residential settings, schools, and in-home.
Keyword(s): generalization programming, severe behavior, stokes baer, treatment development
 
 
Symposium #363
CE Offered: BACB
Clinical Applications of Assessing and Implementing Acceptance & Commitment Therapy in Community Based Settings
Monday, May 29, 2023
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Justice Leslie Dean (Emergent Learning Clinic)
CE Instructor: Justice Leslie Dean, M.S.
Abstract:

Acceptance & Commitment Therapy (ACT) has been used widely with many disorders and populations. Applied research is necessary to continue to assess and evaluate the efficacy of the use of ACT. The current set of studies sought to implement ACT in different settings. In one study, Board Certified Behavior Analysts were asked how they prescribe ACT based interventions with the clients they service. In another study, behavior technicians were exposed to an ACT workshop and mindful techniques to increase their psychological flexibility and present moment thoughts. In a final study, further evaluation of an online mindful and intuitive eating intervention to combat disordered eating with university students (Albers, 2018; Resch, 2019) was implemented. The goals were to increase education and decrease overall disordered eating. Current pilot data shows that disordered eating did decrease, mindful and intuitive eating increased, and general mindfulness improved across the duration of the study. The current studies show the progress that has been made in utilizing ACT as an intervention to the applied settings.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ACT
Target Audience:

Acceptance & Commitment Therapy - some knowledge

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify how to increase present moment awareness thoughts and how to operationally define them. 2. Participants will be able to identify mindful strategies related to body image and eating. 3. Participants will understand how BCBAs are applying ACT in an applied setting.
 

Acceptance & Commitment Therapy: Turning Covert to Overt Behavior in a Clinic Setting

Autumn N. McKeel (Emergent Learning Clinic), Jesse Sears (Emergent Learning Clinic)
Abstract:

Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has been used to improve employee’s psychological flexibility and give them tools to deal with workplace stress (Bond, et al., 2006). There has yet to be studies published that evaluate ACT techniques used with behavior technicians in an ABA clinic setting. The purpose of the current studies were two-fold: to increase present moment thoughts and psychological flexibility following a workshop; and to examine how effective teaching employees a brief mindfulness exercise is to increase the number of thoughts identified as “present moment thoughts”. In Experiment 1, a workshop teaching exercises related to working with children with autism was presented over a four hour time period. In Experiment 2, behavior technicians were asked to write down 10 present moment thoughts before and after being exposed to a short mindfulness exercise. Results showed an increase in psychological flexibility and an increase in present thoughts following the workshop. In addition, the experiential mindful exercise resulted in an increase in present moment thoughts. Implications show an objective evaluation of how to measure whether thoughts are related to present moment following this talk aloud procedure.

 

Further Evaluation of a Brief Zoom-Facilitated Mindful and Intuitive Eating Intervention to Decrease Disordered Eating

ANGELICA A. AGUIRRE (Minnesota State University, Mankato)
Abstract:

Clinical eating disorders are psychological disorders that impact a small percentage of the population. Subclinical disordered eating is a broader term for eating patterns and behaviors that do not meet clinical threshold, but that still may be life impairing (Burnette & Mazzeo, 2020). Subclinical disordered eating impacts many more individuals than clinical eating disorders do and is often present without the direct awareness of the people affected by it. Mindful and intuitive eating approaches have recently begun to emerge as combined and stand-alone treatments for disordered eating and eating disorders. Studies have been limited in terms of population, with individuals with eating disorders making up the large majority of research subjects. The current study was further evaluation of an online mindful and intuitive eating intervention to combat disordered eating with university students (Albers, 2018; Resch, 2019). The goals were to increase education and decrease overall disordered eating. Current pilot data shows that disordered eating did decrease, mindful and intuitive eating increased, and general mindfulness improved across the duration of the study. While the hypotheses were partially supported, only the results for disordered eating and intuitive eating were significant. Despite lack of power due to small sample size, participants verbally reported approval of the benefits of the intervention.

 
 
Symposium #364
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Applied and Theoretical Explorations of Ethics in Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 29, 2023
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA/PCH; Domain: Translational
Chair: Swathi Ragulan (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Swathi Ragulan, Master in Applied Behavior Analysis
Abstract:

Ethics is an important construct in the field of behavior analysis for numerous reasons. However, the utilization of distinct ethical practices and the different theoretical conceptualizations of ethics have only recently began to attract more attention from our field as a whole. In this symposium, we will attempt to offer applied and theoretical applications of ethics and ethical practices. First, Andrea Michaels will describe the current state of ethics within applied behavior analysis via data gathered from a scoping literature review. Next, Will Fleming will discuss a molar, interbehavioral approach with regards to analyzing the ethics of behavior analysis as an applied science. Finally, Dr. Ilene Schwartz will describe how behavior analysts identify ethical dilemmas in practice, how they make ethical decisions, and what resources are used during the decision-making process.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This symposium is intended for a target audience at an intermediate instruction level. It is encouraged that attendees are familiar with the BACB ethics code, are current on ethics-related literature within behavior analysis, and are also familiar with the philosophical underpinnings of the field to a certain extent. It will also be beneficial for attendees to assess their own professional experiences within behavior analysis and identify potential ethical dilemmas they have previously faced prior to attending this symposium.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify and state the recent trends and gaps in the behavior analytic ethics literature; (2) describe the importance of assent in the practice and dissemination of behavior analysis; (3) assess and compared various ethical decision-making processes currently used by practitioners and researchers in the field.
 
The Current State of Ethics in Applied Behavior Analysis: A Scoping Review
(Theory)
ANDREA NICOLE MICHAELS (University of Nevada, Reno), Abraao Figueira de Melo (University of Nevada, Reno), Donna West (University of Nevada, Reno), Helen Tecle Kidane (University of Nevada, Reno), Bethany P. Contreras Young (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Ethics is a central component of the practice of applied behavior analysis. Since behavior analysts work toward supporting behavior change in research participants and clients, it is crucial that they do so in a socially acceptable way from both the consumers’ and profession’s point of view. However, there is no such literature review that has identified articles, summarized key themes, or provided guidance for future scholarship. We conducted a scoping literature review that focused on the broad goal of describing the current state of ethics within applied behavior analysis as expressed within peer-reviewed journal articles. Utilizing six databases, we identified 51 articles that met our inclusion criteria. We analyzed each article by extracting data such as: function of article, central topic and purpose, BACB Code references and Code items, and whether the article discussed common ethical principles. We report findings related to clusters of central topics and purposes, percentages for how often each ethical principle is discussed, and data pertaining to different BACB Codes and Code items. This scoping literature review may identify resources for other scholars to employ on a variety of topics. Implications such as gaps in the literature and shifts in content over time are also discussed.
 
Cultural Reaction Systems of Power: An Analysis of the Ethics of Behavior Analysis as an Applied Science
(Theory)
WILL FLEMING (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Behavior-analytic orientations as cultural practices evaluate the utility of constructs on the basis of the scope of human problems they can be effectively used to solve. As such, behavior analysis has largely become an applied science concerned with solving culturally-situated problems. Given how advanced behavioral science has become, this presents certain issues, including the construction of verbal contingencies that maintain response patterns that cohere with services we are able to provide. Our ability to produce demand for our own products using behavioral technology warrants an analysis of the ethics of scientific system construction. To this end, the current paper will use a molar, interbehavioral, and post-structuralist unit of analysis—cultural reaction systems of power—to analyze the ethics of behavior analysis as an applied science. Power relations across various activities that scientist-practitioners participate in will be assessed, and various forms of culturalization in which scientist-practitioners participate in through (1) direct behavior change interventions, (2) the production of scientific products and knowledge, and (3) graduated dissemination processes will be distinguished. Recommendations towards constructing a science that is more cognizant of its participation within power relations will be offered, and the importance of incorporating assent into behavior-analytic dissemination will be discussed.
 
How Behavior Analysts Make Ethical Decisions: A Qualitative Study
(Theory)
ILENE S. SCHWARTZ (University of Washington), Nancy Rosenberg (University of Washington), Elizabeth Kelly (University of Washington), Kaitlin Marie Kloes Greeny (University of Washington)
Abstract: Behavior analysts (BAs) frequently face professional ethical dilemmas. When faced with these dilemmas, BAs must problem solve and decide how to ethically respond. Though BAs have many tools available to guide their ethical decision-making (e.g., Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts; BACB 2020), little is known how BAs make ethical decisions in practice. We conducted a qualitative investigation of BAs’ ethical decision making to better understand how they identify ethical dilemmas in practice, how they make ethical decisions, and what resources they use during the decision-making process. Implications for behavior analytic practitioners, researchers, and people involved in training and supervising behavior analysts are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #365
Implementing The Balance Program Across Participants in a Clinical Setting and At Home: Discussion on Clinical Outcomes
Monday, May 29, 2023
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: DDA/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Casey Barron (ABI)
Abstract:

The Balance Program was created for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) on a waitlist for Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services. The program works to prevent the formation of severe problem behaviors using early intervention strategies. The Balance Program consists of 10 parent-implemented steps and coaching from a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). The steps help to promote play and functional communication, tolerating no, cooperating, and finding a balance between parent-led and child-led activities (Ruppel et al., 2021). The presentation aims to discuss the effectiveness of the Balance Program in a variety settings and time-frames of implementation. The presenters utilized the Balance Program to target skill acquisition, increase compliance and decrease the presence of problem behaviors. The outcomes of these goals were evaluated using clients at different stages of ABA treatment. These stages include future clientele from the waitlist, clients that transitioned to clinical services from the waitlist and clients already enrolled in clinical services.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Balance Program, Early Intervention, Emerging Behavior, Problem Behavior
 

Brief Overview of the Balance Program and Its Effects on Skill Acquisition for a Child Waiting to Receive Applied Behavior Analysis Services

MADISON HADDOCK (Autism & Behavioral Intervention)
Abstract:

The aim of this presentation is to give the participants a brief overview of the Balance Program. The presentation will discuss appropriate candidates and the far-reaching effects in home for a child waitlisted for ABA services. The author will discuss rationales behind the Balance Program and social validity of the procedures. The aim of the single case study was to increase skill acquisition in an 3-year-old male, Kevin, who has not yet received an Autism Diagnosis with the Balance Program. Prior to implementing the Balance Program, the participant was engaging in vocal, physical and object stereotypy to escape engaging in task demands. He demonstrated limited functional communication (signing “more” but did not successfully obtain other signs, grabbing an adult’s hand to bring them to desired activities, and with prompts saying “again” vocally during physical play). Data will be presented that demonstrates an increase of skill acquisition through the mastery of the Balance Program.

 

Increasing Compliance Both at Home and In-Clinic Using the Balance Program

FADUMO NOR (Autism and Behavioral Intervention)
Abstract:

The balance program was implemented with a pre-school age client who was initially on the waitlist for ABA therapy. The client was able to receive in clinic ABA therapy after a few months of starting the balance program. The aim of this single case study was to increase compliance both at home and in the clinic of a 4-year-old female with autism spectrum disorder. The client was on the waitlist for 7 months before her family was offered to do balance with their child. Prior to starting balance, the client’s family had stated that she had some difficulties with transitioning from preferred to non-preferred activities, safety awareness and accepting no. Furthermore, parents had reported that the client would occasionally hit, kick and tantrum when demands were placed on her or when she was denied access to preferred items and activities. The client started receiving in clinic services after three months of participating in the balance program and was able to continue the program both at home and in clinic. The client is currently on step six of balance which is teaching the child to cooperate a little with her parent’s demands. Data will be presented that demonstrates the increase in cooperation and compliance in multiple settings.

 

Decreasing Emerging Problem Behavior Using the Balance Program in a Clinical Setting and At Home

ADALEE BUCHANAN (Autism and Behavioral Intervention)
Abstract:

The Balance Program is a parent-led program that was created to help prevent severe problem behavior in young children with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The Balance Program also can be beneficial in pairing parent-child relationships. The aim of this presentation is to display the effects of using the Balance Program in home and in center concurrently to decrease emerging problem behaviors. The author will discuss how the Balance Program was used by parents and Registered Behavior Technicians concurrently with each other, discuss and display how it can reduce emerging problem behavior in a 4 year old client with ASD, and parent report of how it was beneficial for their home life. The aim of this single subject case study was to decrease emerging problem behaviors both in home and in clinic in a 4 year old male with ASD using the Balance Program. Before implementing the Balance Program, when demands were placed the participant would engage in vocal protests, elopement, and screaming. After implementation there was a decrease in problem behaviors when demands were placed, he would engage in a tolerance response of “Okay, that is so cool” when things did not go his way, and would complete goals and tasks in the home and at the clinic.

 
 
Panel #366
CE Offered: BACB
Learning-to-Read: The Science of Behavior and Early Reading Instruction
Monday, May 29, 2023
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center 405
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Margaret Uwayo, Ph.D.
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences)
JO ANN PEREIRA DELGADO (Teachers College, Columbia University)
MARGARET UWAYO (Kalamazoo Academy for Behavioral & Academic Success (KABAS) and YWCA of Kalamzoo)
LEANNA MELLON (SUNY New Paltz)
Abstract: The purpose of this panel discussion is to highlight recent contributions of the science of behavior to early reading instruction for P-12 children with and without disabilities. Proficient reading is foundational to an individual’s academic and social success. Yet, in the United States only 32% of fourth grade students read proficiently in 2022 - a statistic that is, in part, lower than previous years because of the COVID-19 pandemic. The science of behavior has identified research-based teaching operations that can offer improved early reading outcomes for school-age students. In this panel discussion, researchers and practitioners will discuss applications of the science of behavior to reading instruction and how it can be used by P-12 educators to improve early reading outcomes. Panelists will discuss how early reading is an extension of verbal development and how interventions from the science of verbal development can increase early reading outcomes. This panel is one of two panels that will highlight the contributions of the science of behavior to reading instruction.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: IThe audience should have a basic understanding of applied behavior analysis and its application to education.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) summarize the role of early reading in verbal development; (2) describe a strategic science of teaching and its application to early reading instruction; (3) discuss various contributions of the science of behavior to reading instruction.
Keyword(s): Pedagogy, Reading, Verbal behavior, Verbal development
 
 
Invited Paper Session #367
CE Offered: BACB
Creating an Environment for Organizational Behavioral Management (OBM) Solutions to Succeed
Monday, May 29, 2023
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Nicole Gravina (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: John Austin, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: JOHN AUSTIN (Reaching Results)
Abstract:

The field of OBM has done a tremendous job of documenting effective evidence-based procedures and techniques to improve performance at work. However, we do not always make the connection between our OBM techniques and what has been known since the early days of our science about how to reduce the likelihood of counter-control or strong negative reactions to behavior change techniques. In this presentation, Dr. Austin will describe a few areas of traditional OBM where the approach in implementation produces differential outcomes. Unfortunately, there is there are little data there are a few data to support these claims but sometimes experience must be our guide. Dr. Austin will discuss approaches to setting clear expectations, to having difficult conversations, delivering and receiving feedback, and delivering reinforcement that can help leaders build rapport and create behavior change more rapidly.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBA/BCBA-D

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define OBM; (2) List 5 steps to use in solving performance problems; (3) Describe how we can reduce counter-control when using OBM interventions
 
JOHN AUSTIN (Reaching Results)
Dr. John Austin is an internationally recognized expert in human performance. He is CEO of Reaching Results, where he teaches leaders to create more effective work environments. Dr. Austin was also a Professor of Psychology at Western Michigan University. He has consulted with organizations for 30 years to improve productivity and safety. John and his teams have been instrumental in delivering over 10,000 work improvement, quality, and safety projects that have generated millions of dollars in improvements to businesses. They have coached over 350 senior leaders from many companies and 19 countries to help them improve business performance. John coaches leaders, teaches courses on behavioral leadership, difficult conversations, and safety leadership, and is an event speaker on these topics.
 
 
Symposium #368
CE Offered: BACB
Systems, Groups, and the Evolution of Behavior Science
Monday, May 29, 2023
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Area: PCH/OBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles)
Discussant: Genevieve M DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Mitch Fryling, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium focuses on the broad topic of systems, and in particular the conceptualization of sciences as systems. The first presentation, by Linda Hayes, considers the distinguishing features of groups or collectivities of individuals. In doing so, factors that contribute to the development and maintenance of collectivities are considered, as well as factors that diminish or threaten the group over time. The example of behavior analysis is provided, as a collectivity or group of individuals with a common focus (i.e., understanding behavior). The second paper, by Mitch Fryling, builds upon the first presentation by considering the evolution of scientific knowledge, and with it, scientific disciplines more generally. This topic is particularly important as the speed with which knowledge develops has increased substantially in recent times. This requires us to consider how we train behavior scientists, pursue continuing education/professional development, and more. Transdisciplinary science is described, including potential examples of transdisciplinary science involving behavior analysis. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Genevieve DeBernardis, who will connect these issues to the area of behavioral systems development, looking to draw parallels between systems thinking in behavioral development and systems thinking in the science of behavior more generally.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): interbehaviorism, science, systems, transdisciplinary
Target Audience: Basic understanding of behavioral principles and the various domains of behavior analysis.
Learning Objectives: 1-Describe factors that promote and threaten various collectivities 2-Explain factors that contribute to the evolution of behavior analysis as a scientific collectivity 3-Provide an example of a transdisciplinary science involving behavior analysis
 

The Road (Increasingly) Less Travelled

LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Behavior analysis, as a distinct psychological perspective, has had a relatively long career. It is argued that its longevity is owing, in part, to its revolutionary philosophical foundations. It was the road less travelled. Adherence to these foundations permitted the behavior analytic system to operate in relative isolation from competing groups, and to remain relatively stable by virtue of this circumstance. Over the past few decades though the behavior analytic system appears to have lost some of its most unique features, inviting instability and risking dissolution. Some of the factors that may have contributed to this outcome are addressed in this presentation. My aim in making this analysis is not to salvage the system of behavior analysis as it once was. This outcome is neither possible nor desirable. Rather, my aim is to consider how the field is evolving particularly as it engages with other disciplines, some of which foretell of new and important discoveries. And, regrettably, with some that were once rightly and ought still to be abandoned.

 
Transdisciplinary Science and the Evolution of Scientific Knowledge
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles)
Abstract: Scientific disciplines distinguish themselves from one another by their focus on a unique aspect of the natural world. The science of behavior, for example, distinguishes itself from other sciences by focusing on understanding functional relations among stimulation and responding. A great deal has been learned about our subject-matter, and yet still, there have always been calls to do more. At the same time, knowledge seems to be evolving faster than ever – across many professions and scientific disciplines. Indeed, what was considered contemporary at one period of time is outdated during another. Understanding this, the question is how do scientific disciplines evolve and change over time? What becomes of old knowledge? Does new knowledge simply replace it? Or do the older concepts simply have less of a center role in the evolving science? This presentation considers these issues and describes the growing interest in transdisciplinary science as a potential path to moving forward. The implications for behavior analytic training programs, professional development, and more, are considered.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #369
CE Offered: BACB
Conceptual Issues in Behavior Analysis: Do We Need to Tweak Them, or Is a Major Overhaul Required?
Monday, May 29, 2023
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
CE Instructor: Julian Leslie, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: JULIAN LESLIE (Ulster University)
Abstract:

Some of the most basic tenets of behavior analysis are that the explanation of all behaviour should be in terms of interactions with the environment, that behavior is changed by its consequences in the ways specified by a modern version of the law of effect, that those behavior changes contribute a great deal to the behavioral repertoire that is observed, and that these principles apply to the behavior of many animal species including humans, whose covert and verbal behavior is also determined by the same principles. Various areas of recent empirical and theoretical development may threaten some of these tenets. Consequent questions discussed in this paper will include: Is there evidence that response strengthening doesn’t occur, and does this have implications for the ubiquity of the law of effect? Can we maintain a strong version of phylogenetic continuity of learning principles given the evidence from animal cognition studies on the one hand, and relational frame theory on the other? And do studies of observational learning in human development suggest that we have overestimated the role of the law of effect?

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Those who have taken postgraduate course in behavior analysis

Learning Objectives: After attending this session, attendees shall: (1) be able to identify some basic tenets of behavior analysis; (2) be aware of the centrality of the law of effect to both experimental and applied behavior analysis; (3) be informed of some contemporary areas of research and theory that seem to modify the law of effect and challenge its breadth of application.
 
JULIAN LESLIE (Ulster University)
I obtained my doctorate from Oxford University in 1974, supervised in part by Jock Millenson who had been trained in operant conditioning at Columbia University, New York. Since then I have been in academic posts in Northern Ireland and have been a full professor since 1986. I published textbooks on behaviour analysis from 1979 to 2002, and some of these remain in print. As well as teaching undergraduate and postgraduate courses, I have successfully supervised 50 students who have obtained PhDs in fields including, experimental analysis of behaviour, applied behaviour analysis, psychopharmacology, behavioural neuroscience, experimental psychology, applied psychology. Three PhD’s were concerned with behavioural strategies to address environmental issues. In 1977 I was co-founder of the group, Behaviour Analysis in Ireland which became a chapter of ABAI. In 2004, the group became the Division of Behaviour Analysis of the Psychological Society of Ireland, and I was the Division chair from 2009 to 2020. I organised the Third European Meeting for the Experimental Analysis of Behaviour in Dublin, Ireland 1999, and have co-organised 15 annual conferences of the Division of Behaviour Analysis from 2007 to 2023. I was on the program committee for the ABAI 11th International conference, Dublin 2022. In 2014, I was awarded a Doctorate of Science by Ulster University for career research on the experimental analysis of behaviour. In 2018 I was appointed as a Fellow, Association for Behavior Analysis International. From 2014 to 2023, I have given a series of papers on conceptual issues in behaviour analysis (including behavioural accounts of consciousness and the metaphysical basis of behaviour analysis). Recent empirical work is mostly on the application of behavior analysis in mainstream education.
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #369A
Presenter Meet and Greet
Monday, May 29, 2023
1:00 PM–2:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F

Come to the lounge area and meet presenters to discuss their research, ask questions, or just say "hi." Authors:

  • John Austin
  • Lauren Beaulieu and Corina Jimenez-Gomez
  • Varsovia Hernandez Eslava
  • Ricardo Pellon
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #369B
Professional Photographs
Monday, May 29, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F

"Bring your badge and have your professional photograph taken for use in social media, professional online bios, and more! "

 
 
Poster Session #370A
AUT Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 29, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Arturo Garcia (University of South Florida)
1. Reducing Severe Problem Behavior Using Functional Communication and Tolerance Response Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ZOE CLAIRE BLUBAUGH (Evoke Behavioral Health, University of Kansas), Claire Wobbema (Evoke Behavioral Health), Mary Howell (Evoke Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Sloane Pharr (The Wellness Centre)
Abstract:

Teaching individuals with autism spectrum disorder who engage in severe problem behavior to tolerate delayed and denied access a necessary skill toward independent living. This skill deficit has resulted in an extensive reinforcement history that has resulted in engagement in severe problem behavior to obtain access to preferred items, specifically access to the iPad. Before teaching tolerance to delayed and denied access, it is important to ensure the participant has the pre-requisite skills, such as functional communication and a tolerance response. While focusing on functional communication training, latency data has been collected between the discriminative stimulus to terminate the iPad and the participant handing the iPad to staff. We will be determining if there is a correlation between decreasing latency of terminating the iPad and increasing use of functional communication, a tolerance response, and eventually delayed and denied access. This program aims to teach the prerequisite skills necessary to tolerate delayed and denied access.

 
2. Extension of a Skills Assessment for Auditory-Visual Conditional Discrimination Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KELSEY SABATA (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute, Autism Care for Toddlers Clinic), Jennifer Luebbe (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute, Autism Care for Toddlers Clinic), Amber R. Paden (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute, Autism Care for Toddlers Clinic), Matthew Welton (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute, Autism Care for Toddlers Clinic), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Rianna Mueller (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute, Autism Care for Toddlers Clinic)
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Auditory-visual conditional discrimination (AVCD) training (e.g., receptive identification, listener responding) is a prerequisite skill for many communication and daily living skills and is often a focus in early intervention. Some learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) do not acquire AVCD despite the use of experimentally validated treatments. Kodak et al. (2015) developed a skills assessment to assist with pinpointing skill deficits which may be necessary to acquire AVCD. Kodak et al. (2020) found that the skills assessment was predictive of learners who may not benefit from AVCD training. It is unclear if there is a functional relationship between the skills measured in the assessment and those needed for successful AVCD training. The current study replicated and extended the assessment by teaching the missing skills identified and returning to AVCD training to ensure the validity of each skill in the assessment. The study included 5 children with ASD receiving early intervention services. Each child had previously experienced unsuccessful AVCD training. The assessment identified missing skills for 4 children while one child had all skills. Next, the children were taught missing skills before returning to AVCD training. Results will be discussed in terms of the skills needed for successful AVCD training.
 
3. Coaching Mothers of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Their Teaching Skills and Their Children’s Acquisition of Safety Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DEMET TAVUKCU (Maltepe University), Elif Tekin-Iftar (Anadolu University)
Discussant: Arturo Garcia (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Safety skills can be defined as the skills to protect from planned or unplanned situations that threaten the individual's safety and well-being are vital for all individuals regardless of having disability. However, it is a well-documented children with autism face 2 to 3 these factors compared with their peers in the general population. The study investigated the effect of coaching mothers of children with autism to train the use of behavioral skills training (BST) intervention and the effectiveness of BST intervention on teaching safety skills to their children. The participants were three children with ASD, aged between 6-13 years, and their mothers. The researchers formed mother-child dyad in the study. Thet used a nested multiple probe design across mother-child dyads. Findings showed, coaching the mothers was effective in training them using the steps of BST correctly. Additionally, coaching mothers was effective in promoting maintenance and generalization of the acquired steps of BST intervention. At the time, the BSY intervention was effective in teaching safety skills to children with ASD. Last but not least, the findings that was acquired from mothers showed mothers found the study as socially valid in general.
 
4. Assessing Discrimination Performances of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) Using the Intraverbal Subtest
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India)
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Recent studies have identified four types of discriminations, simple, compound, verbal-conditional, and verbal function-altering effects (Eikeseth and Smith 2013; Sundberg 2016) involved in complex intraverbal behavior. We evaluated each item in the intraverbal subtest tool ( Sundberg, 2008) with 80 questions. With these 80 items, we determined that a) 21 items can help determine the presence or absence of simple discrimination, b) 32 items divergent responses, c) 45 items compound discriminations (where the response to a compound stimulus is different from the response evoked by each in isolation), and d) 22 items VCDs (VCD: where one word changes the evocative effect of another). Some of the items require more than one skill. For example, to the question “what do you do before bed,” divergent responses are possible, and correct responses require compound and conditional discrimination. With responses from 10 students, we discuss how this scoring system can identify the compound and conditional discriminations deficits and the degree of divergent intraverbal responding.
 
5. Teaching Intraverbal Responding to a 24-Year-Old Girl With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) Using Proloquo2GoTM on iPad
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), Shushmita K.S (Behavior Momentum India)
Discussant: Arturo Garcia (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Preliminary studies suggest that touch-based speech-generating devices (SGD) hold promise for teaching elementary verbal operants to minimally verbal or non-vocal children with ASD (Lorah, Parnell and Tincani, 2018). The current study replicates a study by Lorah, Karnes and Speight (2015) in which they taught two school-aged children with ASD to respond to intraverbal statements regarding personal information using Proloquo2GoTM. In the current study, we taught a 24-year-old minimally verbal girl with ASD with profound discrimination difficulties to respond to two questions, “what’s your name?” and “what’s your address?” We used distinctive icons in the Proloquo2Go app and blocked-trials procedure with a 3s time delay. Preliminary results show improvement in independent responses to both questions, from 40% in the baseline for Question 1 to 100% in 180 trials and 10% to 40% to Question 2 in 240 trials. Intervention is continuing with additional targets planned in a phased manner.
 
7. A Skills Assessment Battery to Inform Social Preference Assessments
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LYNN SCHUMACHER (Mount Saint Mary’s University), Elizabeth Parthum (Mount Saint Mary's University), Michelle Buhrman (Mount Saint Mary's University), Leora Ezri (Mount Saint Mary's University), Jessica Ware (Mount Saint Mary's University), Kwadwo O. Britwum (Mount Saint Mary's University)
Discussant: Arturo Garcia (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is defined by repetitive sensory-motor behaviors and a deficit in social communication. A putative reinforcer for behavior change is social interactions and typically, individuals diagnosed with ASD tend to lack interest in social interactions. Previous research has evaluated methods of assessing putative social reinforcers by assessing the resulting hierarchies of picture and video-based social preference assessments. Currently there is limited research on the skills and skills assessment required to inform the modality of stimuli presented (pictures or videos) and the form of preference assessment used (Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement and Paired Stimulus Preference Assessment) for social preference assessments. The current study uses an assessment to evaluate the skills for selecting and discriminating a single stimulus in an array to determine which form of preference assessment to use. Included in the skills assessment was an evaluation of derived relations which evaluated if teaching relations of A-B (pictures to videos) resulted in the derivation of B-A (videos to pictures) relations. If coordination relations emerged, pictures were used to present the social stimuli. Children diagnosed with ASD who received early intensive behavioral interventions in a clinical setting participated in the study. Following the preference assessment informed by the skills assessment, a reinforcer test was conducted to determine the reinforcing efficacy of the social interaction identified. The results of this study provide implications for a systematic skills assessment procedure that informs social stimulus preference and reinforcer assessments.
 
8. Teaching Children With Autism to Respond Cooperatively in the Presence of Law Enforcement Officers
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DOMINIQUE FISHER (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Individuals with autism have been shown to be at a higher risk than those without disabilities for law enforcement officer (LEO) contact. A concurrent multiple probe across participants design was used to evaluate the effects of a treatment package that included behavioral skills training and multiple exemplar video training to teach 3 adolescents with autism to respond cooperatively in the presence of LEOs. Training and generalization probe contexts were defined by combinations of outdoor settings and statements made by a uniformed LEO or actor. When spoken to by an LEO or actor, a participant received a maximal score of 3 points if they stopped, oriented toward the LEO, and calmly held their hands out so that they were visible. Prior to instruction, average scores for the 3 participants were 1.2, 1.7, and 1.8. Following training, participants achieved a score of 3 during all generalization probe trials across contexts and formats. Additionally, stakeholders reported high social validity for the goals, procedures, and outcomes of the training. This study extended previous literature that used simulated training to establish desired responding in the presence of LEOs by evaluating performance in situ, and by evaluating stimulus generalization across contexts.
 
9. Using Matrix Training to Teach Object-Preposition-Location Tacts to a Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAYLIN ERVAY (University of North Texas, Department of Behavior Analysis; University of North Texas Kristin Farmer Autism Center ), Haven Sierra Niland (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas, Department of Behavior Analysis), Lisia Albuquerque (University of North Texas, Department of Behavior Analysis; University of North Texas Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Katherine Flores (University of North Texas Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Ray Lai (University of North Texas, Department of Behavior Analysis; University of North Texas Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Karen Rader (University of North Texas, Department of Behavior Analysis)
Discussant: Arturo Garcia (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Matrix training is a teaching approach that provides a systematic framework for facilitating recombinative generalization. Recombinative generalization occurs when correct, untrained responses are emitted in the presence of novel combinations of previously acquired constituents and can lead to the acquisition of more targets with fewer learning trials. In this case study, we taught one boy with autism to emit object-preposition-location tacts using a matrix-training procedure based on Goldstein and Mousetis (1989). We combined 12 previously acquired object and location tacts (e.g., snake, bicycle, house) with novel prepositions (e.g., on top of) to form 216 novel combinations (e.g., snake is on top of house, bicycle is on top of house), and we used 3-D models available in Microsoft PowerPoint to create the stimuli, which were shown on an iPad. In baseline probes, the participant did not emit any correct object-preposition-location tacts. Following non-overlap and overlap training of three targets in a submatrix, the participant emitted correct object-preposition-location tacts in the presence of nine novel stimuli. We are continuing to probe and teach combinations with this participant. This case study yields preliminary support for the use of a matrix-training procedure to promote generative language acquisition in a child with autism.
 
10. The Effect of Advance Notice on Transitioning Compliance and Behavior Reduction While Improving Learning Outcomes
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Anupama Jagdish (Behavior Momentum India)
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: Unpredictability is a variable which may evoke problem behavior in children with autism. Transitioning from high-p to low-p activities can evoke problem behaviors such as crying, tantrums or SIB in individuals with IDD (Riffel, 2010). This may lead to restrictions in learning as well access to social environments. Providing advance notice for transitioning to aversive stimuli may reduce the aversive properties of less preferred tasks and remove the effects of negative reinforcement (Brewer, et al., 2014). Literature has enough evidence to demonstrate a functional relationship between advance notice and reduction in problem behavior (Banda and Grimmett 2008; Lequia et al. 2012; Koyama and Wang 2011; O’Reilly et al., 2005; Sterling-Turner and Jordan 2007; Tustin, 1995). The participant in the current study was a 6 year old boy with a diagnosis of autism. He engaged in high intensity crying ranging from 40-57mins and kicking 8-18 times in a two hour session when a verbal cue was provided to transition to low-p activity such as going to a chair with toys. The intervention included introduction of a non-verbal stimulus ‘bell’ followed by a physical prompt after 2-sec. Only two prompts were required and the behavior of transitioning under stimulus control from high-p to low-p was observed from the same session. Crying and kicking behavior reduced to nil within one and six sessions respectively. Behaviors observed during waiting and access to tangibles reduced to nil from session 9. The auditory stimulus was faded from session 14 and stimulus control was transferred to verbal instruction. Learning outcomes showed an immediate improvement
 
11. A Replication of Using Prompt Fading and Errorless Learning to Teach Self-Feeding Skills In the School
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MACKENZIE RILEY (University of Georgia), Caitlin Elizabeth Schaefer (University of Georgia), Tyler-Curtis Elliott (University of Georgia)
Discussant: Arturo Garcia (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

Learning to feed oneself is an important repertoire that services as a pivotal functional skill for future independence. Even though much research has focused on how to accept non-preferred solids and liquids (Piazza et al., 2003), they may still fail to learn how to feed themselves. The current study directly replicates (Kandarpa et al., 2019; Smith et al., 2018) by further evaluating the intervention effects of self-feeding using prompt fading and errorless learning with a 4-year-old boy diagnosed with ASD in his preschool classroom. We used a combinatorial design containing both a multiple baseline design across behavior with an embedded reversal. Results and implications are further discussed in relation to the appropriateness of behavior analysts using prompt fading and errorless learning as an effective way to teach self-feeding skills for children with ASD.

 
13. Developing Varied, Reciprocal Social Conversations: Applying Brain Frames to Support Flexible and Balanced Conversations
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
ANNE ANDREWS (Thrive Autism Collaborative), Helen Nychka (Thrive Autism Collaborative)
Discussant: Arturo Garcia (University of South Florida)
Abstract: The ability to participate in varied, reciprocal social conversations is a necessary skill to access and engage with the social world and community. The current program included two teenagers, ages 14-15, who are diagnosed with Autism. In order to improve flexible and balanced social conversations between the participants, and the larger community of potential communication partners, principles and resources from the Brain Frames intervention were customized and applied to target three specific social conversation skills: making connected, on-topic comments, asking questions for new, on-topic information and asking questions for clarification. Two conditions were utilized throughout the program, alternating between self-selected, familiar topics and provided, novel topics for conversation. A Telling Brain Frame was generated by each participant on the current topic prior to initiating the conversation. Thoughts, details and related ideas to the current topic were placed on the Telling frame and subsequently referenced during the conversation. Conversations were recorded and reviewed immediately following completion. During video review a Categorizing Brain Frame was completed by each participant to self-monitor their own conversational behavior and document the instances of demonstrating each of the three targeted skills. Initial data show improved ability to identify the targeted skills and demonstrate them in conversation.
 
14. Assessment of Sensory Modalities Maintaining Automatically Reinforced Behavior in One Child With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATHLEEN WILEY (The Learning Consultants), Trevor Swetkovich (The Learning Consultants), Jeffrey Gesick (The Learning Consultants), Kathleen Soyka (The Learning Consultants)
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: A challenge in assessing and treating automatically reinforced behavior is the inaccessibility of the precise sensory consequences that maintain the behavior (Rapp 2007). A common intervention used when individuals display challenging behavior maintained by automatic sensory reinforcers is offering alternative activities that provide “matched stimulation” (Piazza et al., 2000). One way to identify alternative activities that may compete with the challenging behavior or provide matched stimulation is by hypothesizing what specific sensory input is maintaining the challenging behavior, then evaluating what may have similar reinforcing value through preference assessments. For many nonverbal individuals, identifying stimuli that function as reinforcers can be difficult. Empirically evaluating whether a stimulus functions as a reinforcer through reinforcer assessments as opposed to preference assessments may help to address this. To evaluate this, we first verified the function of the challenging behavior of one child with autism as being automatically maintained by conducting a trial-based experimental functional analysis, then evaluated which of the hypothesized sensory modalities functioned as a reinforcer by running a paired choice preference assessment then concurrent schedule reinforcer assessment and compared the results of each.
 
15. Examining the Effects of Virtual Reality Instruction on the Acquisition and Generalization of Peer Social Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATHLEEN KARIEL (Virginia Institute of Autism), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism), Diana Smith (Virginia Institute of Autism), Rachel Metras (Virginia Institute of Autism), Lydia A Beahm (University of Virginia)
Discussant: Arturo Garcia (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Virtual reality (VR) interventions have become increasingly widespread in various fields, but applied behavior analysts have only recently begun to explore their utility. Much of the published research on VR within ABA has focused on training staff and treatment implementers; however, VR also holds promise as an intervention component for clients and consumers of ABA services, including those with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The current study includes young children with ASD and involves measuring acquisition of peer social skills within a VR environment as well as generalization to “real world” settings with actual peers. Initial results for a 6-year-old boy with a diagnosis of ASD show acquisition of peer social skills (greetings, joining conversation, and inviting peers to join a group) within the VR environment with minimal experimenter-implemented prompting and reinforcement. Generalization to real-life peers during initial probe measures was variable, but brief in-vivo training resulted in mastery-level performance in all cases. Data collection is underway with additional participants.
 
16. The Effect of Cues Associated With Treatment on the Renewal of Challenging Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Demoines Ham (Marcus Autism Center; Georgia State University), DARKO CABO (Georgia State University), Tracy Argueta (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine), Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida), Carolyn Ritchey (Auburn University), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

Clinically, renewal occurs when a challenging behavior that was decreased in treatment increases following a change in the treatment context. Identifying methods to mitigate renewal is critical to ensuring that treatments are effective across settings. The present study evaluated the effects of adding a cue (i.e., a stimulus that is associated with treatment) to the environment on challenging behavior and mands. Participants were three children with autism who engaged in challenging behavior maintained by tangibles. In baseline, we measured mands for tangibles and challenging behavior when the tangible was removed in context A. Then, we implemented functional communication training in a different setting (i.e., context B). Once the participant mastered the functional communication response, we added a cue (e.g., wristband) during treatment. When mands and challenging behavior were stable, the participant returned to context A, where sessions with and without the cue alternated. The results showed that, for one participant, the cue mitigated renewal relative to when the cue was not present. For two participants, the cue did not mitigate renewal relative to when it was absent. For all participants, the presence vs. absence of the cue did not differentially impact manding. In summary, our results suggest that the cues used in the study may not have been salient enough to differentially affect renewal.

 
17. Increasing Selection and Acceptance of Alternative Foods in Children With Feeding Disorders
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELLA NICOLE FRONTE (Florida Autism Center - a division of BlueSprig Pediatrics), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida), Ronald J. Clark (University of Florida), Nicole Perrino (Florida Autism Center, University of Florida), Shania Tarver (Florida Autism Center - a division of BlueSprig Pediatrics), Roseberlie Dazulma (Florida Autism Center - a division of BlueSprig Pediatrics), Faith Kirkland (University of South Florida; UF CAN)
Discussant: Arturo Garcia (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Crowley et al. (2020) used a matching-law-based intervention to increase consumption of novel, healthier, alternative foods with young children with autism and food selectivity. In their study, children chose between the change-resistant food and an alternative food, when no (free choice), positive-reinforcement (asymmetrical choice), or negative-reinforcement-based (single choice) contingencies were in place. During asymmetrical choice, Crowley et al. presented a preferred toy or edible at the table. In the current study, we replicated and extended Crowley et al. by comparing access to a preferred item at the table (differential reinforcement) relative to leaving the mealtime area (differential reinforcement exit) during the asymmetrical choice phase. For one participant, escape extinction was not required, and alternative-food acceptance increased regardless of the consequence in the asymmetrical choice phase. However, access to leaving the mealtime area produced higher levels of alternative-food acceptance for a second participant who required one exposure to escape extinction. We also included caregivers as feeders and observed generalization of treatment effects. These outcomes have implications for using choice-based intervention and arranging differential reinforcement in specific ways for children with feeding disorders.
 
18. The Reduction of Challenging Behavior Using Demand Fading, Trauma-Informed Care, and Escape Extinction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NATHAN BURNS (Evoke Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: This poster presents research focused on the use of demand fading to decrease a variety of challenging behaviors and increase the rate of skill acquisition in a 6-year-old male receiving center-based services. The functional assessment interview completed with the client’s caregiver lead to conditions to test for escape, specifically escape from transitional demands. Results of the FA revealed that transitional demands evoked the highest rate of challenging behavior. In a study done by Piazza et al. (1996), it was reported that using demand fading was effective in reducing escape-maintained destructive behavior to near-zero levels, and compliance improved during instructional activities without the use of physical guidance. A demand fading program was implemented with the subject to address challenging behavior while increasing skill acquisition. Results from our study suggest that demand fading can be an effective treatment to reduce challenging behavior when combined with other behavior change procedures.
 
19. Functional Analysis and Intervention of Property Destruction in Relation to Perseverated Speech and Access to Attention
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
PAYTON PIZZANO (The May Insitute), Catherine Maruska (The May Institute), Emily Sullivan (Western New England University)
Discussant: Arturo Garcia (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Perseverative speech is a commonality in individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and neurological disorders that may be maintained by access to attention in the form of verbal operants (Kuntz, Santos, & Kennedy, 2020). Sarah is a 14-year-old female diagnosed with ASD, attends a school for autistic individuals, and engages in perseverative speech and property destruction. A pairwise functional analysis was conducted to determine the function of Sarah’s property destruction. Results confirmed an attention function. Anecdotally, an increase in perseverations precedes property destruction. A perseveration assessment was conducted to determine the topography of vocal-verbal attention that is correlated with decreased perseverations. The sequence of each series included repeat, ignore, contextually appropriate, socially positive, and socially negative attention. Sarah’s perseverative speech was lowest in the contextually appropriate condition and increased in all other conditions. Functional communication training will be initiated to increase appropriate mands for attention.
 
20. Adaptation of the PECS Protocol to the Introduction of an AAC device: A Pilot Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KAYLA CURRAN (Evergreen Center), Rebecca Hotchkiss (Evergreen Center, Cambridge College, CABAS)
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: There are different tools and effective teaching methods to establish communication repertoires for non-vocal individuals (Bondy & Frost, 2001; Shillingsburg et al., 2019), including Picture Exchange Communication Systems (PECS), speech-generating devices (SGD), and augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) devices. The purpose of this study is to pilot an adaptation of the initial phase of the PECS protocol (Bondy & Frost, 2001) with an SGD to evaluate spontaneous mands. Multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments (DeLeon & Iwata, 1996) were conducted to determine preferred items. During baseline, the SGD was open to a screen with only the preferred item’s icon. The item was held in the participant’s eyeline by the communication partner and participant responses to reach for the item or the device were recorded. Error correction procedures were then introduced to prompt selection of the SGD icon to access the preferred item. Preliminary results demonstrate acquisition of the first step of the PECS protocol - reaching towards the SGD device when presented with a preferred item. The study will continue to evaluate the effect of the protocol on the remaining steps of the phase. Results will be discussed in relation to replicability of this pilot for additional participants with more stringent experimental parameters.
 
21. Increasing Spontaneous Use of Framed Mands in a 4-Year-Old on the Autism Spectrum Using Differential Reinforcement, Time Delay Prompting, and Parent Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY M EISMAN (Evoke Behavioral Health), Nathan Burns (Evoke Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: A 4-year-old male on the autism spectrum who receives early intervention services in a clinical setting is being taught to increase his use of spontaneous framed mands using the combined treatment package of differential reinforcement, time delay prompting, and parent training. According to Shillingsburg et al. (2020), as children grow older, using framed mands are more likely to grant them access to preferred stimuli because framed mands will result in more specific requesting when compared to single word mands. Teaching framed mands are also more likely to facilitate the development of spontaneous mands across multiple environments (Shillingsburg et al., 2020). The goal of this study is to determine if the treatment package mentioned above will be successful in increasing the client’s use of spontaneous framed mands, and decrease the amount of one-word and non-functional mands the client uses.
 
22. Stimuli Control Transfer in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) With Remote Teaching
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MAYARA CRISTINA FREITAS PEREIRA GIOLO (Federal University of São Carlos - UFSCar), Nassim Chamel Elias (Federal University of Sao Carlos)
Discussant: Sloane Pharr (The Wellness Centre)
Abstract: The end of year 2019 was marked by the identification of a virus, responsible for causing COVID-19. Several sanitary measures were established with the objective of preventing the advance of the disease, such as apartness, resulting in changes in everyone’s routines and specifically for children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). This experimental study used a Multiple Probe design across sets of stimuli to verify the transfer of multiple stimulus control (visual and vocal) to the vocal stimulus in children with ASD through remote teaching. The data collecting was carried out remotely, via Internet. Two young boys diagnosed with ASD participated. The data collecting procedure was composed of nine steps: 1) repertoire assessment; 2) baseline; 3) teaching-Set 1; 4) probe; 5) teaching-Set 2; 6) probe; 7) teaching-Set 3; 8) probe; and 9) Follow-Up. The results indicated that functional relations were established between verbal instructions and corresponding motor behaviors in the process of transferring stimulus control in both participants. For behaviors were learned by one child and six by the other. Concluding that the remote teaching can act as means for installing novel behaviors with stimulus control transfer in children with ASD, specifically the transfer from multiple stimuli to single one.
 
23. Teaching a Tolerance Response for Denied Access by First Evaluating an Effective Response to Perseverations
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE HOWELL (Melmark), Rakeyla Little (Melmark), Jessica Mercante (Melmark), Alyssa Raftovich (Melmark)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) has been shown to decrease challenging behavior by providing an appropriate, alternative response that serves the same function as the behavior (Carr and Durand, 1985). Given the complexities in our day-to-day environment, honoring communication requests from individuals we serve is not always possible. One possible intervention for teaching individuals to tolerate denied or delayed access is by teaching a tolerance response via functional communication training (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014). However, how you respond to the communication request can affect the frequency of challenging behavior (Mace, Pratt, Prager, & Pritchard, 2011). The purpose of this study was to assess how various responses to requests affects challenging behavior and perseverations. Results indicated that responding to perseverations once in a definitive tone resulted in the lowest frequency of challenging behavior and perseverations. This response was then incorporated into tolerance response training by teaching a tolerance response for denied access while increasing the delay period to the terminal duration of 10 minutes. Results of this study were: (a) increased independence of toleration response observed (b) absence of challenging behavior across 10 minutes following denied access, and (c) maintenance of the tolerance response observed 24 days post assessment.
 
24. Assessment and Treatment of Aggression and Automatically Maintained Disruptive Behavior With Liquids
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ERIK BUSTAMANTE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Zhana Loubeau (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Sloane Pharr (The Wellness Centre)
Abstract: Challenging behaviors such as self-injury, aggression, and disruption are more common amongst individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities than their peers. For some individuals, blocking of one form of challenging behavior may cause a more severe form to occur (Hagopian & Toole, 2009). In the current study, Payton, a 13-year-old-male previously diagnosed with Autism and an Intellectual Disability was admitted to an inpatient hospital for the assessment and treatment of aggression. This behavior reportedly co-occurred when he was blocked from engaging in disruptive behavior by dumping containers filled with liquids onto surfaces or himself (termed liquid disruption). Results from a functional analysis of liquid disruption indicated this behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement. A subsequent assessment during which Payton was physically blocked from accessing containers of liquid, indicated his aggression was maintained by contingent access to engage in liquid disruption. A competing stimulus assessment (Jennett, Jann, & Hagopian, 2011) was conducted to identify items that competed with liquid disruption, and subsequently decreased aggressive behaviors. Results from this assessment identified a tablet and a DVD player, along with prompted engagement, effectively competed with Payton’s attempts to engage in aggression and liquid disruption. Treatment consisted of continuous access to competing items, prompted engagement, and physically blocking access to containers of liquid. Generalization of treatment procedures to novel areas was completed, and low to zero rates of liquid disruption and aggression were observed. Limitations and future directions related to the assessment and treatment of idiosyncratic functions will be discussed.
 
25. Using a Fork is Not a Joke! How Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Helps Learning Autonomies During Meals
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
GIULIA FERRAZZI (ABA ITALIA), Sofia Guaraldi (Villa Igea Hospital), Francesca Franco (Villa Igea Hospital)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) are characterized by difficulties with social interactions, deficiency in verbal and non-verbal communication and restricted, repetitive and stereotyped behaviors and interests; one of these characteristic behaviors is food selectivity. Behavioral intervention literature for Pediatric Feeding Disorders is increasing significantly. This study aim to extend prior research in order to enrich culture about behavior intervention related to food selectivity. This is a single-subject study. The subject is a 9 years old male diagnosed with autism and food selectivity. Major difficulties are autonomy related to meals such as sitting down and using flatware. Prior starting a food-related treatment, it seemed useful to teach basic autonomy such us using fork. Prompt procedures from Applied Behavior Analysis have been used. In few sessions student learned how to use fork and how to sit down properly during mealtime. A generalization intervention is in progress. Evaluating effects of enroll parents as therapists for treating food selectivity has become increasingly important in the dissemination and practice of applied behavior analysis.
 
26. Analysis of Relapse on Automatically Maintained Problem Behavior: An Inpatient Replication and Extension
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DREW E. PIERSMA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute; the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michael P. Kranak (Oakland University), Ryan Benson (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Sloane Pharr (The Wellness Centre)
Abstract: Renewal of problem behavior occurs when a previously eliminated behavior reemerges following a context change. In the behavioral assessment and treatment of problem behavior in specialized inpatient and outpatient clinics, changes in contexts and stimulus conditions are quite common. These may involve person-based changes, such as introducing a novel therapist, or location-based changes, such as returning to the home environment. Recently, Muething et al. (2022) investigated the prevalence of renewal of automatically maintained behavior resulting from context changes. Their results found that problem behavior reemerged in 36% of applications following person-based changes and in 26% of applications following location-based changes. Thus, the purpose of this study was to replicate these procedures and analyze the prevalence of renewal in an additional 135 inpatient treatment applications for automatically maintained behavior across 78 cases via consecutive-controlled case series. Similar to Muething et al., renewal was prevalent in 68% of applications; however, we found a slightly lower prevalence of renewal across all context changes overall. Various factors related to the prevalence of renewal, as well as applications regarding treatment, are discussed.
 
27. Using Video Modeling to Teach Socio-Dramatic Play to Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA BONFANTE (Wrap Around Agency), Megan E Vosters (Invo Healthcare), Emma Rork (Autism Home Support Services)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Play is an imperative part of childhood and aids in the development of language and social skills. Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often have deficits in play skills, which may contribute to further delays in social development due to a decreased number of social opportunities during play. We analyzed videos of typically developing children’s play to revise data collection and inform the video model scripts. We then examined the effects of a video modeling intervention on independent play using a multiple baseline design across toy sets. Finally, we evaluated whether increases in play resulted in increased social interactions with peers during a socio-dramatic play center.

 
28. Teaching Advanced Geometry and Spatial Reasoning Skills Using Relational Training Procedures
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ZHIHUI YI (Univeristy of Illinois Chicago), Meredith T. Matthews (University of Illinois at Chicago), Mariah Dixon (Emergent Learning), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois Chicago)
Discussant: Sloane Pharr (The Wellness Centre)
Abstract: Relational training procedures have been shown to be effective in teaching a variety of adaptive behavior skills among autistic individuals (Dixon et al., 2021). Yet few studies have investigated its efficacy in teaching advanced academic skills among autistic individuals. The current study extended prior work by Fienup & Critchfield (2011) by analyzing the impact of relational training procedures among autistic learners for advanced geometry skills. Two autistic participants were exposed to a series of relational training procedures where they were directly taught to expressively identify the names (B) of 3D shapes (A; A-B Train), to draw a 2D top-view (C) of the shape (A; A-C Train), and to select the equation (D) used to calculate the shape’s (A; A-D Train) volume. Subsequent probes examined whether participants could expressively identify the name of a 2D shape (C) if it were in 3D (B; C-B Test) and select the equitation to calculate its volume (D) if the 2D shape (C; C-D Test) were in 3D. Results show that participants successfully derived the relationship between a shape’s 2D top-down view and its corresponding 3D name, as well as the equation to calculate its volume. Implications for practitioners were discussed.
 
29. Using Problem Solving Strategy Training to Teach One Adolescent With Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) to Explain How to Perform Behavioral Chains
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELE RIZZI (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara), Cristina Pavone (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara (Italy)), Annalisa Galeone (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara (Italy))
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Problem solving is an increasing area of interest in behavior analytic research. Many studies applied Skinner's conceptualization of verbal behavior to teach socially significant responses to people with intellectual disabilities. In the present study, a partial replication of the study “Teaching to children with autism to explaining how: a case for problem solving?” (Frampton and Shillingsburg, 2018), we taught an adolescent girl with ASD and intellectual disabilities to explain how to perform behavioral chains to others. Using a multiple probe designs we evaluated the effectiveness of a problem solving strategy training (PSST) in producing correct responding. After the acquisition of the problem solving strategy in the first set of chains, participant generalized the skill to set 2 and 3 without formal teaching.
 
31. Further Evaluation of the Function of Social Interaction in Children With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HARPER JEEN GRABENHORST (University of Florida), Ciobha A. McKeown (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Jeanne Stephanie Gonzalez (University of Florida)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Several studies have validated methodology for determining the function of social interactions for children with autism. This study sought to replicate and extend the utility of procedures evaluated by Morris and Vollmer (2021). As part of the child’s initial assessment, we conducted a modified sociability evaluation to determine if social interactions functioned as reinforcing, neutral, or aversive stimuli. Across an eight-minute evaluation, using a concurrent operant set-up, we measured if the child spent most their time playing with toys by themselves or selecting to play with the same toys with an adult. Then, we conducted weekly assessments to evaluate if social function changed across time as the child participated in behavior analytic therapy. Initial assessment results suggested that most children found social interactions to be a neutral stimulus. We observed a shift in sociability over time as the child learned essential skills (e.g., manding, response to name, functional play). We will discuss the clinical utility of this assessment tool, considerations toward improving social interaction, and future directions for measuring sociability.
 
32. The Use of Behavioral Skills Training With Caregivers on Correct Pairing Procedures
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MIKAYLA CAMPBELL (Utah Valley University), Lauren Mather (Utah Valley University), Devin Guinn (ABC), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University), Kelsi Walker (Utah Valley University), Yamileth Beltran Medrano (Utah Valley University)
Discussant: Sloane Pharr (The Wellness Centre)
Abstract: Behavior analysts and caregivers play a critical role in the delivery of effective treatment to those with autism. One effective strategy for ensuring long-term maintenance of targeted behaviors is to train caregivers on specific treatment implementation procedures. Previous research has shown Behavior Skills Training as an effective intervention for teaching caregivers proper treatment implementation of a variety of skills, such as prompting, teaching social skills, and self-care, to their children. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effectiveness of Behavior Skills Training in teaching appropriate implementation of pairing procedures to caregivers. The current study employed an AB design, whereby the intervention involved a Behavior Skills Training protocol (instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback) given to caregivers on effective pairing strategies with their child with autism. The staff recorded data on the implementation of the pairing task analysis as well as the frequency of independent tacts and mands made by the child with autism to these family members. The results suggest the training was effective in teaching appropriate pairing procedures to the parents. Additionally, the findings show an increase in independent tacts and mands to family members, as well as to the behavior technician.
 
33. A Component Skills Assessment of Observational Learning
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH M. SANSING (University of North Texas; Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Chelsea Christina Elwood (University of North Texas; Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Samantha Kaur Sidhu Perdeep Singh Sidhu (University of North Texas; Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Katherine Flores (University of North Texas; Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Reagan O'Hearn (University of North Texas; Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Vanéssa De Hoyos Hernández (University of North Texas; Kristin Farmer Autism Center)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Observational learning (OL) allows an individual to acquire novel responses by observing others’ behavior and the corresponding consequences. The complexity of skills involved with OL may vary with the learning context. A learner may observe modeled responses to both trained and untrained stimuli or they may observe both reinforced and unreinforced consequences. The purpose of this study was to develop assessment and training procedures for OL component skills when the learner observes a combination of learning contexts: correct and incorrect responses to both trained and untrained stimuli. Two children with autism participated. We assessed the following component skills in the context of tact trials: (1) Tacting trained and untrained stimuli, (2) monitoring modeled performance, (3) discriminating consequences, and (4) conditionally responding based upon a name call. Next, we trained the component skill(s) for which the learner’s performance did not meet criterion and then reassessed for OL. For one participant, OL was demonstrated across all trial types after the inclusion of a differential observing response (DOR) for consequence discrimination. The results for the second participant are currently in progress. Implications of these outcomes and directions for future research will be discussed.
 
35. The Effect of Self-Management Procedures on Maladaptive Social Behaviors
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
LAUREN MATHER (Utah Valley University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University), Yamileth Beltran Medrano (Utah Valley Unviersity), Kelsi Walker (Utah Valley University), Mikayla Campbell (Utah Valley University)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Individuals with autism often have deficits in social behaviors and have difficulty responding appropriately under varying social contexts. The research surrounding self-management procedures has produced promising results as an intervention for addressing maladaptive behaviors and teaching appropriate replacement behaviors. Furthermore, self-management procedures offer exceptional utility as a minimally intrusive intervention since they allow the learner to continuously monitor and govern their own behavior. Although self-management procedures have been demonstrated as effective, further research is needed to evaluate the effectiveness of these interventions in promoting appropriate social interactions under various contexts. The current study utilized an AB design to evaluate a self-management procedure with an individual with autism to teach acceptable social behavior and decrease maladaptive social behaviors. A token economy was used, and reinforcement was provided on a fixed interval schedule contingent on the client responding in accordance with predetermined social rules. The intervals were gradually increased as progress was made to promote maintenance of the target behavior. The data suggest the intervention was effective in improving the client’s social interactions, as well as in decreasing maladaptive behavior. The findings support the use of self-management as an effective and minimally intrusive intervention for addressing social behaviors for individuals with autism.
 
36. Effects of Differential Outcomes on Listener Discrimination Skills Among Autistic Children
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
MADISON JUDKINS (University of Nebraska-Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Paige O'Neill (University of Nebraska Medical Center - Munroe-Meyer Institute), Zeinab Hedroj (University of Nebraska-Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Melissa Valdez (University of Nebraska-Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jessica Archer (University of Nebraska-Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute), Catalina Rey (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Sloane Pharr (The Wellness Centre)
Abstract: The differential outcomes procedure (DOP) involves pairing specific reinforcers for correct responses to specific discriminative stimuli. For example, during tact training, a child might receive candy each time for correctly tacting “cat” and chips each time for correctly tacting “dog.” This procedure has been shown to result in faster acquisition (i.e., differential outcomes effect; DOE) than standard conditional discrimination teaching procedures (Trapold, 1970; Urcuioli, 2005). Though the DOE is a well-established effect in both human and non-human animals, there is little research demonstrating its utility in clinical applications (McCormack et al., 2019; Urcuioli, 2005). The current study evaluated the effect of the DOP on the acquisition of receptive identification among four autistic children using an adapted alternating treatments design embedded within a multiple-probe-across-comparisons design. Preliminary results suggest the effects of differential outcomes procedures might be idiosyncratic.
 
37. Relationship Between Parenting Stress and Behavior Functions in an Inpatient Population With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ILEANA UMANA (Baylor College of Medicine), Robin P. Goin-Kochel (Texas Children's Hospital/ Baylor College of Medicine)
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Parents of children with autism spectrum disorder experience higher levels of stress when compared to parents of children with other developmental disabilities (Hayes & Watson, 2013). Though parents of children with autism express many reasons for parental stress, many studies report challenging behaviors as a top source of stress (Bonis, 2016). Given the vast possibilities of operationalizing “challenging behavior”, it is important to understand the relationship between parental stress and behavior at the function level. This poster examines the relationship between parental stress and the function of self-injurious behavior in an inpatient sample of children with autism spectrum disorder. Researchers used data provided by the Autism Inpatient Collection (AIC; Simmons Foundation) to understand the relationship between parent reported function of self-injurious behavior (FAST; Iwata et al., 2013) and parental ratings of parental stress (Parenting Stress Index-4; Abdin, 2012 ) and self-efficacy (Difficult Behavior Self-Efficacy Scale; Brown & Hastings, 2002). Data was available for 217participants. The average age for child-patients was 12.6 (SD = 3.35). Results from statistical analysis and implications for practice will be discussed.
 
38. Reduction of SIB for a Teenager with Limited Communication Skills in a Center-Based Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHAELAGH NELSON (Evoke Behavioral Health), Claire Wobbema (Evoke Behavioral Health), Lisa Nigrelli-Doyle (Evoke Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Sloane Pharr (The Wellness Centre)
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder may exhibit self-injurious behaviors (SIB); studies have suggested that for many, SIB can be automatically maintained. The current study was conducted on a 14-year-old male with limited expressive language who exhibits head-directed SIB in the form of making contact between his head and his hand, his head and an object, or his head and a hard surface with more force than a tap. Results from a brief functional analysis determined a hypothesized primary function of automatic reinforcement; this was indicated by increased rates of SIB as compared to the control condition (Richards et al., 2012). Recent literature reviews of treatments for SIB resulted in multiple methods proven to be effective interventions for decreasing these undesired or unsafe behaviors. Automatically reinforced SIB is shown to be more resistant to treatment compared to socially reinforced SIB due to the unreliability in specific variables that may maintain it (Iwata et al., 1994). We hypothesize that implementation of interventions consisting of functional communication training will result in reduced instances of self-injurious behavior in a center-based setting (Tiger et al., 2008).
 
39. An Evaluation of Delay and Denial Training: Durability Against Treatment Relapse
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KENDALL MAE KASTNER (Marquette University), Stephanie A. Hood (Marquette University), Daniel R. Mitteer (Rutgers University (RUCARES))
Discussant: Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Abstract: Delay and Denial Training is a prevalent prescribed intervention following successful implementation of Functional Communication Training (FCT). Although there is strong empirical evidence in support of delay and denial training as an intervention to reach socially acceptable outcomes, there has yet to be systematic assessments of this intervention’s susceptibility to treatment relapse. The goal of this evaluation is to arrange treatment challenges which mimic the conditions that threaten treatment outcomes in the natural environment, specifically transferring treatment to a new environment or treatment integrity omission errors. Researchers replicated recent iterations of delay and denial training procedures (Hanley et al., 2014; Rose & Beaulieu, 2019), and included treatment challenges based on procedures by Saini et al., (2018), and Fisher et al., (2019). With this project researchers hope to add to the existing research on delay and denial training and examine the durability against treatment relapse in the forms of renewal and resurgence.
 
40. A Systematic Review of Studies on Social Interaction Skills Interventions for Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Selina Arvelo (University of South Florida), Danielle Ann Russo (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), RYAN HINDERLITER (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Sloane Pharr (The Wellness Centre)
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have difficulties developing social interaction skills. Interventions in the early school years are more likely to have noticeable positive effects on later skills and school success for these children. This review study aimed to summarize current literature on school-based social interaction skills interventions for young children with ASD. A systematic literature search was conducted to identify studies that used applied behavior analytic (ABA) interventions to improve the social interaction skills of children with ASD aged 4 to 8 in school settings. Using systematic procedures, 16 studies meeting established inclusion criteria were reviewed to examine the characteristics of the studies and to identify the interventions that are effective and efficient in increasing social skills in young children with ASD in schools. The findings suggest the following implications for practice and future research: (a) providing implementation support to teachers to improve treatment fidelity, (b) evaluating social validity of the interventions, and (c) promoting intervention maintenance and generalization effects. Findings suggest an increase in research detailing the training of teacher implementers for better understanding of all variables in the study’s environment as well as the need for further examination of the impact of coaching during interventions.
 
41. Using Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Neurodivergent Adults Transportation Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE CASTILLO (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Ian S. Paterson (University of North Texas), Roberto Moran (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Brianna M. Anderson
Abstract: Public transportation can provide individuals with access to their community, employment, and other resources. However, public transit systems can often be complex, and neurodivergent individuals may require explicit teaching for successful use. Behavior skills training (BST) procedures have been widely established as an effective method for teaching complex skills. The current study investigated the effects of behavioral skills training on utilizing the Transit app for one adult college student diagnosed with autism and a second adult college student diagnosed with Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). The Transit app was designed to provide real-time public transit data to users and can be used in over 175 metropolitan areas around the world. We assessed and trained performance using vignettes that entailed various routes, origins, and destinations. Following training, in-vivo performance was assessed across various campus and local community locations. Results suggest that BST was effective in teaching neurodivergent college students to correctly utilize the transportation app, and the bus-taking skills generalized to the natural environment.
 
42. Toilet Training: When the Gold Standard Fails You
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
SAMANTHA SMALLEY (Oliver Behavioral Consultants), Dominique Bladow (Oliver Behavioral Consultants), Claire Godfrey (Oliver Behavioral Consultants)
Discussant: Mikaela Danielle Green
Abstract: In 1974, Azrin & Foxx published their landmark book: Toilet Training in Less Than a Day, which initiated changes in approaches to one based on science and positive reinforcement. Successful outcomes have been reported in the literature for years (Cicero, Pfadt, 2002; Cocchiola,., Martino, Dwyer, & Demezzo, 2012; Kroeger, Sorensen-Burnworth, 2009; LeBlanc, Carr, Crossett, Bennett, Detweiler, 2005). One element to training involves manipulating accessibility to liquids. Increasing the volume of liquids increases probability of elimination. This relationship ensures conditions necessary to establish stimulus control over responding. Eating disorders can disrupt this relationship and reduce conditions that produce eliminations (Francis, Mannion & Leader, 2017; Williamson, Kelley, Cavell & Prather, 1987). Consequently, more time is spent on the toilet with no output and little chance for differential reinforcement (Azrin & Foxx, 1971). In this study, a 7-year-old boy was trained to use a toilet at his day program. Initially, he did not consume solid foods and, other than formula, consumed no liquids. He did not drink from cups and wore pull-ups which were changed as needed. The present study describes (1) slow acquisition of successful eliminations; (2) gradual introduction of straws, cups, and consumption of food; and (3) generalization to other toilets.
 
43. Using an Omnibus Mand to Treat Multiply Maintained Severe Behavior in a Public School Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
COURTNEY LEWIS (Mississippi State University), Hailey Spinks (Mississippi State University)
Discussant: Brianna M. Anderson
Abstract: An omnibus mand is a functional communication response (FCR; e.g., “my way”) that produces all reinforcers simultaneously. Teaching an omnibus mand can be an efficient method for reducing problem behavior with multiple functions. The purpose of our study was to assess the effects of a treatment package including an omnibus mand on severe problem behavior in a public school setting. The participant was a 5-year-old autistic male who engaged in disruptive behavior (e.g., disrobing, throwing items) and aggression that had resulted in injuries for several teachers and peers. Results of a trial-based functional analysis indicated target behaviors were maintained by attention, escape, and access to tangibles. A treatment package that included an omnibus mand procedure quickly decreased target behaviors, but we observed increased levels of problem behavior relative to baseline when the omnibus mand was not reinforced (i.e., during the participant’s toileting routine and new staff training). Additionally, treatment integrity was variable for school staff despite ongoing training. Our study supports the use of an omnibus mand procedure to decrease severe problem behavior but suggests the ability to maintain high treatment integrity may be an important consideration when deciding whether this intervention is appropriate in more naturalistic settings.
 
44. Establishing Manding in a Child Using 3-Dimensional Objects
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JOSUE NEVAREZ (Oliver Behavioral Consultants), Kiera Benson (Oliver Behavioral Consultants), Lia Korn (Oliver Behavioral Consultants)
Discussant: Mikaela Danielle Green
Abstract: One of the leading contributors to self-injurious behaviors is failure of an individual to acquire functional communications skills (Tiger, Hanley, & Bruzek, 2008). Research suggests that teaching functional communication skills, (e.g., manding for objects) using a pictorial representation may compete with and replace self-injurious responses. When a picture fails to produce functional requesting, other stimuli (connecting two objects together) can be substituted. Gio is a 4-year-old boy who enjoys walking, eating snacks, and relaxing in his beanbag, He has no functional communication skills and prefers to play with toy objects than pictures. He engages in severe self-injury (punches to the eyes) when communication fails or delayed access to reinforcers. During phase one, Gio received training to request for reinforcers using visual pictures (e.g., Picture Exchange Cards, tablet, book, 2-dimensional pictures). During this condition, he did not demonstrate pointing at the object consistently. In phase two, reinforcers were delivered to Gio when he pointing to 3-dimensional objects representing the object. Objects were introduced separately, and reinforcers were delivered only when Gio reached for, grabbed the object, and handed it to the therapist. Currently, all 3-dimensional objects are worn on the belt of the therapist and Gio mands more effectively for reinforcers.
 
45. Measuring Indices of Happiness and its Relation to Problem Behavior
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JACQUELINE WILSON (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Jesse Perrin (Pathways), Caitlyn Federico (Salve Regina University), Kaitlyn Regine (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Discussant: Brianna M. Anderson
Abstract: Indices of happiness have been used to assist in the evaluation of individuals’ preferences and quality of life, as well as the social validity of intervention procedures. Practitioners may also benefit from measuring indices of happiness when treating problem behavior. However, limited research has evaluated the relation between indices of happiness and the occurrence of problem behavior. The purpose of this study was to assess indices of happiness and its relation to problem behavior with a 14-year-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Indices of happiness and occurrences of problem behavior were both measured during a structured assessment. Conditional probability analyses were conducted evaluating the relation between the two variables. Interobserver agreement (IOA) was collected during 85% of sessions using trial-by-trial agreement with a score of 100%. The results of the assessment showed that the presence of happiness indices coincided with increased instances of one target behavior while the absence of happiness indices coincided with increased instances of a second target behavior. Considerations for the assessment and treatment of problem behavior and its relation to happiness indices will be discussed.
 
46. The Effects of Reinforcer Magnitude Using Social Reinforcers on Skill Acquisition for Children Diagnosed With Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANNA CHUNG (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Carrie Gray (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (Pontificia Universidad Javeriana)
Discussant: Mikaela Danielle Green
Abstract: Reinforcement is a consequence of behavior that explains why people do the things they do. Attention is a form of reinforcement that does not require any additional materials and is readily available. Attention, or social reinforcement, appears as either vocal verbal praise, or physical attention. Praise consists of verbal statements such as “Good job” or “Fantastic,” and physical attention consists of social interactions such as tickles, fist bumps, or high-fives. This study consisted of three parts. Study one evaluated the effects of different magnitudes of attention on skill acquisition. A multielement design investigating three independent variables was used: praise, physical attention, and a combination of both praise and physical attention. It was hypothesized that skill acquisition would occur across each condition; however, a significant difference was expected in the combination condition. A concurrent study assessed the preference of attention conditions. A preference assessment was conducted each session block, where the participant chose which condition they would like to initiate. Attention as the sole reinforcer was evaluated and provided support to extend the literature to include the efficacy of attention alone as a reinforcer when other topographies (i.e., tangibles, edibles) are unavailable.
 
47. An Evaluation of Discrete-Trial and Secondary Target Instruction Procedures on Olfactory Tact Acquisition for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANN MARIE KONDRAD (Yellow Brick Academy), Michael Toto (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Meredith L. Andrews (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Brianna M. Anderson
Abstract: Tacting is the act of labeling a stimulus presented. Teaching individuals to tact visual stimuli has often been the focus of research on tact acquisition, perhaps understanably; however, visual is not the only type of stimulus that may be tacted. For example, children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may have difficulty learning tacts of nonvisual stimuli such as sounds, feelings, or scents. Tacting scents has been recently evaluated using typical discrete trial teaching procedures, and it has been successful. A secondary instruction may include an additional characteristic of a tact, such as a class. For example, the smell of strawberries can be characterized as fruity. The purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend the literature on tact training and secondary target instruction by evaluating the effects of discrete-trial procedures that involved either immediate echoic prompts, prompt delay, or an error correction procedure on the acquisition of olfactory tacts with children diagnosed with ASD.
 
48. Effects of Similar and Dissimilar High-Probability Request Topographies on Low-Probability Request Compliance
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ERICA HEBERT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Holly Bruski (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Chrystal Jansz Rieken (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Mikaela Danielle Green
Abstract: High-probability request sequencing is a teaching procedure that includes the rapid presentation of multiple responses with a high-probability of compliance, followed by a response that has a low-probability of compliance. There is an extensive amount of research exists on the use of the high-probability request sequencing, and the effects of various procedural changes to increase compliant responding. Although this antecedent intervention has been determined to be effective in increasing compliance, limited research has been conducted on the role of topography across high- and low-probability requests. The present study sought to replicate and extend previous research on the high-probability request sequence by incorporating four experimental conditions that examined the role of topography as it related to compliance in three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Results indicated that regardless of topographic similarity between high- and low-probability requests, participants demonstrated an increased percentage of compliance to low-probability requests. Future researchers should consider recruiting a more diverse population and ensuring limited exposure to the target low- probability requests to promote external and internal validity, respectively.
 
49. Antecedent Functional Analysis of Food Refusal for a Child With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA B CAMAFREITA (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Discussant: Brianna M. Anderson
Abstract: According to Piazza and Volkert (2012), an estimated 30-80% of children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) exhibit a feeding disorder in their lifetime. Feeding disorders can lead to serious complications such as malnutrition, delays in growth, and exposure to intrusive interventions such as tube feeding. Munk and Repp (1994) found that the presence of certain stimulus features such as food texture or food type could lead to food refusal in children with ASD. The purpose of the current study is to use an antecedent functional analysis based on methodology described by Munk and Repp (1994) to inform a function-based treatment for food refusal in a child diagnosed with ASD. A multielement design was used to assess variable influence (texture, type, vehicle) on food refusal. Preliminary results show an influence of taste and texture on food refusal. Refinement of procedures to identify specific stimulus features that influence food refusal will allow clinicians to treat feeding disorders efficiently and effectively, minimizing the need for elongated treatment evaluations and/or using countertherapeutic interventions.
 
Diversity submission 50. Relational Coherence and Autism Education: Does How We Educate Caregivers About Autism Matter?
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA N. CHASTAIN (University of Illinois, Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago), Meredith T. Matthews (University of Illinois at Chicago), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois, Chicago)
Discussant: Mikaela Danielle Green
Abstract: Advocates of the neurodiversity movement have been pushing for autism acceptance rather than the medical model ideal of autism as a disease in need of a cure. However, informational material available to parents of children suspected of autism is often in line with the medical model description, “disease-ifying” the diagnosis. The current study extends the work of Relational Density Theory by exploring differences in relational coherence of negative and positive terms with “autism diagnosis” and “no autism diagnosis” after exposure to material that either enforced the medical model description of autism or educated parents on autism acceptance. Participants were parents and caregivers of children being evaluated for autism. Half of the participants were given educational material describing autism as a medical disorder, and the other half were given educational material describing autism using acceptance language. A multidimensional scaling procedure was then used to generate a two-dimensional geometric space for each group, where relational coherence between terms could be evaluated. Preliminary results show differences between groups, suggesting that the way that we educate parents about autism impacts their perception of it.
 
51. School-Based Intervention for Severe Problem Behavior: Evaluation of a Screening and Selection Tool
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
HAILEY SPINKS (Mississippi State University), Courtney Lewis (Mississippi State University)
Discussant: Brianna M. Anderson
Abstract: Schools are an important setting for behavioral intervention. Nonetheless, some severe problem behavior (e.g., aggression, disruptions, self-injury) is inappropriate for school-based assessment and treatment due to safety concerns. The purpose of the present analysis was to develop screening and selection procedures that could be used to identify characteristics of individuals whose severe behavior is likely appropriate to be treated in a public-school setting. To evaluate our screening procedures, we offered free behavior analytic services to selected students and solicited applications from special education personnel from public schools in a southeastern state. We received 15 applications from 8 counties; 11 of these applicants also completed a follow-up screening. Each completed application packet was then reviewed and scored across numerous dimensions to determine which identified students were most appropriate for our services. Interobserver agreement for our selection measure was high, suggesting our scoring procedures were reliable. Preliminary assessment and treatment outcomes for the individuals selected to receive our services are positive and may provide additional information about the validity of the identified screening and selection procedures. Additional research in this area is warranted to help researchers and practitioners better understand the necessary considerations for assessing and treating severe behavior in schools.
 
53. To Mix or Not to Mix, That Is the Question
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MEREDITH T. MATTHEWS (University of Illinois at Chicago), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Diana Stanciu (University of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: Brianna M. Anderson
Abstract: Conditional discrimination and matching to sample procedures have been used to train relations between stimuli and subsequently assess stimulus equivalence, or the behavioral phenomenon that occurs when certain relations between stimuli emerge without direct training. Equivalence-based instruction (EBI) refers to the application of stimulus equivalence and previous research has indicated that EBI can be applied to teach a variety of educational and language skills to children. The present study extended upon previous research to determine the efficacy of treatment interventions when comparing a blocked versus a mixed trial block utilizing EBI. We evaluated the efficacy of blocked versus mixed trial blocks on programs taken from the PEAK Equivalence module implemented across individuals with autism in an alternating treatment design. Three autistic participants were exposed to a series of relational training procedures across PEAK Equivalence programs where they were directly taught the training steps and probed the final step for derivation. For example, participants were taught to match a spoken word (A) with a sample synonym (B; A-B Train), and subsequent probes examined whether participants could then match the sample synonym (B) with the spoken word (A; B-A Test). Results of the present study show that blocked training trials led to higher rates of mastery compared to the mixed training trial blocks. Implications of this research study for practitioners are discussed.
 
54. Using Rules and Scheduled Sits to Reduce Fecal Soiling in an Adult With Autism at an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Treatment Center
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
GENEVIEVE ELOSKOF (Easterseals Southern California), Justin Chan (Easterseals Southern California), Shaji Haq (Easterseals Southern California), Joyce Chenchen Tu Battersby (Easterseals of Southern California)
Discussant: Mikaela Danielle Green
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities are more likely to experience toileting issues, such as encopresis, soiling, and constipation than the general population (Matson & Lovullo, 2009). Further complications to treatment may arise for individuals with autism who display repetitive and restrictive behaviors. Treatment for an adult with fecal soiling that only occurred at an ABA treatment center was provided using a combination of scheduled sits, food choices and contingencies, and rules. Results showed that the treatment package effectively reduced fecal soiling at the ABA treatment center. A discussion will include clinical implications, limitations, and future directions for research.
 
55. I-Mand Training: A Long-Term Study About the Use Versus Abandonment of a High-Tech Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) System
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SALVATORE VITA (Neapolisanit Rehabilitation Center), LUIGI IOVINO (Neapolisanit Rehabilitation Center), ANDREA MENNITTO (Neapolisanit Rehabilitation Center), ANGELO REGA (University Federico II, Naples; Neapolisanit Rehabilitation Center)
Discussant: Brianna M. Anderson
Abstract: Over the years, a considerable amount of research has demonstrated the impact of Alternative Augmentative Communication (AAC), particularly when supported by methodologies derived from Applied Behaviour Analysis (ABA). Over the years, various types of AAC systems have been developed and new technologies have expanded the clinical possibilities in this field. However, despite increasingly computerised systems and the use of rigorous methodologies (e.g. PECS), the literature shows that more than half of AAC systems are abandoned after a short time. I-MAND® training is a theoretical framework that, by exploiting the principles of ABA and enriching itself with the steps of the PECS methodology, aims at the teaching of high-tech AAC systems, making up for the methodological shortcomings of teaching Speech Generator Device (SGD). The following study shows how, the percentage of abandonment of a SGD based on a specific teaching methodology (I-MAND®), is lower than the body of research present in the literature so far, offering cues for thought on the use and dissemination of AAC systems.
 
 
 
Poster Session #370B
BPN Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 29, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Mark Justin Rzeszutek (University of Kentucky)
56. Key Behavioral Economic Factors in Hypothetical Contract Valuation
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research
CRISTAL CARDOSO SAO MATEUS (Western Michigan University), Anthony DeFulio (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Arielle Reindeau (Craig Hospital)
Abstract:

The endowment effect describes the tendency to assign greater value to an object they possess than they do to the same object when it is not in their possession. Collective bargaining negotiations between unions and employers occur in a context in which the endowment effect is likely to occur. The purpose of the study was to evaluate the effects of delay to changes, magnitude of workload negotiated, and hypothetical group collaboration on the endowment effect. Part of the sample (N = 22) completed the task both as sellers and buyers. The remainder of participants (N = 92) were randomly assigned to either role. Participants were asked to name the minimum salary increase they would accept to work additional hours, or the maximum salary decrease they would accept to work fewer hours. Delay for changes to go into effect, magnitude of workload negotiated, and perceived collaboration with others were manipulated. Results were consistent with the previous literature. Seller prices exceeded buyer prices. The increase in workload being negotiated and hypothetical group size collaborating magnified the WTA-WTP gap. Delay did not influence the WTA-WTP gap.

 
57. Some Effects of Classical Conditioning on Withdrawal Symptoms During and After Drug Abstinence
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research
STEPHEN CULLINAN (Allegheny College), Rodney D. Clark (Allegheny College)
Discussant: Mark Justin Rzeszutek (University of Kentucky)
Abstract:

The opioid epidemic continues to worsen in the United States. It is important that we identify possible supplements to strengthen rehabilitation therapies. The present study uses classically conditioned contextual stimuli to reduce withdrawal symptoms both during and after drug abstinence. Twice daily injections of morphine (10 mg/kg s.c.) were administered to adult male Sprague-Dawley rats until behavioral tolerance was observed in operant responding on variable ratio (VR-4) schedules for water reinforcement. Withdrawal symptoms were determined based on changes in grooming behaviors, completed variable ratios, and amount of defecation relative to non-drug baseline measures. Statistical analysis were performed across the five days of withdrawal. For grooming measures with the context-stimuli group producing a significantly greater number of responses during withdrawal; indicating a drug-opposite response. There was a significant difference (p>0.1) across the 5 days of withdrawal for completed response ratios, with the context-stimulus group having a considerably greater number of responses during withdrawal; indicating a drug-opposite response. For defecation behavior, a significant difference (p=.154) was observed for defecation during the withdrawal between the three groups. No significant difference was observed in grooming behaviors across the withdrawal period. Contextual stimuli may offer a target for procedures that may enhance rehabilitation therapies.

 
 
 
Poster Session #370C
CBM Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 29, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific)
59. A Replication and Extension of Comparisons of Trial-Based and Extended Functional Analyses of Inappropriate Mealtime Behavior
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER M. KOZISEK (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Laura E Phipps (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Bethany Hansen (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ashley Andersen (Clinic 4 Kidz), Nicole C Demchuk (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kathryn M. Peterson (Rutgers University and Children's Specialized Hospital)
Discussant: Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: Children with feeding difficulties often display inappropriate mealtime behavior (IMB) during mealtimes. Effective treatments rely on proper identification of variables that maintain IMB using strategies such as an extended functional analysis (EFA; Bachmeyer et al. 2019; Girolami & Scotti, 2001; Najdowski et al. [2003, 2008]; Piazza, Fisher, et al. 2003). However, barriers to conducting EFAs exist, such as limited time, resources, and training (Oliver et al., 2015). A trial-based functional analysis (TBFA) is an alternative method that has been shown to have increased efficiency while requiring fewer resources (Andersen et al., 2022; Saini, Fisher et al, 2019). The purpose of the current study was to replicate procedures by Andersen et al. (2022) to further investigate the correspondence between TBFA and EFA, evaluate the effects of indicated treatments, and determine the efficiency of the procedures. The current study also extended Andersen et al. (2022) by implementing an antecedent assessment prior to the treatment evaluation to aide in improving overall consumption. This evaluation found that all function-based treatments identified by both the EFA and TBFA were effective at reducing inappropriate mealtime behavior despite low agreement between the two assessments. However, the TBFA was shown to be implemented with higher efficiency.
 
60. An Interdisciplinary Approach to Feeding and Swallowing: Combining Oral-Motor and Behavioral Methods
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
LINDSEY ELSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Bethany Hansen (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amy K. Drayton (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Javid Rahaman (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Combining the expertise of a team of interdisciplinary professionals to treat pediatric feeding and swallowing results in individualized treatment plans that address all aspects (medical, nutritional, oral-motor, and behavioral) of feeding problems (Piazza, 2008). One area of concern to both speech-language pathologists and behavior analysts is oral-motor behaviors that interfere with swallowing. In this study, a speech-language pathologist in collaboration with a licensed psychologist, and behavior analyst assessed the child’s oral motor function and identified an uncoordinated swallowing behavior characterized by a suckling-like pattern with a prolonged anterior-posterior transfer that could be operationally defined and reliably observed across behavior technicians. Previous research suggests that applying pressure to the back of the child’s tongue improved oral-motor deficits and increased the efficiency of meals resulting in decreased tube dependence (Gibbons, et al., 2007). In this study, we used a multiple baseline design across foods to evaluate the effects of adding pressure to a modified-bolus placement on these specific oral-motor behaviors. The incorporation of adding pressure to the back of the child’s tongue with a flipped spoon decreased the oral-motor deficit (uncoordinated swallow) to 0% and increased acceptance to 100% for a child who was admitted to an intensive day treatment program for food refusal and tube dependence. Implications will be discussed.
 
61. Effects of Goals and Monetary Incentives on Physical Activity
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
KATHERINE CUCINOTTA (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: Physical inactivity is an increasing concern in the United States, with fiscal consequences totaling $117 billion annually in health-related expenses (Department of Health and Human Services, 2018) and health repercussions including increased risk of heart disease and type 2 diabetes (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2022). In West Virginia, 29.7% of adults report engaging in no leisure-time physical activity in the past month (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2020). The purpose of this experiment was to evaluate the effects of a goal-setting procedure on physical activity in sedentary adults using a reversal design. Adults who met inclusion criteria (based on steps or the intensity of physical activity during an assessment period) were provided a Fitbit device and included. In baseline, participants wore their Fitbit device during waking hours. During intervention phases, participants were given individualized daily physical activity goals based on their performance the previous week. Participants earned a monetary incentive for meeting daily goals at least 5 out of 7 days.. Physical activity levels increased during intervention phases and, for some participants, sustained at similar levels after monetary incentives were removed. Future research should examine effects of different goal-setting procedures for various forms of physical activity.
 
62. Effective Behavioral Patterns in Clinical Settings
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
GLADIS LEE PEREIRA XAVIER (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Concepcion Serrador Diez (Universidad de Guadalajara, CEIC), Daniel Echevarría (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Natalia Andrés- López (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid)
Discussant: Javid Rahaman (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Change Processes Research (CPR) in psychotherapy focuses on finding which factors explain therapeutic outcomes. The most well-known methodology in this field is to correlate descriptive cross-sectional variables with outcomes obtained from self-report questionnaires (Johns et al., 2019). However, this approach has shown little clinical utility, as it does not allow clinicians to identify which learning mechanisms are behind higher outcomes. Therefore, we aim to use a functional tool applied to the clinical field so we could detect behavioral patterns associated with positive outcomes. A single-case study was conducted with nine clinical cases from three therapists and 58 clinical sessions over 10 years of clinical experience. Data was collected using observational methodology and verbal interaction was assessed using a functional tool. Results show sequential patterns when clients achieve target behaviors, but are erratic when client’s verbal behaviors drift away from therapeutic goals. It appears that some specific interactions, such as praise after clinically relevant behaviors, are used consistently across all sessions analyzed. We also conclude that more studies focusing on problematic behavior during clinical interactions are needed.
 
63. The Hidden Benefits to Intensive Feeding Therapy
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
LAUREN MICHELLE PEAK (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute)
Discussant: Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: While intensive feeding therapy can be beneficial to increase the volume, efficiency, and nutrition consumption of food, what other benefits could this intensive therapy potentially offer families? Participants in the current study are receiving intensive feeding therapy, which often includes oral motor skill development, modeling of healthy contingencies, and a language rich environment. Even though prior studies have demonstrated these treatment components may positively impact language and caregiver-child interactions (Hansen & Shillingsburg, 2016) these have not been assessed in the context of feeding therapy. In addition to improvements in the children’s feeding, improvements in the child’s communication skills, caregiver stress, and the caregiver and child’s interactions may also occur even though they are not directly targeted during treatment. Caregivers will complete measures addressing parent stress, mealtime behaviors and the effect of feeding difficulties on the family unit. Additionally, direct observations will occurr under three conditions as outlined in Parent Child Interaction Therapy (Eyberg, 1988), at the beginning and end of treatment. We hypothesize that following participation in intensive feeding therapy, increases during the direct observation in positive caregiver behaviors (e.g., labeled praise, reflections) and child vocalizations. Finally, we hypothesize caregivers will report reductions in overall stress and stress during mealtimes.
 
64. Responses of Delay Discounting and Behavioral Demand for Food to Acute Exercise and Relations With Body Mass Index (BMI)
Area: CBM; Domain: Basic Research
JONATHAN R. MILLER (University of Colorado, Denver), Tanya Halliday (University of Utah), Mollie White (University of Colorado School of Medicine), Ed Melanson (University of Colorado School of Medicine), Marc-Andre Cornier (University of Colorado School of Medicine)
Discussant: Javid Rahaman (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Delay discounting and behavioral demand for food have been shown to be related to obesity, with more rapid decreases in value of delayed outcomes, higher consumption when food is free (high demand intensity), and greater continued consumption as costs of food increase (low demand elasticity) each associated with greater obesity. Recent research suggests exercise may improve delay discounting; however, whether these effects are observed acutely or vary with different forms of exercise has yet to be examined. Furthermore, effects of exercise on behavioral demand for food has also yet to be examined. In this pilot study, 19 adults with body mass index (BMI) ranging from healthy to obese completed hypothetical questionnaires assessing delay discounting of money and behavioral demand for food following three activity conditions: aerobic exercise, resistance exercise, and sedentary activity. Results suggest delay discounting of money was not affected by acute exercise, but behavioral demand for food was. More specifically, both aerobic and resistance exercise decreased elasticity relative to sedentary activity (ps<.05), but intensity did not differ by activity. Furthermore, relative differences in demand intensity between exercise and sedentary activities were found to be negatively related to BMI (rs= -.59 to -.64, ps<.010). Relative differences in elasticity were not related to BMI. These preliminary findings suggest that behavioral demand for food, but not delay discounting of money, is sensitive to acute exercise and that demand intensity and elasticity exhibit differential responses to exercise.
 
67. An Analysis on Increasing Duration of Yoga Using Antecedent Interventions and the Effects on Postpartum Depression Symptoms
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
BRIANNA NIEVES (Bay Path University), Gabrielle Morgan (Bay Path University)
Discussant: Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: New mothers are faced with many contingencies that prevent them from engaging in self care activities such as other children to provide for, a significant other to spend time with, and a house to take care of often leading to a lack of self care. Due to these factors along with hormone fluctuations and exhaustion, approximately 15% of mothers are diagnosed with postpartum depression (PPD) within the first 5 months after giving birth. One of the promising interventions to reduce PPD symptoms is engagement in yoga. In this study, antecedent interventions including programmed phone reminders were used to increase engagement in yoga and would result in an accompanying decrease in PPD symptoms as measured by the Patient Health Questionnaire- 9. The results showed that the intervention resulted in a significant increase in yoga engagement by a new mother and there was a decrease in PPD symptoms across the duration of the study.
 
69. Assessing Private Events and Covert Behavior Within FBA in Typically-Developed Children with SED and EBD in School Settings
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ZOE BROADUS (Northern Michigan University), Jacob H. Daar (Northern Michigan University), Ada Popovic (Northern Michigan University Department of Psychology)
Discussant: Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific)
Abstract:

The present study investigated the use of a newly-developed functional process-based interview for use within a school-based functional behavior assessment with a highly verbal child presenting with both autism and emotional/behavioral disorder. This assessment resulted in the creation of a “process map” showing the flow of the participant’s covert behaviors within the four-term contingency. For comparative purposes, the same interview was provided to the client’s teacher. Both participants also responded to a more standard functional assessment interview. Results indicate that there was a profound difference between the student and the teacher’s responses on both the functional assessment interview, and the process-based interview. The process map of the student showed a typically unexplored aspect of interviewee’s environment in regard to the four-term contingency of applied behavior analysis, namely motivating/establishing operations, antecedents, behaviors, and consequences. This case study stands as a pilot study for further research involving participation of the client within their own assessment, and of the assessment of covert behaviors and private events.

 
158. Caregivers and Staff Member’s Acceptability of Pharmacological and Non-pharmacological Interventions in Nursing Homes in Iceland and Norway
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
HANNA STEINUNN STEINGRIMSDOTTIR (Reykjavik University), Anette Brogård Antonsen (Oslo Metropolitan University), Javid Rahaman (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

This study was a replication of Baker and LeBlanc's (2011) "Acceptability of Interventions for Aggressive Behavior in Long-Term Care Settings: Comparing Ratings and Hierarchical Selection." The study examined caregivers and staff members acceptability of both pharmacological and non-pharmacological interventions for behavioral disturbances in nursing homes residents in Iceland and Norway. Participants were recruited online using a convenience sampling method. Participants were asked to evaluate acceptability of three treatments: (1) Communication Treatment, (2) Light and Sensory Treatment and (3) Pharmacological Intervention. A total of 189 individuals answered the questionnaire. Caregivers in Iceland found the Communication Treatment most acceptable, whereas in Norway the caregivers scored the Light and Sensory Treatment as most acceptable. Staffmembers, rated the Communication- and Light and Sensory Treatment similarly. However, across both countries and groups the pharmacological treatment was rated the least acceptable treatment.

 
 
 
Poster Session #370D
CSS Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 29, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Jonathan Krispin (Valdosta State University)
Diversity submission 70. Breaking Biases: An Evaluation of the Effects of Error Correction on Diminishing Implicit Biases Regarding an Individual’s Abilities Based on Knowledge of a Diagnosis
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
CRYSTAL FIELDS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Nicole Kanew (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Rachel García (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Rocco G Catrone (The Chicago School Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Stephanie Jimenez (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown)
Abstract: Biases can manifest in a variety of ways. Most often, we think of racial or religious biases, but a person may develop biases toward many characteristics, such as physical diagnoses (e.g., pregnancy), developmental diagnoses (e.g., autism), and mental diagnoses (e.g., bi-polar disorder). The purpose of this study was to determine if an individual’s biases about a variety of disorders, delays, disabilities, and impairments can be altered. To assess the participants’ biases, we used the General Capabilities Scale, Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-2, and Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-Stigma. To do this, the study examined the impact of error-correction strategies on bias amongst nine adult participants. The introduction of all three error-correction procedures resulted in an increase in the knowledge each of the participants had about the 12 different categories of disabilities and disorders that were presented to them. This study concluded by discovering that the use of the error correction of repetitive responses yielded no more effectiveness than any other error correction procedures.
 
71. Integrating Public Health and Behavior Science
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
JONATHAN A. SCHULZ (Vermont Center on Behavior and Health), Elizabeth Schieber (University of Massachusetts Medical School), Crystal M. Slanzi (Temple University), Sarah Catherine Weinsztok (University of Kansas), Francesca Cecilia Ramírez (National University of San Marcos; Instituto Peruano de Orientación Psicológic), Nikol Mayo (National University of San Marcos; Instituto Peruano de Orientación Psicológica), Patricia I. Wright (ProofPositive: Autism Wellbeing Alliance), Traci M. Cihon (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility)
Discussant: Jonathan Krispin (Valdosta State University)
Abstract: Public health interventions and programs, which aim to prevent diseases and promote health status for individuals and communities, have made important contributions for the past century. However, there is room for improvement on the extent to which such interventions and programs consider the behavior of individuals as many public health concerns can be addressed through adapting and changing human behavior. However, formal collaboration between public health scholars/practitioners and behavioral scientists remains scarce. In fact, “public health” is not even a program area in behavior analytic conferences nor is there a public health Special Interest Group. This poster builds on the 2022 ABAI public health poster that provides recommendations to continue demonstrating the utility of behavioral science in public health and broaden our scope of practice by exploring the ways that behavioral scientists and public health professionals can collaborate and learn from one another. We will provide a behavior analytic conceptualization of the social determinants of health and integrate this analysis to a new Healthy People 2030 objective. We will present strategies on how behavior scientists can collaborate with public health professionals to improve population health outcomes and reduce health disparities, as well as pathways of how behavioral scientists can ethically expand their scope of practice to public health.
 
Sustainability submission 72. Demand for Climate-Friendly Commodities: Do Rules About Benefits Influence Behavior?
Area: CSS; Domain: Basic Research
CYNTHIA J. PIETRAS (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Stephanie Jimenez (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown)
Abstract:

This study used a hypothetical purchase task to investigate how likelihood of purchasing a climate-friendly commodity (rooftop solar) varied with price and descriptions of benefits for purchases. Prior research has shown that consumption for a sustainable commodity varies as a function of price and is well described by an exponential demand function (Kaplan, Gelino, Reed, 2018). Research has also shown that beliefs in consequences of energy investment decisions are related to household choice (Kastner & Stern, 2015). Participants were recruited from Amazon MTurk and N=244 completed the study. Participants rated how likely they would be to purchase home solar panels at 17 prices ranging from $0 to $150000. Participants were randomly assigned to one of four groups given different statements about benefits of purchasing solar panels: no information, energy independence, cost savings, or climate change benefits. Likelihood of purchase varied as a function of price and was well fit by exponentiated demand functions. Preliminary analyses show similar results across groups in obtained demand intensity (QO) and elasticity, median price at maximum output (Pmax) at $7500 and median breakpoints at $17500-$20000. Future studies will investigate effects of messaging on consumption of commodities with lower prices (i.e., electric vehicles, plant-based burgers).

 
Sustainability submission 73. Evaluating the Effects of Information and Education on Sustainable Purchasing
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research
KATELYN RACHELLE JONES (Missouri State University), Maggie Adler (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Mikaila Field (Missouri State University), Lauren Candrl (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Jonathan Krispin (Valdosta State University)
Abstract: The fast fashion industry is growing which in turn impacts our environment with chemical pollution, CO2 emissions, and textile waste (Niinimäki et al., 2020). The current study is a translational evaluation of relational framing involved in sustainable purchasing using a multiple baseline across participants with an additive component analysis. In baseline, participants completed a purchasing task and a multi-dimensional scaling procedure. Half of the participants then received pamphlets containing information on the two clothing brands while the other half received a pamphlet on the benefits of sustainable fashion on the environment. Participants then completed the purchasing task and multi-dimensional scaling procedure again. Participants then received the pamphlets they did not receive previously and completed the surveys again. Results show participants were more willing to buy more expensive items after being informed the company is sustainable. Participants also relationally framed the sustainable brand to more pro-climate stimuli and the fast fashion brand to anti-climate stimuli after the intervention. The results indicate that (1) participants need more information about climate change to increase the reinforcing value of sustainable properties of clothing and (2) recognition of sustainable branding established through advertising, consistent with a relational frame theory account.
 
 
 
Poster Session #370E
DDA Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 29, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
74. Efficacy of Comprehensive Early Intervention Services on the Behavioral Presentation of a Child With a TCF4 Gene Mutation
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Ciobha A. McKeown (University of Florida), ANNA MARIE QUINTERO-GIEGELING (University of Florida), Takahiro Soda (University of Florida)
Discussant: Anne Costa Carneiro (Universidade Federal de São Carlos; Guia AC)
Abstract: Pitt-Hopkins Syndrome (PTHS) is a rare genetic disorder caused by insufficient expression of the TCF4 gene found on chromosome 18p21.2 (Tan et al., 2018). Approximately 500 people have been identified with the disorder worldwide (Sweatt, 2013). PTHS was initially characterized as dysmorphic facial features, clubbed fingers, abnormal breathing, and other medical comorbidities (e.g., constipation, breathing issues; Pitt & Hopkin, 1978). Neurodevelopmentally, most cases of PTHS are characterized by severe intellectual disabilities, global developmental delay, and comorbid autism spectrum disorder. The individual typically presents with severe expressive language delays (vocal-verbal speech is often absent), motor delays (independent ambulation occurs after age five or not at all), ataxia, and motor incoordination. In this case study, we present the efficacy of comprehensive early intervention for a two-year-old diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder who carried the TCF4 gene mutation. The combination of intensive, high-hour applied behavior analytic, speech, occupational, and physical therapy produced dramatic increases in multiple social communication skills in just six months, evident by pre- and post-behavioral (e.g., VB-MAPP) and psychological measures (e.g., ADOS-2). We discuss considerations when programming for children with autism spectrum disorder with genetic comorbidities and how to effectively coordinate care among multiple providers.
 
75. Transfer of Schedule Thinning Effects Across Contexts During Treatment With Functional Communication Training
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JASMINE SORRELL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John M. Huete (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

Functional communication training (FCT; Carr & Durand, 1985) is a commonly used function-based intervention which leads to a reduction in problem behavior by increasing functionally equivalent communicative responses (FCR). Individuals who have been taught functional communication (FC), however, often engage in FCR at much higher rates than feasible for families (Betz et al., 2013). Thus, schedule thinning is considered clinical best practice. Recent research has further indicated combining schedule thinning with terminal probes allows for more efficient FCT (Kranak & Falligant, 2021). Therefore, using a concurrent multiple baseline design, this study analyzed the effectiveness of a terminal probe within a response class for one individual learning FC. Results indicated after schedule thinning and a terminal probe were conducted for one FCR, the terminal probe generalized to two other FCRs in which schedule thinning had and had not been implemented. Implications for clinical practice and future research will also be discussed.

 
76. Magnitude of Renewal and Obtained Magnitude of Reinforcement: A Re-Analysis of 37 Applications
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SABRINA OLIVERA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Brianna Laureano (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Anne Costa Carneiro (Universidade Federal de São Carlos; Guia AC)
Abstract:

Behavioral interventions to decrease problem behavior typically utilize dense schedules of reinforcement for appropriate behavior. Following reductions in problem behavior, generalization across contexts is programmed to ensure the intervention is effective in the natural environment. However, problem behavior sometimes reemerges as a function of changes in contexts, this is called renewal. Falligant et al. (2021) found that the prevalence of renewal was lower for individuals who experienced denser schedules of reinforcement in the initial training context than those who experienced leaner schedules of reinforcement. The current study extended Falligant et al. (2021) by examining the relationship between the obtained magnitude of reinforcement (i.e., duration or frequency) during the initial training phase and magnitude of renewal during treatment evaluations for individuals admitted to an inpatient unit for severe problem behavior. We re-analyzed 37 treatment applications with context changes across 34 cases identified via a retrospective consecutively controlled case series. The clinical implications of identifying factors that are associated with renewal of problem behavior are discussed.

 
77. Smoking Cessation Interventions for U.S. Adults With Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
JONATHAN A. SCHULZ (Vermont Center on Behavior and Health), Sean Regnier (University of Kentucky), Austin Nugent (University of Kentucky), Gary Atwood (University of Vermont Medical Center), Lindsey Mullis (University of Kentucky), Tyler Erath (University of Vermont), Andrea Villanti (Rutgers Center for Tobacco Studies; Rutgers School of Public Health)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

People with disabilities have a higher prevalence of cigarette smoking than people without disabilities. Moreover, there is a research gap in smoking cessation interventions between people with and without disabilities. This systematic review aimed to identify and evaluate research on tobacco smoking cessation interventions designed to improve outcomes for people with disabilities (e.g., cognitive, hearing, mobility, visual). Electronic searches were conducted in CINAHL Plus (EBSCO), Embase (Ovid), Medline (Ovid), and PsycINFO (Ovid) to identify peer-reviewed studies on tobacco cessation interventions for adults with disabilities in the United States. Two independent coders evaluated all retrieved records. A total of 972 studies were included in title and abstract screening. Forty-six studies were examined in the full text review, of which two studies met inclusion criteria. Both included studies used mindfulness-based procedures to reduce the self-reported number of cigarettes smoked per day in people with mild intellectual disabilities. Additional studies address other disabilities but were not rigorous enough to meet inclusion criteria. Given the breadth of smoking cessation treatments available to the general population, there is a paucity of empirically supported research for those with disabilities. Implications and recommendations for tailored interventions to address the unique needs of people with disabilities are discussed.

 
78. An Evaluation of the Emergence and Persistence of Non-target Mands During Functional Communication Training (FCT) and Treatment Disruption
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CHLOE M. LEWIS (University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia)
Discussant: Anne Costa Carneiro (Universidade Federal de São Carlos; Guia AC)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to evaluate the emergence and persistence of independent non-target mands displayed by a 4-year-old boy with autism spectrum disorder during treatment (functional communication training; FCT) and treatment disruption (extinction of mands). This study was conducted in three phases. During Phase 1, FCT was conducted within a multiple schedules design across two mand modalities (i.e., picture card; microswitch). During Phase 2, a mand preference assessment (MPA) was conducted within a concurrent schedules design to determine preference for type of mand modality. During Phase 3, extinction was conducted within a multiple schedules design to evaluate the persistence of independent target manding (card touch and microswitch touch). During FCT, independent manding was similarly high for both target mand modalities. A preference for the microswitch over the picture card and higher persistence of target manding in the microswitch condition occurred during the MPA and extinction phases, respectively. During these procedures, two non-targeted mands (vocalizations and manual signing) emerged during FCT, with higher levels associated with the picture card condition. Non-target mands were also observed at relatively high levels during extinction, but without any clear differentiation across target mand modality conditions. Clinical and research implications for these results will be discussed.

 
79. Evaluation of Toy Engagement by Teaching Play Skills Using the Compete Stimulus Assessment
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
ELISSA SPINKS (Behaviors Analysis Association of Mississippi), Theresa Signore (Mississippi State University/TK Martin Center)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

Play skills are critical to a child’s development and well-being. Children with intellectual and developmental disabilities, however, are often unable to adequately engage with items; because of this, they are at a severe disadvantage for acquiring essential skills necessary for their success within educational and social situations. Previous research has focused on multiple procedures including peer modeling, video modeling, and arbitrary reinforcers for increasing toy engagement, however, results have demonstrated varied success. The competing stimulus assessment (CSA), typically used for individuals that engage in self-injurious behaviors, has shown to be a reliable procedure for increasing toy engagement. Therefore, the purpose of this investigation was to evaluate the effects of the CSA for increasing play skills for a two-year-old boy diagnosed with Down Syndrome that did not engage in self-injurious behaviors. Results from the CSA identified four items that the participant would reliably and appropriately engage with suggesting that the CSA may be a useful alternative for increasing toy engagement for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities who do not engage in self-injurious behavior.

 
80. Practical Insights From Parent Data in Treatment for Children With Severe Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
KATHERINE GIBSON (Nationwide Children's Hospital), Jessica Emily Graber (Nationwide Children's Hospital)
Discussant: Anne Costa Carneiro (Universidade Federal de São Carlos; Guia AC)
Abstract:

The importance of teaching caregivers to identify functional variables surrounding problematic behaviors in daily life is widely recognized within behavior analytic caregiver training literature (e.g., Bearss et al., 2018; Lerman et al., 2013; Shayne & Miltenburger, 2013). One way to build this skill is to coach parents in collecting data on problematic behaviors when they occur outside of treatment sessions. However, barriers to reliable data collection are common challenges to caregiver training (Sanders, 2009). Presented is a case example of a simple, electronic data collection system designed for parents, which was used to guide treatment focus and demonstrate outcomes from parent training sessions. Procedures were conducted in the Complex Behavior Program at Nationwide Children’s Hospital’s Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders. The participant was a 7-year-old male diagnosed with autism who engaged in severe aggression, self-injurious behaviors, and property destruction. Initial sessions involved behavioral skills training in data collection procedures. Parent training was delivered weekly, involving data review and in vivo training of function-based procedures. Parents provided weekly data on behavioral events involving target behaviors. These data were graphed, analyzed, and used to assess progress on established treatment goals. Results demonstrate an initial 87% decrease in behavioral events per week from baseline. Low effort data collection across six questions averaging 3 minutes and 43 seconds per submission, can help guide treatment to produce clinically significant results in behavior reduction.

 
81. Data Collection and Documentation Platforms for Direct Support Professionals: A Systematic Review and Evaluation
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
ABIGAIL MORETTI (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University), Andrea Lobo (Rowan University), Patrice Tremoulet (Rowan University)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract: One of the key roles of direct support professionals (DSPs) is documenting client behavior and pertinent information. However, data collection and documentation can be time consuming, especially when many DSPs still rely on paper-and-pencil documentation that is known to reduce data accuracy and increase stress. Given the high turnover of DSPs, increasing access to data collection applications that increase documentation efficiency and accuracy may alleviate job-related stress for DSPs. Despite clear potential benefits, there is a dearth of literature examining how available data collection technology can meet the unique needs of DSPs who work with adult clients. The current study (1) systematically reviewed the capabilities of four commercially available data collection applications through demonstration and pilot testing and (2) further analyzed two applications to validate a methodology of applying a testing sequence of relevant DSP tasks to systematically compare the efficiency of data collection tools. Results indicate that the applied behavior analytic data collection applications evaluated met the majority of DSPs’ data collection needs; however, most were primarily developed for children in a session-based format. Findings can inform agencies that employ DSPs on the data collection technology applications that may best fit their professional needs and optimize DSP data collection.
 
82. Using a Social Interaction Preference Assessment to Identify Different Forms of Attention as a Reinforcer
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TAYLOR SCHULZ (Evoke Behavioral Health)
Discussant: Anne Costa Carneiro (Universidade Federal de São Carlos; Guia AC)
Abstract: According to Morris and Vollmer (2010), “Methods of identifying reinforcing stimuli have proven to be useful in working with individuals who cannot effectively communicate their own preferences”. To test this, a social interaction preference assessment was conducted with a 12-year-old boy with limited communication to identify preferred types of attention. The 5 forms of attention, including a control or ignore condition, were each paired with a corresponding shape and color. Using latency to task completion, a reinforcer assessment was then conducted to determine which forms of attention would serve as a reinforcer. It was determined that negative attention, or reprimands, was the most highly preferred and would therefore be used as an isolated reinforcer for skill acquisition targets.
 
83. Framework for the Evaluation of the Applied Behavior Analysis Compliance of Technology-Based Intervention Supports
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
Marsha Stepensky (Floreo), MONIQUE MAHONEY (Floreo), Rita Solórzano (Floreo), Sinan Turnacioglu (Floreo), Joseph McCleery (Department of Psychology & Kinney Center for Autism Education and Support, Saint Joseph’s University; Center for Autism Research, Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

Intervention support technologies are being produced rapidly, and there is a critical need for frameworks and procedures to systematically evaluate their compliance with applied behavior analysis (ABA). Here, we present a systematic evaluation of the ability of the core components of ABA intervention to be implemented within the constraints of a particular technology, Floreo Virtual Reality. Specifically, this framework evaluates the implementation of the three-term antecedent-behavior-consequence contingency, including therapist control over activation of antecedents, determination and evaluation of specific target behavior responses of the learner, and implementation of consequences which are behaviorally contingent and immediate. We also evaluate the ability to implement standard prompting, prompt fading, and error correction procedures. Finally, we determine whether or not and how manual and automated trial-by-trial data can be collected and analyzed. Application of this evaluation framework indicates that a number of Floreo lessons are fully compliant with the core teaching procedures of ABA, and that the most common challenges to ABA compliance of Floreo lessons relate to digital data collection and error correction procedures. Therefore, this framework appears to be useful for both confirming the ABA-compliance of technology-based lessons and determining areas of need for securing ABA-compliance of said technologies for ABA practice.

 
84. Further Evaluation of Competing Stimulus Assessment Methodology
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
LISA MARIE AMBROSEK (The University of Kansas), Breanna R Roberts (University of Kansas ), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Discussant: Anne Costa Carneiro (Universidade Federal de São Carlos; Guia AC)
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessments (CSAs) are used to identify reinforcer competition or substitution with problem behavior. Haddock and Hagopian (2020) reviewed published CSA studies and recommended future researchers extend evaluation of specific stimulus features responsible for behavior reduction and evaluate ways to increase CSA efficiency. We used procedures developed by Brogan et al. (2018) to evaluate the use of a free operant competing stimulus assessment (FOCSA) as a screening tool to identify items with high levels of engagement and low levels of problem behavior. Following the FOCSA, an isolated CSA was conducted. Stimuli with high levels of both engagement and problem behavior (HP-HS) and stimuli with high levels of engagement and low levels of problem behavior (HP-LS) were then evaluated using a stimulus-feature rating scale developed by the authors. Four stimuli with features similar to the HP-HS item and HP-LS item were selected to be included in a multiple-set evaluation. Each item was evaluated in isolation using a CSA, and then evaluated within the specified stimulus set (e.g., HP-HS set, HP-LS set) for 5-min and 15-min sessions. The results are discussed in terms of predictive validity and screening assessment efficiency.
 
85. Teaching Appropriate Mands with an Embedded Delay
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
RAMEY JOHNSON (University of South Florida; Full Spectrum Behavior Analysis), Abdullah Alshehri (Full Spectrum Behavior Analysis)
Discussant: Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

Behavior analytic providers prioritize socially significant behaviors to improve independence and quality of life for the vulnerable populations we serve. In most interventions, functional communication and tolerance of delayed reinforcement skills are incorporated as goals. In the current study, Functional Communication Training (FCT) was implemented with an adolescent diagnosed with multiple developmental disabilities to increase tolerance of delayed reinforcement. It was socially significant for the client to be taught communication skills to obtain her needs and wants appropriately. Maladaptive behaviors were also a significant concern to the caregiver due to the high frequency of occurrences. The intervention was effective in increasing delayed tolerance, increasing accurate mands (use of two or more vocal words), and decreasing maladaptive behaviors (aggression and property destruction). There were limitations regarding hormonal fluctuations as they affected her mood and motivation during intervention. However, the client was taught communication skills which have been maintained and increased her access to needs and wants in the environment.

 
Diversity submission 86. Neurodiversity Across Behavior Analytic Conferences
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
DAVID LEGASPI (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis), Elizabeth Ashton Benedickt (The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Amanda N. Chastain (University of Illinois, Chicago), Matisse Rose Lovett (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles, Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
Discussant: Anne Costa Carneiro (Universidade Federal de São Carlos; Guia AC)
Abstract:

The neurodiversity movement is gaining ground as more and more advocates are speaking out in favor for inclusion. Discussions in the field of behavior analysis are steadily increasing. Organizations such as the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) has deployed a task force to interact with such discussions regarding neurodiversity and other related topics. Since 2020, several papers are advocating for more representation and inclusion of the perspectives of individuals of marginalized backgrounds, including neurodiverse populations (Collins et al., 2020). The purpose of this presentation is then to highlight the prevalence of presentations whose authors focused on topics associated with the neurodiversity movement across ABAI affiliated conferences for the last few years. This will be completed with two hopes. First, we hope to spark conversation and highlight what has been done, and what potentially could be done to aid in the inclusion of the movement and the perspectives within our behavior analytic community and beyond. Second, we will describe the efforts and open invitation for others to contribute to this and other diversity related causes. Viewers will be exposed to an interactive conversation with opportunities to contribute.

 
 
 
Poster Session #370F
DEV Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 29, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Mehmet Sulu (Northern Kentucky University)
87. The Effects of Peer-Yoked Contingency on Inducing Observational Learning and Bidirectional Naming of Familiar Stimuli
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
SHIYI WANG (University of Columbia Teachers College), Maninder Virk (Teachers College Columbia University)
Discussant: Mehmet Sulu
Abstract: Our current study was a systematic replication of the study done by Rothstein and Gauteax (2007). In a classroom setting, we studied the effect of peer-yoked contingency on inducing Observational Learning across three preschool-aged participants with disabilities. In a delayed multiple baseline design across participants, the researcher first conducted a probe on Observational Learning with all participants. The first participants started all pre-probe sessions and then the peer-yoked contingency intervention. During the intervention, the participant’s “student team” raced with the researcher’s “teacher team” on the game board. Only if the participant gave the correct observed response did the “student team” move up on the board. Otherwise, the “teacher team” moved up. The participant entered post probe stage after finishing the intervention. The next participant started pre-probe and intervention after the previous participant finished the intervention. The study would keep going until the last participants finished post-probes. The study is ongoing. The current result was consistent with Rothstein and Gauteax (2007)’s study that after implementing peer-yoked contingency, the participant showed a significant increase in probes of OL.
 
88. Changes in Discounting of Gains and Losses Across Adulthood
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research
HAORAN WAN (Washington University in St. Louis), Leonard Green (Washington University in St. Louis), Joel Myerson (Washington University in St. Louis)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: The degree to which one discounts delayed rewards predicts many problem behaviors that also decline with age (e.g., substance abuse), raising the question: Does discounting also decline with age? A recent meta-analysis (Seaman et al., 2022) suggests that it does not, but the results of our two latest studies show that the discounting of delayed gains and delayed losses decreases with age from 20-80 (see Figure). Both of these studies tested hundreds of participants online, and the age-related changes were both significant with ps < .001, and regardless of whether analyses utilized Ordinary Least Squares regression or beta regression. These findings have important theoretical implications for the psychology of aging, especially given that those theories predict steeper delay discounting (e.g., Carstenson’s socioemotional selectivity theory, inhibitory deficit theory, frontal lobe theory). The studies also evaluated the effect of psychological distress on degree of discounting, and found that distress was associated with steeper discounting. Although distress declines with age, the effect of age on discounting remained significant when distress was statistically controlled. In two additional studies that investigated the discounting of probabilistic gains and probabilistic losses, discounting showed smaller, but still reliable changes with age.
 
90. An Evaluation of the Possible Mechanisms Responsible for Acquisition When Using Interspersed-Trial Teaching Methods
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
KAYLA ANN MOORE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Laradon), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Kimberly Cash (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Karley Rehrig (Yellow Brick Academy)
Discussant: Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Interspersed teaching procedures are effective for teaching various tasks; however, the mechanism by which it is effective is unknown. Two possible mechanisms include (a) increased stimulus variation due to the alternation of known and unknown stimuli and (b) increased reinforcement density if reinforcers are delivered for mastered and acquisition stimuli. In the absence of external reinforcement, increased reinforcement may be automatic reinforcement in “getting the answer correct.” The purpose of the current study was to evaluate young children's acquisition of sight words under conditions of high or low stimulus variation and reinforcement density. In addition, we assessed child preference for the conditions. All conditions were effective at teaching sight words. For two participants, the combination of high stimulus variation and high density of reinforcement was most effective and most preferred. For one participant, the high stimulus variation was most effective, but low stimulus variation was most preferred.
 
91. Using Auditory Feedback to Enhance Athletic and Performing Art Skills: A Meta-Analysis
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
GRECIA A GAVIRIA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Quigley (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Stephanie Chung (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Patricia Weigand (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Mehmet Sulu
Abstract: Auditory feedback also known as Teaching with Acoustical Guidance (TAGteach) is an evidence-based procedure that can effectively improve performance. The purpose of this meta-analysis was to evaluate the effectiveness of auditory feedback in enhancing athletic and performing art skills. The meta-analysis evaluated the quality of 15 single-case design (SCD) studies and calculated the effect size for each experimental procedure. All the studies had a combined mean non-overlap of all pairs (NAP) score of .95, a strong effect size. The results of the meta-analysis support TAGteach as a procedure that promotes positive collaboration and improved performance across a variety of skills. The TAGteach protocol helps trainers assess performance while helping them create confidence and deliver positive reinforcement. The TAG (auditory feedback) delivers information to the performer contingent on the target response, helping reduce the need for inefficient language from trainers when delivering feedback during training of skills that are part of a complex or fast sequence of behaviors. There is no standard method for calculating effect size in SCD research, which remains a limitation for meta-analysis.
 
 
 
Poster Session #370G
EAB Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 29, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Ramon Marin (Universidade Federal de São Carlos - Brazil)
92. Purchasing College Scholarships With Dedicated Time: Cost-Demand Analysis for Studying and Athletic Training
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
PEIQI LU (Eastern Michigan University), Kayla Rinna (Eastern Michigan University), Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University)
Discussant: Stephanie P. da Silva (Columbus State University)
Abstract:

Decision about how much time to dedicate to certain behaviors can depend on both the cost for engaging in the behavior and its associated benefits. Past research has demonstrated the feasibility of hypothetical purchase tasks in measuring the relative demand for reinforcers such as alcohol and prescription drugs. However, the application of hypothetical purchase tasks to understand behavior related to scholarships has not been previously explored. In this study, hypothetical purchase tasks were used to examine the relative reinforcing efficacy of scholarships of varying amounts anchored to either academics or athletics. Specifically, students indicated how much time they would study/train per day if they were offered 100%, 90%, 80%, 70%,...0% academic/athletic scholarships. We received 86 valid academic scholarship responses and 43 valid athletic scholarship responses. All indices of demand were higher for academic scholarships than athletic scholarships. The specific fit of demand indices with this dataset and whether purchases in terms of time dedicated toward specific activities can be usefully incorporated into standard behavioral economic models are discussed.

 
93. Improving Specification of Delay Discounting Models Using Beta Regression
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MINGANG KIM (Virginia Tech), Christopher T. Franck (Virginia Tech)
Discussant: Ramon Marin (Universidade Federal de São Carlos - Brazil)
Abstract:

While many established delay discounting models fit observed indifference point data closely, more attention is needed to assess whether models are sufficiently specified such that data generated from these models closely resembles human data. Nonlinear least squares (NLS) is the most widely used approach to fit indifference points to models because it adheres closely to observed data. The common strategy of considering data with normally distributed residuals is flawed here, because such models can produce invalid indifference points above the larger later amount or below zero. This indicates that the models we rely on are not fully specified in an adequate manner so as to describe human-like patterns of behavior. Thus, the class of Monte Carlo simulation techniques (useful for everything from sample size calculations to comparative assessment of completing analytical techniques) is not fully reliable since data produced via simulations do not resemble human data adequately. We introduce a class of nonlinear beta regression models that provide excellent fit to discounting data and also improve simulation based approaches due to their ability to honor bounds on indifference point data.

 
94. Effect of Gradual Thinning of Programmed Consequences Before Test for Stimulus Equivalence
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
TORUNN LIAN (OsloMet), Carina Andresen (OsloMet – Oslo Metropolitan University), Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Stephanie P. da Silva (Columbus State University)
Abstract:

Basic studies within the field of stimulus equivalence often arrange training phases with gradual thinning of programmed consequences before test for emerged relations. One reason for this is to prepare the participant for responding in extinction during test. At the same time, a gradual training procedure increases the minimum number of trials and time spent in conditional discrimination training. Sidman (1994) suggested that procedures in the applied setting need not be as austere as in the laboratory. 30 adult participants, 17 women and 13 men, were randomly assigned to (a) gradual thinning of programmed consequences, (b) no thinning phases before test, and (c) overtraining. Overtraining was arranged to control for differences in minimum trials required in the two other conditions. Results showed that most participants formed equivalence classes in gradual thinning and overtraining, but no significant results were obtained. Furthermore, baseline relations were marginally better maintained in overtraining than in gradual thinning indicating that number of trials in baseline training was a core variable for class formation in these participants. Further research on the role of gradual thinning of consequences and number of trials is needed before firm conclusions can be drawn.

 
95. The Effect of Choice Bundling on Intertemporal Choice Among Individuals in Recovery From Substance Use Disorder
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERTA FREITAS-LEMOS (Fralin Biomedical Research Institute at Virginia Tech Carilion), Fatima Quddos (Fralin Biomedical Research Institute at Virginia Tech Carilion and Graduate Program in Translational Biology, Medicine, and Health, Virginia Tech), Allison Tegge (Fralin Biomedical Research Institute at Virginia Tech Carilion), Yu-Hua Yeh (Fralin Biomedical Research Institute at Virginia Tech Carilion), Liqa Athamneh (Fralin Biomedical Research Institute at Virginia Tech Carilion), Jeffrey S. Stein (Fralin Biomedical Research Institute at Virginia Tech Carilion), Warren K. Bickel (Fralin Biomedical Research Institute at Virginia Tech Carilion)
Discussant: Ramon Marin (Universidade Federal de São Carlos - Brazil)
Abstract:

Choice bundling (when a single choice produces repeating consequences over time) has been shown to increase valuation of larger later (LL) rewards in cigarette smokers. However, no prior work has investigated the effects of choice bundling in individuals in recovery from substance use disorders (SUDs). In this replication of Stein et al (2022), 194 participants from the International Quit & Recovery Registry, were randomized to complete delay discounting tasks for either monetary gains or losses. Participants completed a six-trial task to establish Effective Delay 50 (ED50; the delay required for an outcome to lose half of its value) and three adjusting-amount tasks with bundle sizes of 1, 3, and 9 rewards per choice (order counterbalanced). Differences in discounting gains and losses were controlled using ED50 individual values to set the LL amount. ED50 values were not significantly different between losses and gains (p=0.526). Choice bundling significantly increased valuation of LL gains and losses (p<0.001), with significantly greater effects in ascending losses (p<0.01) and descending gains (p<0.05) compared to ascending gains. Future research examining the role of remission status on choices may elucidate the potential clinical utility of choice bundling in SUD treatment.

 
96. Parametric Analysis of Observing Response Requirements During Matching-to-Sample Tasks
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
LUCILLE GATES (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Paige Rountree (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Stephanie P. da Silva (Columbus State University)
Abstract:

An observing response (OR) is a response that produces access to discriminative conditions. In typical matching-to-sample arrangements, ORs are made to the sample stimulus, which then produce the comparison array. Previous research suggests that ORs may facilitate or be necessary to produce or maintain matching performances. The current study sought to extend prior research on ORs in a gamified human operant arrangement hosted in Minecraft Education Edition. In this study, undergraduate students completed identity matching-to-sample trials in which the 12-stimulus comparison array was immediately visible. An OR was possible, but not required, which produced the sample. The OR requirement varied across sessions (FR 1, FR 5, or FR 10), as well as the number of duplicate comparison stimuli. Given the sample, the probability of selecting the target comparison changed from 1.0 to .08 across trials as the number of unique comparison stimuli decreased. Participant’s total number of ORs per trial was measured. The OR requirement and number of unique comparison stimuli were shown to be functionally related to the participant’s emission of the OR. Implications for ORs in matching-to-sample arrangements in applied settings will be discussed.

 
98. Note-Taking as on Overt Mediational Response During Equivalence Training and Testing
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DANIEL OLSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center; University of Nebraska Omaha), Sarah Frampton (University of Nebraska Omaha)
Discussant: Stephanie P. da Silva (Columbus State University)
Abstract:

Effective note-taking is a critical skill that may enhance learning outcomes for students across age and disability status. Note-taking is also a form of mediation which may be directly observed. Frampton et al. (in press) found that the inclusion of a stimulus fading package to teach note-taking in the form of a graphic organizer (GO) resulted in moderately high equivalence yields with young adults. The present study utilized a pre-training treatment package to teach young adults to construct a GO during matching-to-sample baseline relations training (MTS-BRT). The package included video illustration, voice-over instructions, and feedback when practiced with familiar stimuli. Following pre-training, a non-concurrent multiple probe design across participants was used to evaluate the effects of MTS-BRT with arbitrary stimuli in three five-member classes. The participants engaged in GO construction during MTS-BRT and efficiently acquired the trained relations. Both participants passed the posttest on the first attempt, though neither drew a GO with integrity during the posttest. These results extend prior findings suggesting that effective note-taking may facilitate learning of the baseline relations and result in high yields. The voluntary demonstration of notetaking by both participants during MTS-BRT suggests this may be a beneficial addition to equivalence-based instruction.

 
99. Effects of Manipulations to Reinforcer Magnitude on the Resurgence of Arbitrary Responses
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
EMMA AUTEN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Emily L. Baxter (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Elizabeth Paige Thuman (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center)
Abstract: Applied research tends to focus on how to mitigate resurgence in the context of working with individuals with challenging behavior; however, resurgence may be desirable in some contexts. Both basic and applied literature has evaluated manipulations to dimensions of reinforcement (e.g., magnitude, rate, response effort) for an alternative response and its effect on resurgence of a target response during an extinction test. The current study manipulated the magnitude of reinforcement (i.e., small and large) for an alternative response and evaluated the effects on resurgence of a target response during an extinction test. Resurgence of the target response was observed across both conditions, but the level of resurgence is not systematic across participants thus far.
 
100. Gambling Comparison Across the Laboratory and Venue Settings
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MACK S. COSTELLO (Rider University), Neil Deochand (University of Cincinnati)
Discussant: Stephanie P. da Silva (Columbus State University)
Abstract:

Laboratory research has a long history of contributing to applied psychology. Behavior analytic gambling research has been largely experimental and translational, informing applied work. Previous data from the Rider Gambling Laboratory has shown that venue and laboratory data are comparable in behavioral factors of number of bets and time spent gambling. The data suggested that, generally, people gamble more and longer at the venue than in the laboratory. The previous data were collected from people already at the venue and people who participated in research form a university population. In this study, to further examine the setting effect, leisure gamblers gambled in the laboratory setting and in the venue setting in different sessions in a single case experimental design ABAB fashion. Consistent with the observational data, generally participants gambled more and longer at the venue than the laboratory. Participants also were given a self-directed gambling intervention, after which gambling generally reduced across the settings, though gambling reduction in the laboratory was less pronounced.

 
101. An Animal Model of Positive Practice Overcorrection: A Translational Approach to Understanding Its Effectiveness
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ELIZABETH PAIGE THUMAN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Chris Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Discussant: Ramon Marin (Universidade Federal de São Carlos - Brazil)
Abstract:

Positive practice overcorrection (PPOC) is a commonly used punishment procedure within a variety of settings. Early research on PPOC was conducted within academic, clinical, and home settings (e.g., Doleys et al., 1976; Carey & Bucher, 1983; Cole et al., 2000); however, it seems necessary and important to make the connection between applied and basic realms to fully understand the mechanisms underlying PPOC’s effectiveness. This study is designed to examine the mechanisms underlying the effects of PPOC procedures using an animal model (e.g., subjects are pigeons). First, it is unclear if the work requirement or timeout (TO) from positive reinforcement is responsible for behavior suppression. Second, the baseline through which we compare punishment effects is a crucial consideration when designing an experiment that not only is in line with previous basic punishment research, but also has translational outcomes. In Experiment 1 (single reinforcement key), there is only one source of reinforcement; the same response produces reinforcement and PPOC/TO. In Experiment 2 (concurrent), there is an alternative source of reinforcement without PPOC/TO. In Experiments 1 and 2, the average duration to complete the terminal PPOC ratio is yoked to a TO to disentangle the confounded components of PPOC.

 
103. Insight in Rats in Aversive Contingencies of Reinforcement: Escape and Problem-Solving
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DANIELA GALVIS QUINTANA (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Ramon Marin (Universidade Federal de São Carlos - Brazil)
Abstract: Experiments with rats (Rattus norvegicus) showed repertoire interconnection (insight) by training pre-requisite abilities by positive reinforcement. Borges (2019) argued for repertoire interconnection in aversive contingencies of reinforcement by training pre-requisite abilities in a forced-swimming situation. However, the environmental configuration of the test allows for alternative explanations to insightful solutions. The aim of the present study was replicating Borges (2019) by implementing a different equipment and variations from the original procedure in order to overcome those alternative explanations. In Experiment 1, two rats learned diving and string-pulling, and two rats did not learn any of the abilities. Insight was observed in one of the rats that learned the abilities, and in none of the subjects without a training history. In Experiment 2, modifications were made in the diving training and test in order to facilitate the interconnection for all of the subjects. Two rats learned the abilities, but neither of them solved the problem. Rats on both experiments showed more pro-solution responses during test sessions after training the abilities than on test sessions before training. Possible procedural variables that hindered insightful solution responses and necessary adjustments to guarantee the interconnection during the final test were considered.
 
104. Study of Risk Behaviors in Affective Relationships From a Behavioral and Gender Perspective
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Alicia Martínez-Cano (Universidad Europea de Madrid), Jorge Meléndez (Universidad Europea de Madrid), CONCEPCION SERRADOR DIEZ (Universidad Europea de Madrid), Rebeca Pardo Cebrián (Universidad Europea de Madrid), Óscar García-Leal (Universidad Europea de Madrid)
Discussant: Tracy Argueta (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Gender role refers the set of behaviors and expectations that should govern the way women and men are, feel and act (González, 1999). In this way, the goal of this study is to assess if gender roles influence the Pavlovian conditioning of behaviors that occur in situations of street harassment. Forty participants (18-30 years old) completed the Gender Attitude Scale (GRAS), and were later exposed to a Pavlovian experimental task. In the Training Phase (30 trials), vignettes of neutral interaction between a man and a woman, and street harassment with a geometric figure were presented, each of these paired with appetitive or aversive stimuli. In the following phase (Test Phase, 3 trials), participants were asked about the association of the previously-presented vignettes. Our results showed some evidence that people with lower scores on the GRAS tended to have greater difficulty in appetitive conditioning street harassment and greater ease in aversive conditioning; whereas, people with high scores tended to have the opposite results. Altogether, gender roles might play an important function in people's ability to identify risky behaviors for themselves.

 
105. Self Monitoring Time-On-Task for Graduate Work
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE WASSERLEBEN (Behavior By Design, LLC), Matthew Tyson (Behavior By Design, LLC)
Discussant: Carson Yahrmarkt (Northern Michigan University)
Abstract:

There have been numerous studies that have assessed the effectiveness of self-management strategies for on-task behaviors. However, many of these studies focus on increasing on-task behaviors in younger populations. This current study was conducted to increase on-task behaviors in an applied behavior analysis graduate intern (myself), while completing internship assignments in a shared office space. A changing criteria design was used to increase time spent on-task and momentary sampling was used to assess if on-task behaviors occurred during each interval. The criteria for on-task behavior increased, until the final goal time of 25 minutes was met. Based on the results, it was concluded that this intervention effectively increased on-task behaviors. Additionally, during the maintenance trials, on-task behavior remained consistent with the final goal criteria. This shows that the effects of the treatment remained consistent 3 months after conclusion of the intervention.

 
106. Chasing Ghosts: Increasing Awareness of Concurrent Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
DEBRA J. SPEAR (South Dakota State University)
Discussant: Tracy Argueta (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract: Sensitivity to schedule parameters is not always demonstrated with human participants, perhaps because humans establish rules. Behavior is consistent with these rules rather than the schedule parameters. Previously, participants showed insensitivity to the concurrent nature of a multiple concurrent schedule. This study attempted to make it more pronounced by including a probe in early sessions. On both the left and right sides of the screen, the computer game occasionally halted and displayed an ‘error’ message that prompted participants to repeat the last response. This prompt should force contact with both sides. The results suggested that previous history (Hist; fixed ratio, fixed interval, or mixed schedule exposure) significantly altered the number of responses and reinforcers on the left side of the computer screen (F(2)=4.4, p=.02); F(2)=3.83, p=.03), and responses on the right side of the screen (F(2)=3.09, p=.05), but not reinforcers on the right side of the screen. There was also a main effect on responding and reinforcers with respect to multiple schedule component (Comp) for responses and reinforcers on the right side of the screen (F(2)=35.7, p<.001; F(2)=58.1, p<.001), but not the left. Sensitivity to the concurrent nature of the schedules increased, compared to previous research, although not significantly.
 
107. Immediate and Delayed Reinforcer Congruence Influences Human Temporal Discounting
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
STEPHEN PROVOST (Southern Cross University), Syeada Hossain (Southern Cross University)
Discussant: Carson Yahrmarkt (Northern Michigan University)
Abstract:

Temporal discounting is an important measure of impulsivity associated with a variety of behavioural problems. Sosa and Santos (2018) proposed that impulsivity demonstrated in a temporal discounting task may reflect the overlap between the primary and secondary reinforcers for the immediate and delayed choice. If so, they argued that less discounting should be observed if the immediate and delayed reinforcers were different to each other. University students (n = 320) completed an online discounting task in which the immediate and delayed reinforcers were either the same or different to each other in a 2x2 fully randomised between-groups design. The two reinforcers employed were a subscription for varying lengths of time to either a music streaming (music) or food-delivery service (meal). When the delayed reinforcer was a meal, shallower discounting was obtained when music was the immediate reinforcer as predicted by Sosa and Santos. However, there was no difference between the two conditions in which music was the delayed reinforcer. These results provide some support for Sosa and Santos, but a more detailed consideration of cues associated with reinforcement in humans may be required before this account can be fully evaluated.

 
108. Development of a Reliable and Objective Rating System Assessing Cue Quality in Studies on Episodic Future Thinking
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
MARY JANE KING (Virginia Tech (FBRI)), Jeffrey S. Stein (Fralin Biomedical Research Institute at Virginia Tech Carilion, Roanoke, VA; Department of Human Nutrition, Foods, and Exercise, Virginia Tech, Blacksburg, VA)
Discussant: Tracy Argueta (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract: Episodic future thinking (EFT) interventions involve participants vividly imagining personal, future events, and have been shown to reduce delay discounting (DD) and positively affect various health behaviors. Many EFT studies are administered using crowdsourcing survey platforms (e.g. Amazon Mechanical Turk, or AMT) and require participants to follow specific instructions to generate detailed event descriptions for later use in decision-making tasks prompting EFT. However, online data collection frequently yields non-adherent, poor-quality cues that raise challenges for analysis and research conclusions, and quality evaluation is often subjective and therefore unreliable. The present study seeks to develop and test a reliable method for identifying non-adherent cues. First, N=440 individuals who smoke cigarettes were recruited from AMT to generate episodic cues and complete behavioral tasks. Next, using the cue generation task instructions (e.g., to describe a positive event), we developed a system for obtaining reliable, objective ratings of adherence to instructions. In this latter ongoing study, N=880 participants are being recruited (n=47 thus far) to provide binary ratings of adherence (Y/N) for each component. Inter-rater reliability will be presented, alongside analyses exploring the potential moderating role of adherence in EFT’s effects on DD and cigarette demand. These results may improve the feasibility of recruiting crowdsourced samples in EFT research and improve confidence in future findings.
 
109. Changes in Visual Scanning Behavior During Stimulus Equivalence Training
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Katelyn Rachelle Jones (Missouri State University), D. WAYNE MITCHELL (Missouri State University), Chandler Zimmerman (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Carson Yahrmarkt (Northern Michigan University)
Abstract:

The purpose of this study was to assess changes in visual scanning behavior as a function of stimulus equivalence training. Four adult participants completed three stimulus-association training sessions and a follow-up stimulus equivalence test. Eight stimuli were employed. Each stimulus contained a Girl Face, a Boy Face, a Man Face, or a Woman Face paired with three fish shapes differing in color. Participants were trained to correctly match the color of the fish with a given face. Each training session consisted of 12 trials. After the training sessions a 6-trial equivalence test was given. Across training trials, there was a significant decrease in the number of fixations and fixation duration to the stimulus components; and visual response latencies became faster to the correct stimulus association. Participants’ attending behavior became more selective, suggesting greater volitional control, and less influenced by stimulus salience features that guide perception. In summary, visual scanning measures should provide a superior direct assessment of an individual’s attending behavior to stimulus features (over-selectivity or under-selectivity) and the rate of stimulus comparisons, which should better serve the behavior analyst in the designing and implementation of appropriate intervention schemes for higher order learning in at-risk and non-verbal populations.

 
110. The Combined Effects of Reinforcer Rate and Magnitude on Responding in a Response-Class Hierarchy
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ZOE MARIE SMITH (West Virginia University), Haleh Amanieh (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University)
Discussant: Tracy Argueta (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract: A response class is a group of responses maintained by similar consequences. A response-class hierarchy is formed when responses occur in a relatively predictable temporal order and their probabilities can be ranked. Factors that lead to the formation of response-class hierarchies have been investigated in translational settings. Variables such as reinforcer rate, delay, magnitude, and response effort have been individually manipulated to observe their effects on the structure of response-class hierarchies (e.g., Beavers et al. 2014). The purpose of the current study was to manipulate reinforcer rate and magnitude to determine their combined effects on the formation and structure of a hierarchy. College students performed a computer task where they clicked on any of three moving circles on a screen for points. There were two segments, the first involved the creation of a hierarchy based on differing fixed-ratio values where completing the fixed-ratio earned one point. The second segment involved changing the magnitude of the reinforcer for each response option while keeping the fixed-ratio value the same. Changes in the rank ordering of responses within the hierarchy were examined. The rank order of responses changed by the end of the final condition for five of six participants.
 
111. Within Session Tolerance in a Gambling Game
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ISAAC PIFER (Northern Michigan University), Sarah Dartt (Northern Michigan), Jacob H. Daar (Northern Michigan University)
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption University)
Abstract:

The purpose of the current investigation was to evaluate whether within-session exposure to high-probability of winning during a gambling game produces tolerance-like behaviors, e.g. progressively increased bet size, and if such behavior is maintained when exposed to low-probability win conditions. Participants were assigned to either an experimental or control group. Each group played 10 practice hands of blackjack. The experimental group played 25 hands of blackjack where winning outcomes occurred on 80% of hands, followed by 25 hands in which the winning outcomes occurred on 20% of hands. The control group played 25 hands consisting of only the 20% winning condition and each participant was started with a bankroll equal to an experimental participant bankroll prior to the low-winning condition. To evaluate tolerance development, a dependent T-Test was used to compare the experimental group's average bet size in the high-winning condition with the low-winning condition. A one-way ANOVA compared the experimental group's average bet size to the control group’s in the low-winning condition, i.e. establishing whether or not decreases in bet size are a function of the prior winning history. Results of these analysis provide implications for the establishment of within-session tolerance and the development of potential exposure treatment exercises.

 
112. Complexity Levels in Collaborative Tasks With University Students
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
ROSALINDA ARROYO (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Isaac Camacho (UNAM)
Discussant: Tracy Argueta (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract:

The COVID pandemic forced an abrupt transition to distance learning, but the initial diagnoses show that strategy was not very successful. In Mexico, the Human Capital Project identifies that not only hundreds of students abandoned their studies, but those who stayed lost knowledge equivalent to two years of schooling. Despite these discouraging results, we cannot abandon distance learning as it may still a useful tool in today's world. One way distance learning can be improved is by using collaborative tasks because in them students engage more quickly in effective social networks. In this context, we tested a remote and synchronized collaborative task in which complexity level served as independent variable. Six teams of 5 members of fourth-semester Psychology students participated. Each member worked remotely, but simultaneously on two shared documents (google docs and google slides, respectively). The task consisted of five exercises, each one developed on a different complexity (i.e repetition vs inference). The dependent variables, frequency and duration of completed trials, showed differences by complexity level. The possibilities for structuring remote tasks that allow complex and structured learning that go beyond memorization and repetition tasks are discussed.

 
113. Outcomes From an Augmented Competing Stimulus Assessment for Subtype 2 Automatically Reinforced Self-Injurious Behavior
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
TYLER ROSADO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Evan Loadholtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Angel Williams (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: Carson Yahrmarkt (Northern Michigan University)
Abstract:

For individuals with automatically maintained self-injurious behavior (SIB), it is best practice to conduct a competing stimulus assessment to identify stimuli associated with reductions in SIB. Notably, individuals with Subtype 2 and 3 SIB are more likely to be treatment resistant to common interventions established as effective for individuals with Subtype 1 SIB, and thus often require additional tactics to reduce SIB. Hagopian et al. (2020) found that augmenting the CSA (A-CSA) by incorporating response promotion and disruption tactics can assist with identifying high competition stimuli (HCS) to reduce SIB. In this study, we replicated procedures from Hagopian et al. for an 8-year-old male diagnosed with autism who engaged in head-directed SIB (H-SIB) classified as Subtype 2. Various stimuli were assessed across Free Access (FA) and Response Promotion and Response Disruption (RP+RD) conditions until multiple HCS were identified. The largest number of HCS for reducing SIB, 8, were only identified after RP+RD tactics were included; 6 of these 8 HCS were associated with greater than 50% engagement. During the Repeated Free Access condition, when disruption tactics were removed, only 1 stimulus met the criteria to be a HCS. Clinical recommendations for practitioners and implications for future research will be discussed.

 
114. Training Multiple Alternative Responses on Resurgence: Assessing the Effects of Primacy and Recency
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
CINTHIA HERNANDEZ (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)), Elizabeth Urias (Universidad de Sonora), Kenneth D. Madrigal (Universidad de Sonora)
Discussant: Tracy Argueta (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract:

For most studies, assessing the recurrence of socially-compatible or -incompatible behavior requires the training of a target, and an alternative response while the former is under extinction. Once both behaviors are under extinction conditions, target responding increases (i.e., resurgence is observed). Training more than one alternative response could reduce the probability of resurgence once all responding is placed in extinction. Furthermore, alternative-response recurrence could be observed as a result training primacy or recency. Using PORTL, undergrad students were exposed to a modified-resurgence procedure. Spinning a toy was established as target responding for all students. During the second phase, students had to shake, slide, pile and turn-over different toys; spinning was not reinforced. During the third phase, target and all alternative responses were under extinction. For most of the students, as alternative responses were trained, target and previously-trained alternative responding decreased to near-zero responses. During the third phase, target and all previously-trained alternative responding increased. However, target responding was never greater than any of the alternative responses. These results suggest that resurgence can be prevented by training more than a single alternative response.

 
116. Measuring Effects of Self-Stimulation in an Online Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
JAMIIKA THOMAS (University of Nevada, Reno), Will Fleming (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Tracy Argueta (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine)
Abstract: Multiple control refers to how stimulation from different sources control behavior. For example, auditory and visual verbal discriminative stimuli are often participating variables among verbal interactions. Another source of control that is often present and difficult to measure apart from other sources, however, is that of self-stimulation. Although this topic has been studied in the context of rule-governance, different procedures are needed to further examine the participation of self-stimulation in verbal events with respect to other sources. The present online experiment conceptualizes self-stimulation as responding to one’s own response products and aimed to measure its participation in the multiple of control of functional relations with respect to visual and auditory verbal discriminative stimuli. Seventy-six undergraduates were assigned to either a Visual or Auditory group and completed a task consisting of twenty trials. Each trial consisted of three phases: (1) an initial response phase consisting of 7-digit sequences (2) a distractor phase (3) a recall phase. Response products were either masked or unmasked in half of the initial response phases. Points were contingent upon accurate responding during all phases. Results suggest that unmasked self-stimulation is related to higher degrees of recall with respect to both visual and auditory verbal discriminative stimuli.
 
 
 
Poster Session #370H
EDC Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 29, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Sunny Kim (University of California, Santa Barbara )
Diversity submission 117. Using Video Self-Modeling as a Reading Intervention for Dual-Identified Learners
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SARATESSA PALOS (Santino Consulting, LLC.)
Discussant: Sunny Kim (University of California, Santa Barbara)
Abstract: The present study is centered on investigating the use of Video Self-Modeling to improve reading for dual-identified students; That is learners classified as English Language Learners who receive special education support and services under the Individuals with Disabilities Act (IDEA). Golloher et al. (2018) identified that current systems in public schools do not consistently meet the needs of multilingual learners with disabilities. A body of research indicates the efficacy of Video Self-Modeling (VSM) as an academic intervention for learners with disabilities (Ayala & O’Connor 2013; Edwards & Lambros, 2018; Kellems & Edwards, 2016). Building on this work, the researcher sought to answer the following research question: is VSM an efficacious intervention for dual-identified students? The present study took place with two dual-identified first grade learners in an urban public school over the course of eight weeks. The researcher employed VSM for the development of foundational reading skills, specifically, phonological awareness and phonics. Learners were recorded being prompted through a procedure of decoding and blending words, the video was then edited to display the learner accurately performing the behavior without teacher prompting, the learners were then shown the video and observed themselves performing the task independently, learners were then asked to perform the task independently after viewing the VSM. Preliminary findings suggest that VSM was an effective intervention, and was preferred by learners, but potentially too time consuming or tedious for teachers in urban public schools.
 
118. Increasing Retell Narrative Skills by Teaching Basic Story Structure to Children in Special Education in Iceland
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
HANNA STEINUNN STEINGRIMSDOTTIR (Reykjavik University), Anna Ágústsdóttir (Reykjavík University)
Discussant: Eric Anderson
Abstract:

Establishing and evolving narrative skills is an important factor in a child's development and future academic and personal success. Story Champs is a multi-tiered language intervention curriculum whose main purpose is to develop language skills systematically. The purpose of this study was to explore the effect of a newly translated Story Champs curriculum targeting the Basic Story Structure – Retell, with three adolescents in a special education setting using multiple probe design across participants. Participants were exposed to 12 simple stories with five training phases within each lesson, targeting five components within a story: Character, Problem, Action, Feeling, and Ending. Results suggest that overall basic story structure retell narrative skills increased for all students. Retell narrative skills for two students were maintained over a month period and above baseline for one. Notably, since basic story structure narrative skills are complex, many variables within the environment and participants' history can affect the presentation of each component in students' retell. This is the first experiment in Iceland where the effect of Story Champs is studied. Further research should focus on evaluating each phase of the lesson plan and if setting mastery criteria before phase change will further affect the generalization probe. Keywords: Narrative Skills, Story Champs, Macrostructure, Story Grammar Components, Retell, Special Education.

 
120. Delay Discounting of Classroom Management Procedures
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ALLYSSA MINICK (Endicott College), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Jennifer Posey (Endicott College), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: Eric Anderson
Abstract: Current educational standards promote a least-intrusive intervention approach, whereby students with disabilities are to be included in general education opportunities as much as possible. General education teachers are now faced with increased work demands due to the need to differentiate instructional content across a wider range of ability levels. This sometimes results in shortcuts, where punitive measures are used, rather than positive. Thirty special education teachers participated in this study which examined their choices when given options between shortcuts that save time, and lengthier interventions which may be more advantageous for student growth. Teachers were asked a series of questions that range in risk and delays to success and vary these parameters over successive questioning. This data will show teachers' indifference point. This information is valuable because it helps school support staff know when teachers are potentially no longer willing to implement behavior intervention plans. With this knowledge, support staff and administrators can go to teachers during these key points and provide support, feedback, and reinforcement to the teachers for implementation.
 
Diversity submission 122. The Perceived Impact of Common Implementation Errors When Using Precision Teaching: Views From Experts in the Field
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
SHAUNA DIFFLEY (University of Galway), Aoife McTiernan (University of Galway), Rick M. Kubina (Penn State), Chris Noone (University of Galway)
Discussant: Eric Anderson
Abstract:

Precision Teaching (PT) is a highly effective system for accelerating learning and promoting fluency across academic skills (Gist & Bulla, 2020; McTiernan et al., 2021). Despite this, its use in public schools is minimal (Gist & Bulla, 2020). Setting achievable implementation goals for teachers may be one means to increase the impact of PT in public schools. Although 100% treatment fidelity is ideal it is not necessarily achievable in non-experimental settings like busy classrooms, and may not always be necessary (Brand et al., 2019). This project aimed to explore the perspectives of experts in the field of PT in relation to (a) their understanding of treatment fidelity in practice, (b) common implementation errors that occur when implementing PT and (c) the perceived impact that these errors have on learner outcomes. This study employed qualitative research methods. Nine experts participated in semi-structured interviews with the primary investigator. Data was analysed using template thematic analysis (King & Brooks 2017; 2018). Codes and themes include components of the PT system, error type such as omission and commission errors and impact on learner outcomes.

 
123. Using Behavior Skills Training and Acceptance and Commitment Training to Increase Student Engagement in Art
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
AMELIA NICIE TRAIL (Mount St. Mary's University), Julie CROCHET (Mount St. Mary's University), Elizabeth Parthum (Mount St. Mary's University), Leora Ezri (Mount St. Mary's University), Kwadwo O. Britwum (Mount Saint Mary's University)
Discussant: Sunny Kim (University of California, Santa Barbara)
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) is an effective way to teach diverse skills to individuals of different age groups. Recent studies have shown that Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT), which is a treatment that integrates mindfulness and behavior change processes, can enhance the effects of BST. Despite the beneficial outcomes of studies utilizing BST and ACT, none have evaluated these effects on student behavior in art class. The current study evaluated the efficacy of a brief BST and ACT intervention on student engagement during primary grade art classes. A concurrent multiple baseline across classrooms was used to evaluate the effects of the intervention. Each classroom consisted of an average of 25 students seated at tables in groups of four to five. Student engagement was measured using a Planned Activity Check Sheet (PLACHECK). Results provide useful implications for the use of BST plus ACT in general academic instruction.
 
124. Preparing Young Learners with Complex Needs for Participation in a Fully Inclusive Education Setting
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
SHAUNA HOEKSTRA (Algonquin and Lakeshore CDSB), Katie Bremner (Algonquin and Lakeshore CDSB), Katie Deir (Algonquin and Lakeshore CDSB)
Discussant: Eric Anderson
Abstract:

This research builds on the past 3 years of running the Ready Set School program. The program endeavours to assess and teach skills to young learners with complex needs. Further, work with the school team to ensure generalization and maintenance of these skills once school starts. This research will use evidence-based applied behaviour analytic programs including, Preschool Life Skills Curriculum (Hanley, 2007), a verbal behaviour approach (Barbera & Rasmussen, 2007), and Socially Savvy (Ellis & Almedia, 2015) to teach the skills that may be less well developed in young learners with complex neurodiverse needs. The Ages and Stages Questionnaire (Squires et al., 2015) is completed with each family and a service plan created that will guide the family and school with recommendations for next steps. The intervention included 14 subjects with complex needs identified in the transition to school process. The participants were between ages 3 and 5 years and were integrating into a full day education setting. The program took place over 8 intervention sessions during the summer with follow up with the family and school team to ensure a smooth transition into a fully inclusive Kindergarten classroom in the fall.

 
125. Training Group Home Staff on Trauma-Informed Care
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ALYSSA LUZ (Master of Applied Disability Studies in Applied Behaviour Analysis Board Certified Behaviour Analyst Vita Community Living Services), Meredith Tater (Master of Applied Disability Studies in Applied Behaviour Analysis Board Certified Behaviour Analyst Vita Community Living Services)
Discussant: Sunny Kim (University of California, Santa Barbara)
Abstract:

Front-line staff training in trauma-informed care is vital when supporting individuals with a trauma history to avoid re-traumatization and ensure their safety is prioritized. It is specifically an area of focus in group homes for individuals with dual diagnoses as their likelihood of experiencing trauma in their lifetime is higher than the typical population. The purpose of this study is to determine the effect of behaviour skills training (BST) in increasing staff competency of trauma-informed care across two group homes using an A-B Design (pre-post test). The results of the study indicate that BST is effective at increasing staff competency of trauma-informed care.

 
126. Effects of a Function-Based Intervention on Children’s School Refusal Behavior in Iceland
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Ásdís Einarsdóttir (Reykjavík University), Berglind Sveinbjornsdottir (Reykjavik University)
Discussant: Eric Anderson
Abstract:

School refusal is a problem in Iceland and if non-attendance goes over certain criteria child protective services (CPS) must be contacted. The School-Refusal Assessment Scale- Revised (SRAS-R) is a scale that assesses school refusal behaviors with a function-based approach. The present study investigated the effects of a function-based intervention on children ‘s school refusal behavior in Iceland. Participants were 3 children who emitted school refusal behaviors prior to school in the mornings. Parents, children, and their teachers did an open- ended interview, and parents and their children answered the SRAS-R to assess the function of the school refusal behaviors. The results from the open-ended interviews and SRAS-R were used to formulate an individualized intervention package for each participant. Every participant got a contingency contract with a visual schedule connected to a token system. In addition, parents got a list of how to respond to each school refusal behavior emitted by their child in the mornings. Finally, one participant got a changed after-school routine and a list of tasks to help him communicate to peers. School refusal behavior for all participants decreased after the intervention package was introduced. Parents and their children answered a social validity questionnaire after the study and reported that the intervention was easy to implement, fun for the children and resulted in a better morning routine and that the children felt better after receiving the intervention.

 
128. Function-Based Interventions for Students With Emotional Behavior Disorders: A Systematic Review
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
RITA MARIE DRUFFNER (Mississippi State University), MacKenzie D Sidwell (Mississippi State University), Justin P. Allen (Sam Houston State University), Landon Bonner (Mississippi State University), Marilyn Kolpien (Mississippi State University), Whitney Davis (Sam Houston State University), Michelle Poynter (Mississippi State University), Jacie Rinehart (Mississippi State University)
Discussant: Eric Anderson
Abstract:

A cornerstone of behavior analysis the assessment and treatment through function-based approach. These principles can be applied to a wide-range of challenging behaviors. However, there appears to be limited research analyzing the use of functional assessments and function-based treatments for students with emotional disorders. Students with emotional behavior disorders are at a higher risk for poor academic outcomes, poor social outcomes, and contacting the school-to-prison pipeline. The current study seeks to identify and synthesize empirically supported literature pertaining to function-based interventions for students with or at-risk for an emotional or behavior disorders across educational environments. This research seeks to identify current practices in the area of functional assessment and function-based interventions for this population to be used by researchers and clinicians to make improvements in these areas of weakness.

 
129. Static Arrays Produce Better Outcomes With Adults During Matching Task: Implications for Children With Autism
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CRAIG A MARRER (Endicott College), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: Sunny Kim (University of California, Santa Barbara)
Abstract:

Eighty adults (M age = 32.6, SD = 8.28) completed 100 delayed match-to-sample trials via a web-based program. Participants were required to match 10 multi-colored visual stimuli generated by the DALL•E AI software package to 10 CVC words. Participants were randomly assigned to either a static array or dynamic array condition. Error correction during static array trials presented stimuli using the same comparison array arrangement seen during the initial trial, while error correction during dynamic array trials presented the comparison array arrangement in a randomized order. A one-tailed t-test was conducted with results showing that participants in the static array condition emitted fewer errors during initial trial presentations (M = 48.15, SD = 24.43) compared to participants in the dynamic array condition (M = 71.35, SD = 46.73), t(58) = 2.0, p < .05. Participation time was also significant with participants in the static array group spending an average of 22.11 min (SD = 4.531) to complete all trials compared to 30.35 min (SD = 17.03) required by participants in the dynamic array group, t(58) = 2.1, p < .05. These results suggest that array manipulation during error correction trials may influence program efficiency.

 
130. "Does It Even Make a Difference?" A Look at Staff Treatment Fidelity After Behavior Skills Training in Schools
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ALEXA NAKVOSAS (Trinity Christian College)
Discussant: Eric Anderson
Abstract:

Behavior Skills Training is a widely researched and highly effective training program. However, it is timely and oftentimes irrelevant in school improvement training sessions (Reid et. al, 2019). This research looks at the efficacy of behavior skills training on paraprofessional treatment fidelity when done in smaller, more accessible chunks for educators. It also simultaneously measures student behavior progress related to staff fidelity.

 
131. A Case Study of the Implementation of a Multi-tiered Approach to Address Bullying Behavior in a Public-School Setting: Project Prevent and Address Bullying Behavior at All Tiers (PPABB)
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
REGINA KOONS (Wauconda Community Unit School District ), Jesse (Woody) W. Johnson (Northern Illinois University), Michelle Demaray (Northern Illinois University), Julia Ogg (Northern Illinois University), Christine Malecki (Northern Illinois University)
Discussant: Sunny Kim (University of California, Santa Barbara)
Abstract:

Northern Illinois University’s Project Prevent and Address Bullying Behavior at All Tiers (PPABB) is a collaboration between the Specialist in School Psychology Program and the Special Education M.S.Ed. Specialization in Behavior Analysis Program at NIU. The project provides specialized cross-disciplinary training to prevent and address bullying behavior in schools. Scholars from both school psychology and special education receive specialized training and shared coursework. A coordinated interdisciplinary practicum occurs during the final semester of training. Graduates of the project will be licensed school psychologists and BCBA special educators with expertise in applied behavior analysis and specialized interdisciplinary training in addressing bullying across all tiers of support. This poster describes the implementation of a multi-tiered approach to addressing bullying behavior in a public-school setting. Practical strategies are described to assist school-based practitioners with 1) implementing universal practices to prevent bullying, 2) developing and implementing effective behavior analytic bullying interventions at the class wide and specific setting level, 3) using data to determine youth who may need more targeted supports, 4) conducting functional behavioral assessments of bullying behavior to develop and implement individualized function-based interventions for students with more intensive needs.Finally, the first author will describe obstacles and barriers to effective implementation, as well as strategies for overcoming common barriers.

 
132. Assessing the Acceptability and Feasibility of Technology to Support School-Based Teleconsultation
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
SHANNON MARIE DIERINGER (Ball State University), Margaret Floress (Eastern Illinois University), Kimberly Zoder-Martell (Ball State University)
Discussant: Eric Anderson
Abstract:

In recent years, research related to the acceptability, feasibility, efficiency, and effectiveness of school based-teleconsultation has emerged in the literature. Although data are encouraging in that teleconsultation may be a viable alternative or adjunct to traditional consultation, concerns exist. Specifically, concerns related to connectivity issues, cost, feasibility, acceptability, and efficiency exist. The purpose of the current study was to explore the use of different technology that can be used to facilitate school-based teleconsultation. We evaluated the feasibility, efficiency, and acceptability of different types of technology that can be used to facilitate school-based consultation. Pre-service clinicians used three different types of technology (web cameras, Swivls, and telepresence robots) during mock consultation sessions and rated each technology on a variety of factors. Participants expressed a slight preference for the Swivl, shown in their overall scores from the follow-up surveys despite issues with audio connectivity. The strengths and limitations for each technology will be reported as well as guidelines for utilizing each in teleconsultation.

 
133. Experiences of Behavior Analysts With the Education System
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ZOE BROADUS (Northern Michigan University), Ashley Shayter (Autism Alliance of Michigan), Jacob H. Daar (Northern Michigan University)
Discussant: Sunny Kim (University of California, Santa Barbara)
Abstract:

ABA-Based therapies are considered among the most effective and evidenced-based strategies for supporting individuals with autism across of number of clinical and educational domains. Despite these successes, the public education system has been slow to adapt ABA strategies or to allow for the ABA services as “related services” within the Individualized Education Support Plans of those with Autism eligibilities. The purpose of the current study was to explore the experiences and perspectives of behavior analytic professionals who supported individuals attending public schools. Participants responded to an online survey containing questions regarding their current practice, the types of clients they serve, successes and difficulties in providing services within the school system, and in the types of training that participants received to prepare them for school-based services. Of 277 participants who responded to the survey, the behavior analytic professionals overwhelmingly indicated frequent difficulties in providing services in the schools, including lack of buy in from school professionals, administrative obstacles, lack of funding mechanisms, and lack of follow through with respect to behavior change procedures. Additionally, most participants reported limited pre-service training in school-based implementation. These data suggest several areas for improvement in the relationship between behavior analysts and special education programs, training of consultant skills for behavior analysts, and priorities for policy advocacy.

 
134. Measurement of Challenging Behavior in School Settings
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER LEDFORD (Vanderbilt University)
Discussant: Eric Anderson
Abstract: Direct measurement of behavior is common in single case research, and has many advantages, including sensitivity to behavior change and individualization to client needs. Estimation of behavioral occurrence using interval-based systems is frequently used, especially in studies evaluating interventions for challenging behavior. In this systematic review, we describe operationalization and measurement of challenging behavior in school-based settings and discuss challenges with estimating behaviors when we are interested in multiple dimensions of occurrence (e.g., frequency, duration).
 
 
 
Poster Session #370I
OBM Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 29, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Melissa Saunders (Creative Interventions)
135. Feasibility of Immediate Feedback Procedure in a Human Service Setting
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH PARTHUM (Mount Saint Mary's University), Kwadwo O. Britwum (Mount Saint Mary's University), Lynn Schumacher (Mount Saint Mary's University), Jessica Ware (Mount Saint Mary's University)
Discussant: Melissa Saunders (Creative Interventions)
Abstract: The effectiveness of applied behavior analytic intervention depends not only on the intervention plans, but also on the fidelity of its implementation. Behavioral Skills Training (BST), a treatment package for effective teaching, has been shown to increase the accuracy in application of behavior analytic treatments. Feedback is an essential part of BST, and response contingent acoustic feedback is one method to provide feedback. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of instructions accompanied by response contingent acoustic feedback on staff’s use of behavior specific praise (BSP) with clients, and its impact on client outcomes. Three practitioner-client dyads participated in the study. BSP increased post intervention for all participants, and increases were maintained in follow-up probes. Correct responding also increased for two of the participant’s clients because of the staff intervention and maintained for one client as a result of the increase in BSP.
 
136. The Effect of Remote Behavioral Skills Training on Praise Statements of Staff
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
JAMILA M BHATTI (Consultants for Children, Inc.), Anne C. Denning (Consultants for Children, Inc.), Jessica Jager (Consultants for Children, Inc.), Lindsay Maffei-Almodovar (NY Behavior Analysis & Psychological Services), John Claude Ward-Horner (Evergreen Center)
Discussant: Gabrielle Indah Torres (Autism Aid Foundation / Find Your Balance LLC / Capella University)
Abstract: Delivering frequent praise is an important and economical way for staff to maintain a positive relationship with learners and to improve on-task behavior (Kranak, Alber Morgan, & Sawyer, 2017). Nevertheless, much of the research on praise delivery has occurred in educational settings with teachers. The present study examined the effect of telehealth Behavioral Skills Training (BST) to increase the rate of praise delivered by Registered Behavior Technicians (RBT) in a clinical setting and to examine the effects of this training on learner’s on-task behavior. A multiple probe design was used to evaluate remote-BST on RBTs’ rate of praise delivery. During baseline, participants were provided written instructions on the definition of praise as well as the timing and frequency of its delivery. Training was conducted via telehealth and consisted of video modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. The rate of praise delivery for two participants improved following training, and the participants who have yet to undergo training continue to deliver praise at a low rate. Following training, experimenters will continue to collect data to evaluate skill maintenance for up to four months. Telehealth can provide flexibility to BCBA’s in both rural and urban settings.
 
138. The Use of Behavioral Skills Training to Increase Employees Positive Communication and Engagement With Clients in Geriatric Care
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
JOHANNA GILSDOTTIR (Reykjavik University), Hanna Steinunn Steingrimsdottir (Reykjavik University; Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Gabrielle Indah Torres (Autism Aid Foundation / Find Your Balance LLC / Capella University)
Abstract:

Behaviors that may be associated to higher perceived quality-of-life, such as the opportunity to participate in meaningful activities, expressing wants and needs, and socializing with others, may be negatively affected in individuals with a neurocognitive disorder (NCD, i.e., Alzheimer´s Disease). Due to deterioration of executive functions, such as taking initiative and lack of motivation, there is an increased risk of in-activity for individuals with NCD. Also, if the setting in which the person is does not actively support participation and activity engagement, in-activity may become even more apparent. Previous studies have shown that by training employees, activity attendance and engagement, and communication may be increased in NCD residents living in geriatric care units. The current study analyzed the effects of behavioral management skills training to increase positive communication and engagement of three certified nursing assistants (CNS) with residents with NCDs at the unit. Results from a multiple baseline across target participants showed an increase in positive communication and engagement with the residents by an average of 81.3% in CNA A, by 65.7% in CNA B, and 26.7% in CNA C. Both CNA A and CNA B had a notable increase in engagement with residents from baseline. However, CNA C had the least increase from baseline.

 
139. Graphing and Monitoring Staff Injuries: Insights From the Neurobehavioral Unit
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CHRISTOPHER M DILLON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Discussant: Melissa Saunders (Creative Interventions)
Abstract:

ABA providers who serve individuals that engage in severe problem behavior may be at particularly high risk of injury. However, there is little research on the prevalence or severity of staff injuries among these providers, nor on best-practice strategies to prevent or mitigate staff’s risk of injury. The Neurobehavioral Unit (NBU), at the Kennedy Krieger Institute, is the nation’s first ABA-based hospital program to assess and treat severe behavior disorders. The purpose of this study is to describe the NBU’s behavior-based safety approach to reporting and monitoring staff injuries and utilization of personal protective equipment (PPE) and share examples of ways to visually depict staff injuries through the use of body images to denote injury locations, cumulative records of injury severity across admission, as well as types of behaviors resulting in injury. A case example will be provided depicting how these graphs are utilized to more effectively monitor and enact plans to reduce injuries among staff. Future directions, such as modifying staff training and hospital practices, to wide-scale implications for other ABA providers will be discussed.

 
140. The Effect of Behavioral Skills Training on Praise Statements of Staff in a Day Habilitation Center
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
INGA MCKAY (Anderson Center for Autism), Katelyn Davidowich (Anderson Center for Autism), Gina Marie Feliciano (Anderson Center for Autism), Lindsay Maffei-Almodovar (NY Behavior Analysis & Psychological Services), John Claude Ward-Horner (Evergreen Center)
Discussant: Gabrielle Indah Torres (Autism Aid Foundation / Find Your Balance LLC / Capella University)
Abstract: Increased positive interactions between caregivers and individuals with developmental disabilities improve overall staff/learner relationships and learner outcomes (Neef, 2020). Further, a praise delivery rate of at least four praise statements per minute has been shown to increase on-task behavior of adolescent learners with autism (Kranak, Alber Morgan, & Sawyer, 2017). Few studies have examined the effects of BST on increasing praise delivery rates of staff members working with adult learners. The authors of this study used a multiple probes design to evaluate the effects of behavioral skills training (BST) on the rate of praise delivered by staff members to learners at a day habilitation center for adults with developmental disabilities. Praise delivery rates for all three staff members are currently increasing following the delivery of behavioral skills training. Rehearsal and feedback sessions continue for all three participants. At the conclusion of training, the experimenters will measure the extent to which praise delivery rates are maintained post training for three to four months. All trained staff member participants will also be asked to complete a survey regarding the effectiveness and acceptability of the training procedures in order to measure the social validity of the study.
 
141. Increasing Accurate Use of Personal Protective Equipment and Reducing Injuries in the Workplace Using a Computer-Based Behavioral Skills Training Package
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
WLADIMIR DORELIEN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda Cano (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Ackerlund Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan D. Flynn (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Lisa N. Britton (Britton Behavioral Consulting)
Discussant: Melissa Saunders (Creative Interventions)
Abstract: Workplace safety is a socially significant concern. Injuries and accidents on the job can result in serious consequences for employees and can be a liability to employers and owners. The accurate use of personal protective equipment (PPE) is required for on-the-job safety, and performance of skills, such as the accurate use of PPE, may be taught using behavior skills training (BST). Recently, the efficiency of BST has been improved with the incorporation of media (i.e., computers). In the current study, a concurrent multiple-baseline design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of a computer-based BST (CBST) package on increasing the use of PPE and reducing accidents and injuries in the workplace. Three full-time contractors at a glass and mirror company located in Florida participated in the study. Results included immediate increases in accurate use of PPE following CBST. Results did not show any significant change in injuries or accidents following intervention; however, this was likely due to the limited data following intervention. Additionally, positive feedback obtained from the owner of the company lends to the high social validity of CBST as a training module.
 
 
 
Poster Session #370J
PCH Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 29, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Lee Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System)
142. The Seven Dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis in State Licensing Laws
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
MARGARET DONOVAN (Salve Regina University), Evan James Switzer (Salve Regina University), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University)
Discussant: Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Baer, Wolf, and Risley (1968) is a landmark paper within behavior analysis that has, for many, defined what it meant to practice applied behavior analysis. However, the recent adoption of state laws pertaining to the practice of applied behavior analysis has resulted in particular definitions of applied behavior analysis across the United States. Currently, it is unclear how much Baer et al.’s seven dimensions are incorporated into state laws. The purpose of this project was to code the existing state licensure laws for behavior analysts to see which of the seven dimensions are present in each individual state. The definitions of applied behavior analysis within each licensed state’s licensure law were reviewed and coded for each of the seven dimensions of applied behavior analysis. Two independent reviewers coded each item for each state with a 92% initial agreement across all coded items. The results of the review found disparities in which of the seven dimensions were present in the licensure language across states. Each of the seven dimensions will be discussed along with other themes identified during the review.
 
144. Conditionally Concerning: The Trouble With Terms
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
JENNIFER POSEY (Endicott College; Holdsambeck Behavioral Health), Fina Robertson (Endicott College, Gardner Public Schools, Behavior Concepts Inc.), Emma Isabel Moon (Endicott College), Allyssa Minick (Endicott College), Natalie M. Driscoll (Seven Hills Foundation & Endicott College), Craig A Marrer (Endicott College), Alan Kinsella (Endicott College), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago; Endicott College)
Discussant: Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract:

This theoretical analysis examines the relationship behavior analysts have with language and definitions. The use of operational definitions and the impact of various wording is explored in relation to its potential, and probable, impact on responses of behavior analysts. A field rich in jargon should consider the relevant stimuli within the operational definition of terms. The mere use of jargon within the operational definition may lead a behavior analyst to select a nonsense term simply based on the presence of technical terms often paired with behavior analytic definitions. This is important to the field of behavior analysis as a BCBAs should be able to recognize linkages between definitions and the terms they describe. The failure to conditionally discriminate between terminology utilized in behavior analysis could lead behavior analysts to toward technical drift in making recommendations. Furthermore, this paper examines the potential for behavior analysts to display a bias toward some third-wave behavior analytic terms including those related with acceptance and commitment training. If such a bias exists, this could be hugely impactful to the field as behavior analysts may refuse to adopt empirically supported strategies and solutions that may be appropriate for addressing the challenges that impact those individuals with more advanced language and cognition. Currently, the ongoing scholarly debate among behavior analytic academia regarding terminology poses a significant threat to practitioners who are appropriately trained to provide empirically supported interventions.

 
 
 
Poster Session #370K
TBA Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 29, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Kathleen I Dyer (Endicott College)
145. Effectiveness of Instructional Demonstrations With Negative Exemplars for Fifth Graders
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
ABIGAIL JOHNSON (Teachers College, Columbia University), Amanda Arroyo (Columbia University, Teachers College), Maggie Ahern (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Discussant: Kathleen I Dyer (Endicott College)
Abstract: The role of unambiguous antecedents is critical in effective instruction to increase positive student outcomes and accelerated learning. Previous research has demonstrated that explicit antecedent instructional models, based on the students’ verbal development, accelerate student learning. For instance, students with Bidirectional Naming (BiN) require fewer learning opportunities to master academic objectives when presented with instructional demonstrations before learn units (IDLUs). In the present study, researchers implemented two conditions (1) IDLUs with a model of two correct responses and (2) IDLUs with one model of a correct response juxtaposed with a negative exemplar. Researchers utilized an experimental design with adapted alternating treatment and simultaneous treatment components to measure the effectiveness of IDLUs juxtaposed with negative exemplars across mathematical objectives for four fifth-grade students in a general education classroom. Researchers compared learn units to criterion across each condition and conducted pre and post-measures to directly evaluate the strength of stimulus control to a standard-based assessment. All four participants demonstrated low learn units to criterion across conditions. The findings support previous research that students with BiN learn in novel ways and suggest the need for research on negative exemplars within academic instruction.
 
146. Training Future Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and School Psychologists to Address Bullying Behavior Through an Interdisciplinary Coordinated Field Experience: A Partnership Between Northern Illinois University and DeKalb School Community District #128
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
JESSE (WOODY) W. JOHNSON (Northern Illinois University), Gretta Ward (Northern Illinois University), Catie McGinnis (Northern Illinois University), Chelsea Cluchey (Northern Illinois University), Quinn Galindo (Northern Illinois University), Bailey Schejbal (Northern Illinois University), Kyle Gerdes (DeKalb Community School District)
Discussant: Melissa L. Olive
Abstract: Northern Illinois University’s Project Prevent and Address Bullying Behavior at All Tiers (PPABB) is a collaboration between the Specialist in School Psychology Program and the Special Education M.S.Ed. Specialization in Behavior Analysis Program at NIU. The project provides specialized cross-disciplinary training to prevent and address bullying behavior in schools. Scholars from both school psychology and special education receive specialized training and shared coursework. A coordinated interdisciplinary practicum occurs during the final semester of training. Each school psychology scholar is paired with a special education/BCBA scholar in his/her school site. While scholars complete activities associated with school-wide and class-wide levels of support, the focus of the practicum is on targeted Tier 3 interventions. Each PPABB Scholar dyad identifies one or more school-age students with intensive needs who engages bullying behavior. The scholars 1) conduct a functional behavior assessment, 2) work with school-based teams to develop function-based comprehensive behavior support plans, 3) provide training and support to implement multi-tiered interventions, and 4) evaluate the effectiveness and acceptability of the interventions and 5) provide follow-up support as needed. The Coordinated Interdisciplinary Field Experience serves as a culminating experience in which PPABB Scholars apply knowledge and skills gained throughout the shared coursework under the supervision of a practicing psychologist and Board Certified Behavior Analyst.
 
147. Supervisor Feedback, Self-Monitoring and Its Effect on Child Outcomes: The Impact of Mentoring via Telehealth
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Tejashree Gambhir (Behavior Momentum India)
Discussant: Kathleen I Dyer (Endicott College)
Abstract: A frontline therapist plays a vital role in the process of bringing changes in a child’s behavior and learning. Effective supervision is critical to equip behavior technicians and students of behavior analysis for quality interventions. Most supervision programs are based on behavioral skills training (BST) which consists of four components—instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback (Miltenberger, 2003). A number of recommendations, tools, competencies have addressed the mentors role (Garza et al., 2018; Leblanc & Luiselli, 2016; Sellers et al., 2016). Supervisor feedback and self-monitoring (Kissel et al., 1983; Richman et al., 1988) have indicated an increase and generalization in staff skills and important changes their clients. Barkaia et al. (2017) state that telehealth can be an effective way to train therapists to deliver ABA services intercontinentally. In the present study a psychology student of behavior analysis working with three clients between ages 8-10 years via tele-health was provided brief supervision on self-monitoring via telehealth. The trainer received supervision feedback on self-monitoring on delivery of instructions, differential reinforcement, targets, and reinforcement schedule The results indicate that there was significant increase in the supervisee's skills within 5 sessions which also reflected in positive child outcome.
 
148. The More You Know: Using Applied Context to Reduce Aversion to Technical Jargon
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
ALAN KINSELLA (Endicott College), Craig A Marrer (Endicott College), Mark R. Dixon (Endicott College)
Discussant: Melissa L. Olive
Abstract: Ambivalence toward technical jargon has increased both within and outside the field of behavior analysis. Concerns related to treatment adherence and social acceptability with clients and colleagues have justified research into the extent to which the use of technical jargon excludes or discourages others from implementing behavioral interventions. A closer investigation into the parameters for which technical jargon is and is not acceptable may help behavior analysts more effectively navigate collaborative endeavors with both parents and related service professionals. The present study extended previous literature assessing emotional reactions from related service professionals (occupational therapists and speech pathologists) to technical words when presented in isolation and with increasing levels of applied contextual details. Data suggested that the addition of applied context may improve emotional responses to behavior analytic technical jargon. Implications for future practice are discussed.
 
149. Holland and Skinner’s Self-Instruction Program for Undergraduate Students in Mexico: Assessing a Web-Based Version
Area: TBA; Domain: Basic Research
KENNETH D. MADRIGAL (Universidad de Sonora), Cinthia Hernandez (Universidad de Guadalajara (CEIC)), Montserrat Gonzalez (Universidad de Sonora)
Discussant: Kathleen I Dyer (Endicott College)
Abstract:

A web-based version of Holland and Skinner’s (H&S) self-instruction program was developed for teaching behavioral principles in an undergraduate program. Students were exposed to a total of 36 modules. Pre- and Post-evaluations occurred at the beginning of the program and once 12 modules were completed. Each module had different number of fil-in-the-blank sentences which were presented altogether, or as three per trial (Full and Partial groups, respectively). As modules were completed, correct responding increased within for all groups. Similarly, Pre- and Post-evaluations showed an increase in the number of correct responses among evaluations. Nevertheless, students in the Full Group showed a better performance in contrast to those in the Partial Group. Future research should consider the use of scoreboard and re-exposure to incorrect sentences. These changes should give information about student’s performance in real-time, as well as to provide the required response before testing. Altogether, these findings will allows us to recover H&S self-instruction program and teach behavioral principles to new generations through the use of technology.

 
150. What Happens When the Treatment Team is Removed From Treatment? Parent-Run Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
MEREDITH T. MATTHEWS (University of Illinois at Chicago), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Amanda N. Chastain (University of Illinois, Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Discussant: Melissa L. Olive
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) intervention for autism usually involves direct instruction with the learner and caregiver training at the same time to maximize potential benefits. With the ever-increasing waiting list for ABA services, caregiver training as a stand-alone intervention might be beneficial to bridge gaps between services, yet its effectiveness is not clear. The first study examined the effect of a short-term intensive caregiver training curriculum that focused on providing remote behavior-analytic services and highlighted simple techniques for clinicians to use to improve treatment outcomes. Through the use of a randomized controlled trial (RCT) design, 13 families were placed in either the control or the acceptance and commitment training (ACT) group. Results showed that parents in the ACT group progressed significantly further and completed more slides than those in the control group. The second study extended upon the first by including a larger sample size and decreasing the intensity of the program to assess measures of caregiver comprehension of foundational behavior analytic principles and techniques used during regular behavior analytic treatment, as well as the development of language and cognition skills for their children who are currently on the waiting list for direct ABA services. In a single-center RCT with two arms (intervention and control), we randomly assigned participants to receive either an online parent training package or a waitlist control using a waitlist of 50 families. The implications of using an online parent training package in conjunction with ACT as opposed to an online parent training package alone are discussed.
 
Diversity submission 159. A Vision for Excellence: State of the Art Supervision for Trainees in Behavior Analysis
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
KATHERINE ROSE DONAHOE (Colorado Behavior and Learning Group), Ashley Pabon (Colorado Behavior and Learning Group), Ken Winn (Advanced Behavioral Resources Colorado Behavior and Learning Group), Patrick Gray (Colorado Behavior and Learning Group)
Discussant: Kathleen I Dyer (Endicott College)
Abstract: The supervision program at Colorado Behavior and Learning Group uses state-of-the art processes to teach our trainees to become the best clinicians possible. We provide training in fundamental procedures as well as current topics in the field. We use proficiency-based, competency-based procedures. Unique to our program, the trainees are involved at every stage, and are involved in projects, debates, staff training, and assessments throughout their fieldwork. We work with the trainees to set up individualized goals and objectives that progress as they do. Trainees' supervisors are required to clinically qualify to supervise and mentor the next generation of behavior analysts. In addition, the trainee has access to a cadre of expert BCBA supervisors to help with other areas of interest (ethics, subspecialites, etc) so trainees get a comprehensive and high quality supervision experience.
 
 
 
Poster Session #370L
VRB Monday Poster Session
Monday, May 29, 2023
1:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F
Chair: Brenna R Griffen (University of Arkansas)
151. The Relation between Establishment of Equivalence Classes and Acquiring Verbal Operants in University Students
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
SIMENG HU (University of Tsukuba), Soichiro Matsuda (University of Tsukuba)
Discussant: Brenna R Griffen
Abstract: The current study was to verify Ma, Miguel, and Jennings (2016) if verbal training would be sufficient for the establishment of equivalence classes. Tact training and unidirectional intraverbal training for baseline relation (i.e., A’B’/B’C’) were conducted with university adult participants. After training, they were exposed to test probes for different relations between stimuli from equivalence classes using Matching-to-sample (MTS) and intraverbal tasks in different orders across sessions for different participants to verify the adequacy of verbal training for the establishment of performance consistent with the formation of equivalence class. In Experiment 1 and Experiment 2, 12 of 13 participants demonstrated the success of emergent MTS and intraverbal relations consistent with equivalence class formation. And all the participants could provide experimental defined or self-generated verbal products in the vocal posttest. These results were consistent with previous studies in which adult participants used verbal training to establish equivalence classes, and verbal behavior could mediate the establishment of equivalence class relations. However, from the postexperimental interview reports and the response latencies, it could not be determined that the process of verbal mediation occurred throughout the MTS posttests.
 
152. Emergence and Maintenance of Untrained Relations in Foreign Language Vocabulary Acquisition: A Systematic Replication
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research
MASAYA YAMAGUCHI (University of Tsukuba), Soichiro Matsuda (University of Tsukuba)
Discussant: Eric Bradley Larson (Recruiting Director)
Abstract: By replicating Daly and Dounavi (2020), this study evaluated the effect of foreign tact training and bidirectional intraverbal training on emergence and maintenance of untrained relations in a foreign language. Three university students learned three stimulus sets through three types of training: F-N intraverbal training (vocalizing Japanese words referring to a Spanish textual stimulus), N-F intraverbal training (reversed relation training of F-N intraverbal training), and foreign tact training (tacting a picture in Spanish). Multiple pre–post design across stimulus sets assessed each training’s effect on emergence of untrained relations in a foreign language; maintenance probes data were also collected. The result replicated Daly and Dounavi’s (2020) findings that N-F intraverbal training and foreign tact training were more effective than F-N intraverbal training, despite the suggestion that the maintenance probe’s previously reported tendency might result from the carry-over effect. Because this study introduced the concept of stimulus equivalence, examining current foreign language teaching methods from the behavior analysis perspective would be a progressive way to improve them further.
 
153. Teaching Children to Recall Events in the Past
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
JEANNE STEPHANIE GONZALEZ (University of Florida), Ciobha A. McKeown (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Brenna R Griffen
Abstract: Teaching recall skills to children is a rarely studied subject despite that significance of these skills across several domains of everyday life. Yet the need for these skills is paramount. Children need to be able to report on events in the past for safety reasons and to help with socialization. The purpose of this research is to test the effect differential reinforcement alone has on increasing accurate reporting. Participants in this study are diagnosed with autism or down’s syndrome and are not reliably reporting events in the past. We used a modified component analysis to determine the effect simple differential reinforcement has on increasing reporting. If ineffective, we used probe fading procedures to teach reporting. Results show variable success with only differential reinforcement. The results provide insight into the necessity of more complex teaching methods like probe fading that are paired with differential reinforcement and provide new insight into methods of teaching children complex verbal behavior skills like answering questions about events in the past.
 
155. The Verbal Operant Experimental Analysis: A Functional Analysis of Verbal Behavior
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
WALBERTO RESENDEZ (Child Study Center, Cook Children’s Health Care System), Lee Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System), Maria Jose Otero (Child Study Center, Cook Children's Hospital, University of North Texas)
Discussant: Brenna R Griffen
Abstract: Language deficits are characteristic of an autism spectrum disorder diagnosis. Prior research has shown that the elementary verbal operants are functionally distinct, and children with autism frequently show disproportionate rates of responding across different environmental conditions. In the current study, we used a verbal operant experimental (VOX) analysis to sample the verbal repertoire of children with autism. The results of each assessment were graphed on a radar chart, which created a unique geometric language profile that could be quantified with various shape descriptors. The child’s language profile was then used to create an individualized system of most-to-least prompts consisting of the four primary verbal operants: mand, echoics, tacts, and sequelics. Each participant received verbal behavior instruction using the prompt hierarchy to transfer stimulus control across the verbal operants. After beginning training, participants demonstrated more robust verbal behavior in subsequent analyses. These results support the use of referent-based verbal behavior instruction to condition proportionate stimulus control over the verbal behavior of children with autism.
 
157. Does Relational Framing Increase Complexity as Students Progress in Their Education? Moment-to-Moment Analysis of Relational Framing in Conversational Data During Graduate School Classwork
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
BRADEN J TOLER (Capella University), Thomas G. Szabo (Capella University), Megan Ritchey Mayo (Antioch University), David Legaspi (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis), Natasha Marroquin (Florida Institute of Technology), Kristy Park (George Mason University), Adryon Ketcham (Goals for Autism), Yukie Kurumiya (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Discussant: Brenna R Griffen
Abstract:

For decades, basic and applied research on relational framing has focused on large patterns of functional changes to verbal networks that occur during and after relational training (e.g., Rehfeldt et al., 2007). To date, investigators have paid little attention to the way individuals frame relationally during naturalistic conversation (Tannen, 1993). It remains unclear whether framing in naturalistic contexts expands after repeated or prolonged exposure to content that requires complex relational framing. Said differently, changes in real-world performance may or may not mirror results from tests conducted in relational training environments. To date, a molecular evaluation of conversational data has not been advanced. In this session, we describe a novel procedure for the measurement of relational framing that occurs during conversation in small work groups over the course of a graduate school semester before and after an intervention that targets hierarchical and analogical framing. Additionally, we discuss skill acquisition among investigators trained to code relational framing in context. Finally, we review our process for improving the measurement system and procedures for training ABA research assistants to code relational framing that occurs during naturalistic conversation.

 
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #369C
Author Signing
Monday, May 29, 2023
2:00 PM–3:00 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F

Purchase one of the many available titles at the bookstore and stop by to have it signed by the author!

  • John Austin
  • Stephanie Chan
  • Alice Darnell Lattal
 
 
Noteworthy Activity #370M
Passport Prize Drawing
Monday, May 29, 2023
2:30 PM–2:45 PM
Convention Center, Exhibit Hall F

Pick up your exhibitor passport at the Registration Desk or ABAI Exhibit Booth. Visit the exhibitors indicated on the passport and have each square initialed. Enter the prize drawing by dropping your completed passport in the metal drum at the ABAI Exhibit Booth. Prizes will include one full registration to ABAI’s 2024 Annual Convention, a one-night free hotel stay at the 2024 headquarters hotel, a 75” smart TV, swag bags, and gift cards in the amount of $25, $50, and $100. Must be present to win.

 
 
Symposium #371
CE Offered: BACB
Applications of Behavioral Skills Training in Real World Contexts: Closing the Research-to-Practice Gap and Engaging Stakeholders
Monday, May 29, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kendra Thomson (Brock University )
CE Instructor: Kendra Thomson, Ph.D.
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) has ample evidence demonstrating its efficacy under analogue conditions. However, a research-to-practice gap may still exist. Evaluating training outcomes, including generalization and maintenance, under a variety of real-world conditions with diverse trainees is warranted. Large N research designs comparing BST to other training methods may also help to disseminate evidence-based training across disciplines. This symposium will present training data collected with clinicians, caregivers, direct support staff, and other professionals from the developmental disability and mental health sectors. Training targets included a variety of important skills including rapport building, evidence-based communication systems, and on-the-job safety. First, we will discuss a comprehensive community-based, caregiver training on the Picture Exchange Communication System®. Second, we will present data from a centre-based pyramidal model for training caregivers how to support rapport building skills. Finally, we will share data from a pragmatic randomized controlled trial comparing BST to training-as-usual for teaching self-protection and team control skills to newly hired staff at a large mental health teaching hospital. We will also discuss how stakeholders were meaningfully involved throughout these evaluations. Strengths and limitations of the findings will be discussed within the context of bridging the gap from research to practice.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral training, caregiver training, community engagement, rapport building
Target Audience: BCBAs or BCBA-Ds Background in/familiarity with/experience in behavioral skills training
Learning Objectives: (1) describe how community stakeholders can be engaged in various steps in the research process; (2) describe how a pyramidal training model can be used to teach clinicians and caregivers rapport building skills (3) describe how behavioral skills training evaluations can be scaled to compare outcomes to other training models
 
Community Engaged Research: Engaging Stakeholders to Address Autism Service Limitations
JULIE KOUDYS (Brock University), Melissa Ann Elliott (Bethesda Services), Jeffrey Esteves (York University), Krysten Spottiswood (Pyramid Educational Consultants of Canada), Amanpreet Randhawa (Brock University), Alyssa Treszl (Brock University), Quinlan Stamp (Brock University), Hannah Floyd (Brock University)
Abstract: There is growing interest in engaging community members in the research process in order to establish meaningful priorities, improve research relevance, and increase the likelihood of outcomes being used in real-life settings. In this service presentation we will describe the process and outcomes of a three-year, community-engaged research project. The project was designed to address service limitations created by changes to publicly funded autism services in Ontario, Canada. The objectives of the project were to: increase access to evidence-based communication training (i.e., Picture Exchange Communication System®; PECS®; Bondy & Frost, 1994), develop and evaluate caregiver-mediated PECS training models to fit within available service structures, and enhance community capacity through staff training and experiential learning opportunities for graduate students. We also hoped to contribute to the literature related to behavior skills training and telehealth to support caregiver-mediated PECS implementation. Approaches to engagement of community partners at all phases of the project will be described. The iterative process of designing, implementing, evaluating, and refining training models to enhance outcomes and improve efficiency will be explained. Facilitator and caregiver training models will be presented, along with general caregiver and child outcomes, and performance metrics. Strategies to support successful community collaborations will be shared.
 

A Pyramidal Approach for Training Parents of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder on Rapport Building Skills

SAMANTHA WALLBANK (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University), Nazurah Khokhar (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Priscilla Burnham Riosa (Brock University)
Abstract:

Establishing rapport has been associated with improved learning outcomes in the context of intensive behavioral treatment. However, training with clinicians or caregivers on this repertoire has yet to be adequately investigated. Substantial evidence suggests that behavioural skills training (BST) is an effective teaching approach. Using a modified multiple-baseline design across two therapist-parent dyads, we used pyramidal BST to teach two therapists rapport building skills (e.g., preferred items available, staying within arm’s reach, following child’s lead, provide choice, praise, silly play, labelling activities) and the components of BST. Next, we taught those therapists how to use BST to train two parents of children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder on the same rapport-building skills. We also trained three additional parents to assess the same protocol. Preliminary probe results indicate that both therapist-parent dyads demonstrated mastery across all domains of rapport building, as did two of the three parents trained by the researchers. Follow-up probe results showed that outcomes were maintained one month after the final training session for all participants (therapists & parents). These pilot findings will help to inform the development of effective and efficient training methods for rapport-building skills.

 

Teaching Safety Skills to Mental Health Clinicians: A Pragmatic Randomized Control Trial Comparing Behavioural Skills Training to Training-As-Usual

Elizabeth Lin (Centre for Addiction and Mental Health), Mais Malhas (Centre for Addiction and Mental Health), Emmanuel Bratsalis (Centre for Addiction and Mental Health), KENDRA THOMSON (Brock University), Rhonda Boateng (Centre for Addiction and Mental Health; University of Toronto), Fabienne Hargreaves (Centre for Addiction and Mental Health), Heba Baig (Centre for Addiction and Mental Health), Kayle Donner (Centre for Addiction and Mental Health)
Abstract:

Workplace violence is an increasingly significant topic, particularly as it applies to staff working in mental health settings. The Centre for Addiction and Mental Health, Canada’s largest mental health hospital, prioritizes workplace safety and consequently has mandated clinical staff safety training. Key components of this training are self-protection and 2–5 person team control skills, which serve as a last resort when other interventions are ineffective (e.g., verbal de-escalation). Training-as-usual (TAU) for the past 20 years has been based on a 3-D approach (description, demonstration, and doing), but without any performance or competency-based assessment. Recent staff reports indicate that the acquisition and retention of these skills is problematic and that there are issues with staff confidence in their ability to address workplace violence. We will present the final data set of a pragmatic randomized controlled trial evaluating the effectiveness of behavioral skills training (BST) against TAU in terms of the acquisition and 1-month post-training retention of self-protection team control skills as well as the impact on staff confidence. Results to date support the effectiveness of BST vs. TAU for improving staff performance compared to TAU although neither method led to long-term maintenance. Suggestions for future research will be discussed.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #371A
CE Offered: BACB
Doreen Granpeesheh Speaker Series for the Interdisciplinary Approach to the Treatment of Autism: Considering the Medical Factors Contributing to Behaviors in Autism
Monday, May 29, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Doreen Granpeesheh (Autism Media Network)
CE Instructor: Timothy Buie, M.D.
Presenting Author: TIMOTHY BUIE (Harvard Medical School/Boston Children’s Hospital)
Abstract: TBD
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

All care givers for individuals with autism.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Recognize behavioral presentations that may be coming from underlying medical conditions; (2) Consider processes to test for medical contribution to behaviors; (3) Demonstrate the impact of data coming from behavioral care for the medical provider.
 
TIMOTHY BUIE (Harvard Medical School/Boston Children’s Hospital)
Timothy M. Buie, M.D. is a Pediatric Gastroenterologist and Autism medical specialist at Boston Children’s Hospital. Prior to that position, he worked in the pediatric gastroenterology department for18 years at Massachusetts General Hospital for Children based in Boston, MA. He also served as the Director of Gastrointestinal and Nutrition at Massachusetts General Hospital’s Lurie Center for Autism. Dr. Buie is an Assistant Professor of Pediatrics at Harvard Medical School. He completed his training in Pediatric Gastroenterology at Yale University School of Medicine. In addition to managing a large patient population, Dr. Buie has published a variety of papers and book chapters characterizing gastrointestinal problems in children with autism and developmental disorders including clinical presentation and medical findings. His work includes translational research of the intestinal microbiome and the metabolic effects of the microbiome in a variety of conditions in pediatrics including autism and inflammatory disease. Dr. Buie has been featured in The New York Times, The Wall Street Journal on PBS NewsHour, the BBC and media worldwide talking about gastrointestinal symptoms, diet and nutrition, and the microbiome differences seen in individuals with autism. He is currently featured on AutismSpeaks.org and YouTube in an online medical video series he developed and co-produced with Autism Speaks and has been a contributor to the advice column “Food for Thought” on the Autism Speaks Web site. Dr. Buie’s lecture on “Autism and the Impact of the Intestinal Microbiome; Exploring the Relationship of the Intestinal Micro Flora to Diet, Digestion and Disease” can be viewed in an online video produced by Quantum University and available on YouTube. Dr. Buie has been honored for his efforts in medicine and has been selected as one of Boston’s “Top Docs,” by his peers. He most recently received the Margaret Bauman Award for Autism Care presented in May 2017, which he also received in 2010. He has received the Professional of the Year by the Autism Society of America in 2010 and the Partners in Excellence Award 2014. In 2015, Dr. Buie received the University of Missouri-Kansas City School of Medicine’s Take Wing Award honoring his career achievements and professional excellence. He received the Boston Children’s Hospital GI Teaching Attending of the Year 2020, awarded by the GI Fellowship. For more information, please view Dr. Buie’s online profile on the Boston Children’s website: http://www.childrenshospital.org/directory/physicians/b/timothy-buie
 
 
Symposium #372
CE Offered: BACB
Considerations for Addressing Dental Concerns for Children With Autism
Monday, May 29, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Savannah Tate (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Savannah Tate, M.Ed.
Abstract:

Children with autism sometimes have difficulty tolerating oral health and hygiene procedures. This may result in oral pain or abnormalities, longer wait time for services due to the need for sedation, and problem behavior related to these medical variables. The purpose of this symposium is to propose considerations for addressing oral health and hygiene issues as it relates to multidisciplinary care and identifying behavioral indicators of oral pain, diurnal bruxism, which is an oral form of self-injury, and increasing engagement in oral hygiene skills without escape extinction. First, we will present data on a developmental history survey of children with autism who have dental issues, including a case example of indicators of oral pain. Next, we will present a larger scale study of assessment and treatment of diurnal bruxism. Finally, we will discuss results of a study on teaching oral hygiene without escape extinction. Implications and future directions for research will also be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism, Hygiene skills, Oral health, Stimulus fading
Target Audience:

This is an appropriate topic for behavior analysts that understand the basics of assessment and treatment of problem behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the extent to which children with autism may experience resistance to dental procedures and self-injury that may be exacerbated by oral health problems; (2) describe how treatments typically prescribed for self-injury maintained by automatic reinforcement may affect diurnal bruxism; (3) identify methods for increasing engagement in oral hygiene skills without the use of extinction.
 

Incorporating Dental Considerations Into Multidisciplinary Behavioral Treatments

JANAE' PENDERGRASS (University of Florida), Lindsay Lloveras (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Nicole Perrino (Florida Autism Center, University of Florida), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida), Sean Smith (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism are more likely to be diagnosed with additional chronic medical conditions than their neurotypical peers (Copeland and Buch, 2019). However, they are less likely to have the communication skills to express feelings of pain or discomfort that may surface from these conditions (McKeown et al., 2022). One common issue that arises for most children are problems with dental health. This occult medical condition could potentially produce pain and has implications for health outcomes. Failing to address concerns associated with oral health and hygiene could result in false positives during behavior assessments and could lead clinicians to implement behavioral treatments that disregard relevant variables. Collaborating with other healthcare professionals to address these medical issues may assist practitioners in providing holistic, high-quality care to clients. Children with autism are more susceptible to dental issues due to a number of variables (Krahn et al., 2016). In this presentation, we will discuss the results of a developmental history survey of children with dental issues, a case example of the effects of dental issues on elevated rates of self-injurious behavior before and after collaborating with a dentist, and the assessment of toothbrushing in children in collaboration with a pediatric feeding professional. We will also discuss future areas for research.

 
Assessment and Treatment of Diurnal Bruxism
SAVANNAH TATE (University of Florida), Catherine Kishel (The University of Florida), Rachel LeeAnn Schmidli (BlueSprig Pedatrics), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract: Children with autism are more likely to experience difficulty tolerating dental procedures. This poses challenges for individuals who engage in diurnal bruxism (i.e., teeth grinding while awake), a form of self-injurious behavior. There are few studies with sufficient experimental design in the literature that evaluate treatment for bruxism. Most of these studies evaluate a combined cue procedure, which includes a gentle touch on the chin and a vocal prompt contingent on bruxism. Only three of these studies include a functional analysis of bruxism. We applied assessment and treatment procedures typical for self-injury maintained by automatic reinforcement to bruxism. We started with a functional analysis to confirm that the bruxism was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Next, we conducted a competing stimulus assessment. Depending on results of the initial competing stimulus assessment, we modified the augmented competing stimulus assessment to include a combined cue procedure. We used the results of the competing stimulus assessments to inform treatment. Treatment analyses included evaluations of noncontingent reinforcement, combined cue procedures, and combined cue procedures with the addition of a chewy. Results indicate that noncontingent reinforcement and the combined cue procedure may not be effective enough to reduce diurnal bruxism in some children with autism.
 

Teaching Oral Hygiene Skills Without Escape Extinction

JEANNE STEPHANIE GONZALEZ (University of Florida), Lindsay Lloveras (University of Florida), Ciobha A. McKeown (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Many children do not tolerate oral hygiene activities such toothbrushing or dental visits despite the fact these are essential for medical care. This study sought to replicate and extend the literature on teaching oral hygiene skills to children with autism. Participants were taught to tolerate toothbrushing using stimulus fading and no escape extinction. Removal of assent was defined for each participant and included any behavior that suggested the participant wanted to terminate the session. We also conducted generalization probes with caregivers and dental visits. All participants made progress with toothbrushing across multiple stimuli. Limitations including long durations to terminal goals will be addressed.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #372A
The Contingencies are Killing Us, Not Drugs
Monday, May 29, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center 401/402
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Presenting Author: CARL HART (Columbia University)
Abstract: Join us for a presentation, discussion, and questions with Dr. Hart.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
 
CARL HART (Columbia University)
Carl Hart is the Chair of the Department of Psychology at Columbia University. He is also the Ziff Professor of Psychology in the Departments of Psychology and Psychiatry. Professor Hart has published numerous scientific and popular articles in the area of neuropsychopharmacology and is co-author of the textbook Drugs, Society and Human Behavior (with Charles Ksir). His most recent book, “High Price: A Neuroscientist’s Journey of Self-Discovery That Challenges Everything You Know About Drugs and Society,” was the 2014 winner of the PEN/E.O. Wilson Literary Science Writing Award. Professor Hart has appeared on multiple podcasts, radio and television shows including Real Time with Bill Maher and The O’Reilly Factor. He has also appeared in several documentary films including the award-winning “The House I Live In.” His essays have been published in several popular publications including The New York Times, Scientific American, The Nation, Ebony, The Root, and O Globo (Brazil’s leading newspaper).
 
 
Symposium #373
CE Offered: BACB
An Investigation of Self-Control and Emotion Regulation Interventions for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 29, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3C
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Angelica A. Aguirre (Minnesota State University, Mankato)
Discussant: Odessa Luna (St. Cloud State University)
CE Instructor: Angelica A. Aguirre, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Self-control and emotion regulation are considered critical skills for daily living. Some studies have shown that people with higher self-control cope more easily with emotional distress and have greater emotional stability (see Gramzow et al., 2001; Tangney et al., 2004). In addition, Shoda et al. (1990) found that children with better self-control predict higher emotional coping ability as they grow older. The American Academy of Pediatrics and the National Research Council (Hyman et al., 2020) identified behavior and communication interventions to be the most effective with children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). Although, early and intensive intervention services have been recommended for people with ASD (National Autism Center, 2015), there continues to be a lack of resources and services for people with ASD as they transition into adolescence and adulthood especially in regards to teaching more complex skills such as self-control and emotion regulation (Turcotte et al., 2016). This session will present two studies to examine potential ways to teach these complex behaviors to individuals with ASD. Furthermore, implications to teaching self-control and emotional regulation in applied settings with be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, emotion regulation, self-control, social skills
Target Audience:

Understanding of how to implement choice assessments and social skills programs.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) State what is self-control and emotion regulation, 2) Demonstrate the difference between the use of primary and secondary reinforcers in play environments with children with autism, 3) Discuss how to implement a Behavior Skills Training protocol to teach emotion regulation skills.
 

Examining the Effects of an Online Social Skills Program on Emotional Regulations Skills for Adolescents and Young Adults With an Autism Spectrum Disorder

ANGELICA A. AGUIRRE (Minnesota State University, Mankato), Breanna Perron (Minnesota State University, Mankato), Danielle Curtis (Minnesota State University, Mankato), Ellie Bungum (Minnesota State University, Mankato), Kate Flynn (Minnesota State University, Mankato)
Abstract:

Turcotte and colleagues (2016) reported social skills training, especially in relation to emotion regulation, is the most unmet need for adolescents and adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Emotion regulation is a term used “to describe a person’s ability to effectively manage and respond” appropriately to emotional experiences (Rolston & Lloyd-Richardson, 2021). Deficits in emotion regulation have been shown to lead to a multitude of social consequences and difficulties across the lifespan when unaddressed (Shattuck et al., 2011). The purpose of this research project is to evaluate the effects of an online social skills program on emotional regulation skills for adolescents and young adults with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). A modified Behavior Skills Training protocol was implemented for four 60-minute sessions. Current pilot data provide potential support for increasing emotion readiness skills for three adolescents with ASD. There were also improvements in reducing problematic internalizing behavior. Future research and implications will be discussed.

 

An Evaluation of Functional Relations on Self-Control Behavior for an Autistic Child

RICHARD COLOMBO (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, LA), Rachel Taylor (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Eric Carlson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Self-control is an important topic in the area of applied behavior analysis, particularly for children diagnosed with autism. Previous researchers evaluated self-control training in children with autism by examining participants’ selection response and problem behavior when a concurrent activity was used during the delay to larger rewards. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate different terminal stimuli by comparing edibles and attention enriched toy-play in a self-control training paradigm with a child diagnosed with autism. As a secondary manipulation, variable duration schedules were used across all phases in order to simulate more naturalistic situations. During baseline, the participant selected the smaller sooner option more often than the two larger later options (one with a concurrent activity). When the edibles were presented with minimal attention from the instructor, problem behavior increased and the participant continued to select the smaller sooner option. When attention was provided during the play phases, the participant selected the larger later option with the concurrent activity on almost every opportunity.

 
 
Panel #374
CE Offered: BACB
Applications and Implications of Nonlinear Contingency Analysis and the Constructional Approach to Teaching of Autistic Children
Monday, May 29, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1E/F
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Anna Linnehan, Ph.D.
Chair: Anna Linnehan (Endicott College)
RICHELE YEICH (Great Leaps Academy/Eastern Florida Autism Center)
ANDREW MILLER (Conestoga Behavioral Services, LLC)
LUCERO NERI-HERNANDEZ (Children’s Health)
Abstract:

This panel will examine the functional analysis and design of constructional behavioral interventions informed by a nonlinear contingency analysis (NCA) with Autistics and caregivers. With an emphasis on humane and compassionate care, constructional programs focus on strengthening and building repertoires based on goals developed in partnership with the client, rather than elimination of behavior. With over 40 years of research and practice, the constructional approach and NCA focus on constructional rather than pathological behavior change to provide best outcomes for clients. Panelists will provide real world accounts of the application of these procedures, and how genuine, rather than apparent assent may be achieved with both verbal and nonverbal clients. They will answer questions posed by the chair and audience, and discuss address issues concerning program planning, crisis intervention, and staff training. The panelists have extensive experience in the application of constructional methods in hospitals, clinics, schools, and home services. Some of these applications include feeding programs without the use of extinction or exposure, incorporating the constructional questionnaire into the intake process, and incorporating the constructional approach/NCA at clinic wide level.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Clinicians and practitioners working with Autistics and caregivers.

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify the difference between genuine and apparent assent. 2. Develop meaningful goals in partnership with the client. 3. Describe applications of nonlinear contingency analysis and constructional approach to clinical practice.
 
 
Panel #375
CE Offered: BACB
Demystifying the Brain Injury Rehabilitation Continuum of Care: More Settings for Behavior Analysts to Explore
Monday, May 29, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Megan R. Heinicke, Ph.D.
Chair: Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento)
ANNEKA HOFSCHNEIDER (Centre for Neuro Skills)
ARIELLE REINDEAU (Craig Hospital)
CHRIS M. SCHAUB (ReMed)
Abstract: Acquired brain injury (ABI) is the second most prevalent cause of long-term disability in the United States (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, n.d.). Neurorehabilitation is a complex process involving multiple settings (e.g., acute, postacute, community) and interdisciplinary teams, often referred to as the “continuum of care”. Similar to other clinical populations served by behavior analysts, individuals who survive ABIs often experience lifelong challenges. For example, behavioral changes following ABI (e.g., aggression, refusal, inappropriate sexual behavior) can impede rehabilitation goals at each care level and have a major impact on independent living options (Heinicke & Carr, 2014). Fortunately, behavior analysts are well equipped to address behavioral consequences following ABI (LeBlanc et al., 2012); however, less than 1% of behavior analysts report neurorehabilitation as their primary practice area (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, n.d.). The lack of behavior analysts in neurorehabilitation settings may be due in part to a general lack of public awareness surrounding ABI. Thus, the purpose of this panel is to shed light on how behavior analysts can add value to interdisciplinary teams throughout the neurorehabilitation continuum of care. Panelists include practicing behavior analysts who serve ABI patients across acute inpatient hospital, postacute inpatient, postacute day treatment, and outpatient neurorehabilitation settings.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Beginner
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) distinguish between the different levels of the neurorehabilitation continuum of care (e.g., acute, subacute, postacute) including the main objectives, common interdisciplinary team members, and behavior-analytic goals at each level; (2) describe common behavioral challenges at each level of care and how behavior analysts collaborate within their interdiscripinary teams to address these challenges; and (3) describe at least two barriers (and strategies for addressing these barriers) associated with implementing behavior-analytic procedures along the neurorehabilitation continuum of care.
Keyword(s): brain injury, care continuum, diversifying practice, neurorehabilitation
 
 
Panel #376
Diversity submission Less of the Talk, More of the Walk: A Conversation With the Association for Behavioral Analysis International (ABAI) Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (DEI) Board
Monday, May 29, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Pepperdine University)
JOVONNIE L. ESQUIERDO-LEAL (California State University, Fresno)
R. WAYNE FUQUA (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

This panel represents the fourth annual DEI Board discussion in a series designed to provide the ABAI membership with: 1) updates on Board activities, 2) opportunities for considering specific topics of relevance to advancing DEI efforts within ABAI and more broadly, and 3) a mechanism for input and ideas from the audience. This year’s panel will focus on strategic initiatives to advance DEI. A brief review of the Board’s actions over the past year will be provided by the Co-Coordinators of the ABAI DEI Board, Elizabeth Fong and Jovonnie Esquierdo-Leal. In addition, time for questions and comments from the audience will be included to allow for sharing relevant experiences and lessons learned.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Diversity, Equity, Inclusion
 
 
Panel #378
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Capacity Building Through Collaboration: Ethical Applications of the Science of Behavior Analysis in Public Schools
Monday, May 29, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: John E. Staubitz, M.Ed.
Chair: John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD)
BRENDA J. BASSINGTHWAITE (Munroe-Meyer Institute; University of Nebraska Medical Center)
PATRICK ROMANI (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
DEVA CARRION-MCGEE (School Consultation Program at Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract:

When students have complex behavior needs school teams often struggle to maintain student engagement and safety. An appropriate education includes evidence-based strategies for teaching new skills and for decreasing interfering behaviors when universal behavior supports have failed. Unfortunately, teachers and school-based staff often struggle to meet the needs of these students and have limited access to training related to evidence-based behavior analytic technology. Behavior analysts are uniquely equipped to address complex behavior needs of students and to address skills of educators whose lack of skill presents barriers to educational service delivery. Behavior analysts can be welcomed as a collaborative member of an interdisciplinary team when they value teaming relationships and follow their ethical responsibility to collaborate with colleagues to identify and implement solutions. This panel has a cumulative 55 years of experience working with school systems at various levels (e.g., individual, classroom, district, statewide) across 5 states. We will discuss our efforts in public schools to support students’ educational programming and to build capacity in educators’ skills while discussing key elements of the BACB Ethical Code (e.g., collaboration, scope of practice, addressing interfering conditions to service delivery). Audience members will be encouraged to ask questions for the panel’s response.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This presentation would be appropriate for board-certified behavior analysts who have experience with clinical or school-based applications for severe problem behavior who are interested in coaching educators to put intensive behavior interventions in place. If practitioners or researchers would like to improve their skills for collaboration as a means of building service delivery capacity in educators, then this would be a beneficial session for them.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Identify tactics for initiating engagement with educators who hope to develop the capacity to assess or intervene with dangerous behavior. 2) Describe collaboration techniques to adapting behavior analytic consultation and technology to educational settings and work alongside non-BCBA practitioners. 3) Understand the ethical responsibility of behavior analysts to use collaboration to improve their practice in educational contexts relative to dangerous behavior.
Keyword(s): collaboration, consultation, school-based, state-wide
 
 
Panel #379
CE Offered: BACB
Reading-to-Learn: The Science of Behavior and Advanced Reading Instruction
Monday, May 29, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Convention Center 405
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Denise Ross, Ph.D.
Chair: Denise Ross (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee)
BRITTANY DIANNE BLY (Teacher's College Columbia University)
KIEVA S. HRANCHUK (Brock University)
JENNIFER WEBER (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls State University)
Abstract: The purpose of this panel discussion is to highlight recent contributions of the science of behavior to advanced reading instruction for P-12 children with and without disabilities. Proficient reading is foundational to an individual’s academic and social success. Yet, in the United States only 32% of fourth grade students read proficiently in 2022 - a statistic that is, in part, lower than previous years because of the COVID-19 pandemic. The science of behavior has identified research-based teaching operations that can offer improved reading and writing outcomes for school-age students. In this panel discussion, researchers and practitioners will discuss applications of the science of behavior to advanced reading and writing instruction and how it can be used by educators to improve literacy outcomes. Panelists will discuss how advanced reading and writing are extensions of verbal development and how interventions from the science of verbal development can increase advanced reading and writing outcomes. This panel is one of two panels that will highlight the contributions of the science of behavior to reading instruction.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Intermediate. The audience should have a basic understanding of applied behavior analysis.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) summarize the role of advanced reading and writing in verbal development; (2) describe a strategic science of teaching and its application to advanced reading and writing instruction; (3) discuss various contributions of the science of behavior to advanced reading and writing instruction.
Keyword(s): Reading, Verbal behavior, Verbal Development, Writing
 
 
Panel #380
CE Offered: BACB
Navigating Challenging Conversations in the Field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA): The Stuff You Can’t Find in a Textbook
Monday, May 29, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Molly Ann McGinnis, M.Ed.
Chair: Molly Ann McGinnis (Butterfly Effects)
ASHLEY JUAREZ (Butterfly Effects)
CLAIRE SPIELER (Butterfly Effects)
MORGAN KEENCE (Missouri MENTOR)
Abstract:

Challenging Conversations.... there is certainly no lack of these within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. Whether you are mediating staff relationships, interacting with critical payor sources, or speaking with a family that just received their child's first diagnosis, learning how to handle challenging conversations in our field is often only learned through years of experience. Challenging conversations can pose undue stress, anxiety, and burnout within our field. Our goal is to address challenging situations with a solution-focused mindset while incorporating essential components like compassionate care, perspective taking, and cultural sensitivity during problem solving. In this panel we will discuss different challenging scenarios and conversations faced from the perspectives of different types of practitioners in the field of ABA and autism. The panelists will share hard-learned navigational tools to prepare you for diverse challenging scenarios and teach you how to handle these conversations with confidence.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

N/A

Learning Objectives: (1) Recognize barriers during challenging conversations (2) Implementing solution-based strategies when navigating challenging conversations (3) Utilizing compassionate care, perspective taking, and cultural sensitivity during problem solving.
Keyword(s): Care Coordination, Difficult Conversations, Parent Training
 
 
Symposium #381
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Measurement and Data Analysis in Adapted Alternating Treatments Design and Latency-Based Functional Analysis
Monday, May 29, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Area: PCH; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Maya Fallon (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
CE Instructor: Maya Fallon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Measuring and analyzing assessment and treatment outcomes are essential components in applied behavior analysis. Therefore, research must continue exploring current and alternate measurement and data analysis methods. This symposium will highlight recent advances in interpreting results in an adapted alternating treatments design (AATD) and measurement in a latency-based functional analysis. Two presentations focus on discovering the conditions under which conclusions can be drawn from an AATD. The first summarizes research in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis to better understand how researchers interpret data obtained from AATDs. The second presents new evidence regarding the natural variability in acquisition when teaching procedures are identical and discusses results that may influence how we make conclusions regarding outcomes from AATDs. The third presentation examines the use of percentage goal obtained as a measurement of response strength and existing trends in latency during a latency-based functional analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): AATD, experimental design, functional analysis, Latency
Target Audience:

The target audience for this session includes behavior analysis students and practicing behavior analysts who are familiar with the adapted alternating treatments design and latency-based functional analysis.

Learning Objectives: After the presentations, participants will be able to: (1) discuss similarities and differences in how researchers make conclusions based on data obtained from AATDs in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, (2) identify the key components of an adapted alternating treatments design and recognize the implications of the use of different mastery criteria regarding the efficiency of an intervention, and (3) understand effect size calculation for single-subject research design using percent of goal obtained and describe its relevance for latency functional analysis data interpretation.
 

“A Critical Evaluation of Adapted Alternating Treatment Designs” to “A Critical Evaluation of Adapted Alternating Treatments Designs”

PAIGE O'NEILL (University of Nebraska Medical Center - Munroe-Meyer Institute), Emily Ferris (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe Meyer Institute), Nicole Pantano (Assumption University), Madison Judkins (University of Nebraska-Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Catalina Rey (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Adapted alternating treatments designs (AATDs) are commonly used to compare the efficiency of instructional procedures. Each teaching method is applied to a set of instructional items and differences between methods are demonstrated when acquisition of one set is more rapid than another and when the effect is consistent across sets or participants. Although AATDs are widespread, there is currently no minimum standard for either the amount of difference that should be observed or the number of replications that should be achieved before concluding that one procedure is superior to other(s). In this study, we reviewed articles published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis that used AATDs and coded them for the research design variation, mastery criteria used, within- and across-subject replication (whether replication was sought and subsequently achieved), and author conclusions about obtained results. Results of this study highlight variations in the conclusions derived from data obtained from AATDs.

 
Toward a Better Understanding of Meaningful Differences in the Adapted Alternating Treatment Design
EMILY FERRIS (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe Meyer Institute), Paige O'Neill (University of Nebraska Medical Center - Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole Pantano (Assumption University), Madison Judkins (University of Nebraska-Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Catalina Rey (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract: The adapted alternating treatment design (AATD) is a frequently implemented small-N research design used to evaluate the efficiency and efficacy of teaching procedures. AATD rapidly alternates two or more interventions using unique sets of instructional targets assigned to each intervention. Despite a growing body of research using AATD, one basic tenet of the design remains untested: What is the natural variability in rate of acquisition of matched instructional sets when there is no difference in teaching procedures? In the current study, eight children diagnosed with autism were taught to read sight words or receptively or expressively identify pictures of common items using identical teaching procedures across all targets. Targets were equated for difficulty using logical analysis procedures. The AATD design was embedded in a multiple-probe-across-sets design. Preliminary results show a notable amount of variability in the number of sessions to mastery, despite identical teaching procedures. These findings suggest that there should be a considerable, consistent difference in the number of sessions to mastery to conclude there was a difference in efficiency between treatments and underscore the importance of within-subject replication. These findings could help inform what is considered a meaningful difference between conditions for future research using AATD.
 
Preliminary Examination for Using Percent of Goal Obtained as Indication of Response Strength Across Functional Analysis Sessions
JUSTIN BOYAN HAN (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), John Ferron (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Current methodology for calculation of effect size in single-subject research design favors the usage of non-parametric measures like Tau-U, nonoverlap of all pairs (NAP), and percentage of all non-overlapping data (PAND). These methods are primarily used in literature reviews where estimates on effectiveness of an independent variable are accumulated and discussed. However, these non-parametric measures are unable to account for magnitude of change, which can be crucial when we are interested in comparison of treatment effectiveness. To potentially address this issue, Ferron et al. (2020) proposed the percentage of goal obtained (PoGO) as a method of indexing effect-size with considerations of level of target response. The current project aims to examine the feasibility of using PoGO as a measurement of response strength across sessions in latency-based functional analysis. Additionally, we examined existing trends in latency across exposures to test conditions within latency-based functional analyses. Our data suggest that PoGO may be a reliable way to calculate effect size in latency-based FA and could be useful in assessment of trend across FA sessions. Implications of our findings are discussed.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #382
CE Offered: BACB
The Language of Politics and the Language of Science: A (Brazilian) Behavior-Analytic Perspective
Monday, May 29, 2023
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Alexandre Dittrich, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: ALEXANDRE DITTRICH (Federal University of Paraná)
Abstract: Science is under attack – in Brazil and elsewhere. Most of the attacks are politically motivated: suddenly, science became part of a “great evil” of which citizens must be wary. The public image of science is thus being damaged, in spite of the fact that everyday life is pervaded by scientific achievements. What can behavior analysts do about this situation? In this presentation, I will identify some relevant variables that may explain the current distrust of science and suggest some measures we can take as behavior analysts and scientists to face it. The science under attack is a caricature – a verbally constructed image that does not correspond to what scientists actually do, but nonetheless grants abundant social reinforcement from morally and politically motivated groups. Scientists are the ones who must reconstruct a positive public image of science through education and science communication. In order to do that, we must “humanize” science, showing what scientists actually do, including all the limitations, doubts and failures of the scientific work. We must also show that science has its own ethics – one that may be useful and morally relevant in all aspects of life, including politics. Finally, as behavior scientists, we must be able to share our knowledge with the public at large, informing people about the many ways in which their own behavior may be controlled – even by politics.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts and scientists interested in the improvement of the public image of science

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe relevant variables that may explain the current distrust of science (2) Describe measures that scientists and behavior analysts can take to rebuild trust in science (3) Describe the importance of sharing behavior-analytic knowledge about the control of behavior with the public at large
 
ALEXANDRE DITTRICH (Federal University of Paraná)
Alexandre Dittrich is a psychologist with degree from the Regional University of Blumenau/Brazil (1999). He holds a Doctorate degree in Philosophy from the Federal University of São Carlos/Brazil (2004). He conducted postdoctoral research in collaboration with Dr. Henry Schlinger at California State University (2018). He founded and was the first coordinator of the Workgroup on Theoretical Research in Behavior Analysis, affiliated with the National Association for Research and Graduate Studies in Psychology (Brazil) (2020-2022). He was editor-in-chief of Interação em Psicologia (Interaction in Psychology; 2007-2013) and is currently executive editor of the Brazilian Journal of Behavior Analysis and part of the Editorial Board of Behavior and Social Issues. He is Titular Professor in the Department of Psychology at the Federal University of Paraná since 2004, and was chair of the same Department (2006-2009). He was chair of the Graduate Program in Psychology (Master’s and Doctorate degree) at UFPR (2019-2021). He carries out research on the historical, philosophical and theoretical foundations of Psychology and Behavior Analysis.
 
 
Symposium #384
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Efforts in Action
Monday, May 29, 2023
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 4
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Meghan Deshais (Rutgers University)
Discussant: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Meghan Deshais, Ph.D.
Abstract: The field of applied behavior analysis is making actionable efforts to improve our incorporation of diversity, equity, and inclusion into training, organizations, and practice. This symposium focuses on those efforts across a variety of domains. The first study reports findings from a survey on cultural competence in graduate training sent to Association for Behavior Analysis International verified course sequence coordinators. The second study evaluated the number of Association for Behavior Analysis International affiliated chapters that have diversity statements. The third study evaluated two approaches for establishing language skills in children with ASD from bilingual households. The fourth study compared the acquisition of language skills by children with ASD using inclusive and non-inclusive teaching materials. Implications for graduate training, organizations, and clinical practice will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): bilingual, cultural competence, diversity, inclusive
Target Audience: Practitioners and graduate faculty
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the extent to which graduate training programs in ABA address the standards for cultural competence in behavior analysis (Fong & Tanaka, 2013) and ABAI-affiliated chapters communicate their commitment to diversity. (2) Describe the effects of sequential vs. simultaneous training when teaching in two languages on the acquisition of tacts by children with ASD. (3) Provide a definition of inclusive teaching materials and identify potential advantages of using inclusive teaching materials when establishing new skills in children with ASD. Given a diversity and inclusion statement, listeners will be able to identify the categories of inclusion within the statement.
 
Diversity submission Culture in Applied Behavior Analysis Graduate Training
STEPHANIE ORTIZ (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) graduate training programs have lagged woefully behind similar disciplines with respect to acknowledging the importance of culture and cultural competence in the clinical practice of ABA. We distributed a web-based survey to ABAI verified course sequence (VCS) coordinators and asked them to rate the importance of and the extent to which their course sequences addressed eight proposed standards for cultural competence in behavior analysis (Fong & Tanaka, 2013). In total, 37 surveys were returned, and respondents coordinated online, hybrid, and in-person graduate programs in ABA. Results suggested that more than half of respondents (67%-83%) strongly agreed that all the proposed standards were important. Across all respondents, five standards were consistently rated as being incorporated (i.e., agree and strongly agree) within their course sequence. Possible explanations for our findings and implications for graduate training in ABA will be discussed.
 
Diversity submission 

An Analysis of Diversity and Inclusion Statements in ABAI-Affiliated Organizations

MADISON DUKE (Florida Institute of Technology), Jonathan K Fernand (Florida Institute of Technology), Karen Baron (North Shore Pediatric Therapy), Leannah Lynn Sheahan (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Organizations can use diversity and inclusion statements to declare their values about diversity, equity, and inclusion. These statements can outline the expectations the organization has for those associated with it. The Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) has a diversity and inclusion statement that defines diversity and sets their expectations for inclusive and respectful behavior at ABAI events. We examined the websites and bylaws of ABAI-affiliated chapters in the United States to determine which organizations include their own diversity and inclusion statements and what specific groups were mentioned in those statements. Results indicate that overall, very few ABAI-affiliated chapters explicitly state their own diversity and inclusion statements. Recommendations for diversity, equity, and inclusion policies and statements will be discussed.

 
Diversity submission 

An Evaluation of Simultaneous and Sequential Bilingualism in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

TIANJIAO LI (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mirela Cengher (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mariele Cortez (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

This talk will discuss the optimal procedures to teach two languages to children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) from bilingual households. We compared the acquisition of tacts when (a) teaching two languages simultaneously, (b) teaching two languages sequentially, and (c) teaching one language only (control). We also evaluated the effects of the aforementioned teaching conditions on the maintenance of tacts. Finally, we evaluated the emergence of bidirectional intraverbals following the acquisition of tacts. Based on the existing data, children learned tacts in the two languages sequentially better than simultaneously. Further, sequential learning led to poorer maintenance, compared to the control condition. Finally, one participant demonstrated better bidirectional intraverbals when she was asked to fill in the blank. These findings have direct implications for clinical practice.

 
Diversity submission 

Evaluating the Use of Inclusive Teaching Materials for Learners With Autism

JULIANA AGUILAR (Purdue University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Beverly Nichols (Utah State University), Nick Alexander Lindgren (Utah State University), Jessica Anna Osos (Utah State University), Vincent E. Campbell (Utah State University), Kassidy Reinert (Utah State University), Sara Nicole Jeppson (Utah State University)
Abstract:

In the last decade, the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has committed to working on diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI). The work began with call-to-action papers, empirical work on cultural accommodations, and most recently, the certifying board has changed the professional standards for board-certified behavior analysts (BCBAs). An objective and measurable step that BCBAs can take to adhere to the new ethical and professional standards is to use inclusive teaching materials. Inclusive teaching materials are teaching materials that reflect the diversity of society. This study used an adapted alternating treatment design embedded into a non-concurrent multiple baseline to evaluate the effects of an inclusive versus a noninclusive set of teaching materials on skill acquisition and generalization during a listener responding tasks in an occupations program (e.g., “Touch Scientist”). We attempted to teach six preschool-aged children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to identify occupations using an inclusive set of 2-D stimuli and a non-inclusive set of 2-D stimuli. The purpose of this study was to begin empirically evaluating inclusion within the field of ABA and attempting to apply behavioral principles, such as concept formation, multiple exemplars training, and stimulus disparity, to DEI by comparing differentiation in the acquisition and generalization rates between the two teaching materials. Acquisition of this task was difficult for all participants except one, two participants mastered only the occupations associated with the inclusive materials, and three participants were withdrawn from the study. While there were many limitations to participant learning in this study, based on an occupation by condition analysis, it did not seem that the type of teaching materials was a variable. The potential limitations and future research related to inclusive teaching materials, stimulus feature manipulation, and instructional procedures for children with ASD are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #385
CE Offered: BACB
Supporting Implementation of Evidence-Based Practices in Natural Settings: Increasing Access and Inclusion for Students With Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 29, 2023
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1A/B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rose A. Mason (Purdue University)
Discussant: Stephanie Gerow (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
CE Instructor: Stephanie Gerow, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Children with autism and other developmental disabilities experience the most significant and positive long-term outcomes when they are exposed to high dosages of well-delivered evidence-based practices, that are grounded in applied behavior analysis. Unfortunately, geographical and economical factors impede access to services (Yingling et al., 2021) resulting in poor long-term trajectories for individuals with disabilities. Alternative methods, such as training natural agents (e.g. teachers, parents, peers) to implement evidence-based practices in typical, inclusive settings and utilization of telehealth services can help to mitigate these disparities and ensure that children with developmental disabilities have frequent, ongoing exposure to effective evidence-based practices. This symposium explores the efficacy of training programs including teacher, paraeducator, and parents, as well as telehealth modalities aimed at increasing access to evidence-based practices for individuals with developmental disabilities. Attendees will learn strategies for provision of services for individuals with autism and developmental disabilities including via telehealth and training protocols.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autism, developmental disabilities, professional development, telehealth
Target Audience:

BCBAs, faculty

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify methods for providing services across natural settings (2) Describe practices for training teachers and paraeducators to implement evidence-based practices (3) Identify methods for training parents to implement evidence-based practices in home environments (4) Describe implementation of reading interventions via telehealth for individuals with autism
 
Addressing Challenging Behavior of Autistic Students in Inclusive School Settings: A Systematic Review
CATHARINE LORY (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago), Nate Rendon (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
Abstract: The persistently rising prevalence of autism, coupled with federal and state mandates to increase the inclusion of students with disabilities in less restrictive educational settings, have resulted in an increasing number of autistic students being served in general education settings. Yet, educators who work in general education classrooms tend to be less prepared to support the complex needs of autistic students, particularly in the area of addressing challenging behavior. This paper aims to systematically (a) review the evidence base of interventions implemented by natural change agents (e.g., teachers, paraprofessionals, peers) to address challenging behavior of students with autism in inclusive school settings, (b) examine participant characteristics to determine if the research sample adequately represented the autistic student population, and (c) examine intervention characteristics to identify methods of researcher-practitioner collaboration in intervention design and implementation. The systematic search procedures included a keyword search in three databases, followed by a search of related review articles, and finally a reference search of the included articles. Implications for research and recommendations for educators will be presented based on the findings of this paper.
 

Effects of a Multicomponent Telehealth Intervention on Reading and Behavioral Outcomes

EMILY GREGORI (University of Illinois at Chicago), So Yeon Kim (Independent), Sarah Deangelo (University of Illinois at Chicago), Sunyoung Kim (University of Illinois at Chicago), Evy Boateng (University of Illinois at Chicago), Betania Mascerano (University of Illinois Chicago)
Abstract:

Students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often experience academic challenges, including poor reading comprehension skills. Engagement in challenging behavior can further exacerbate reading challenges and lead to missed instructional time and reading performance below grade-level standards. Multicomponent behavioral interventions that target academic and behavioral difficulties can lead to improvements across developmental domains. This study evaluated the effects of telehealth-implemented shared storybook reading, differential reinforcement, and contingent praise on reading comprehension and challenging behavior outcomes of an adolescent with ASD and a suspected learning disability using a multiple-baseline design across reading content areas. Results indicated that shared storybook reading increased independent reading comprehension scores for grade-level reading materials across content areas. Implementation of the behavioral intervention resulted in moderate to large decreases in challenging behavior. Qualitative and quantitative social validity analyses indicated that the participant with ASD and his mother found the interventions practical and effective. Recommendations for practitioners and implications for future research are discussed.

 
Addressing Problem Behavior and Social-Emotional Skills in Home-Based Services: A Systematic Review
Stephanie Gerow (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), EMILY PAIGE EXLINE (Baylor University), Lindsey Swafford (Baylor University), David Cosottile (University of Oregon), Qi Wei (University of Wisconsin - Whitewater), Maureen Conroy (University of Florida), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon)
Abstract: Home-based services are effective in improving developmental outcomes for young children with a developmental delay. However, there is a need for further investigation of best practices related to social-emotional development and challenging behavior for children. We conducted a systematic review of the current literature related to home-based interventions addressing challenging behavior and social-emotional skills for young children (age birth to 6 years 11 months) with disabilities or developmental delays. We identified 57 studies, including group and single-case design studies. We will synthesize the literature based on interventions with the most research support in this context. We will also summarize the methodological rigor of included studies, resources needed to implement the interventions, effective intervention strategies, and social validity. Based on our preliminary findings, the current literature supports the use of function-based interventions in homes for young children with disabilities. We will provide recommendations for practice and future research in improving social-emotional and challenging behavior outcomes in the context of home-based services.
 

ParaImpact: Practice-Based Coaching Model to Increase Paraeducator Systematic Instruction Fidelity

JOHN AUGUSTINE (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (University of Virginia), Amanda M Borosh (Purdue University), Jennifer Smith (Purdue University), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project)
Abstract:

Students with moderate-to-severe developmental disabilities (MSDD) have complex educational needs, requiring more intensive support including evidence-based practices (EBPs) implemented with high fidelity. When EBPs are implemented with high fidelity, students are more likely to acquire academic skills, increase functional skills, and improve adaptive behavior. Often, paraeducators provide services to students with MSDD, although, they are often undertrained to deliver high-quality evidence-based interventions. Additionally, teachers report they are not adequately prepared to supervise paraeducators from their pre-service programs or professional developments. ParaImpact, a professional development package for teachers and paraeducators they supervise, provides a mechanism for ongoing professional development to increase paraeducator systematic instruction fidelity with the use of practice-based coaching (PBC) and online instruction modules. This study utilized a multiple baseline design across skills to investigate the effects of special education teacher-as-coach on paraeducator implementation fidelity of systematic instruction plus online instructional modules. Results suggest a functional relation between implementation of ParaImpact and increases in systematic instruction implementation fidelity. Further, supervising teachers utilized PBC with procedural integrity and teachers and paraeducators reported ParaImpact to be feasible and useable. Recommendations for extending research in special education teachers coaching paraeducators’ will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #386
CE Offered: BACB
Context Matters: Recent Findings on Strategies to Reduce the Magnitude of Renewal
Monday, May 29, 2023
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom C
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ryan Kimball (University of Saint Joseph (West Hartford, CT))
Discussant: Christopher A. Podlesnik (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Ryan Kimball, Ph.D.
Abstract: Treatment relapse refers to the recurrence of a previously eliminated undesirable response following successful intervention. Renewal is one form of relapse that occurs due to a change in context (e.g., treatment setting or implementer). Unfortunately, recent research in applied settings indicates that renewal is prevalent during clinical practice. Accordingly, behavior analysts must discover the conditions in which renewal occurs and evaluate strategies to mitigate the magnitude of renewal. Translational research from the human-operant laboratory and basic research with nonhuman animals provide avenues that can serve as the first steps in developing more robust treatments to guard against renewal. This symposium will present four recent studies on renewal. In the first presentation, researchers examined the role of multiple-context training on ABC renewal with rats. In the second presentation, researchers compared dense and lean schedules of differential reinforcement on the magnitude of renewal with undergraduate college students. In the third presentation, researchers evaluated the impact of fading reinforcer type on the magnitude of renewal with rats. In the final presentation, researchers studied ABA renewal during differential reinforcement of asymmetrical choice options with and without extinction.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Differential reinforcement, renewal, translational research, treatment relapse
Target Audience: The target audience would consist of graduate students, master's-level clinicians, and doctoral-level clinicians/researchers seeking to better understand how context changes impact the relapse of undesirable behavior (e.g., aggression exhibited by a child diagnosed with disabilities). The target audience should have experience with terms such as differential reinforcement, extinction, and stimulus control.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify environmental conditions that often result in renewal. 2. Describe potential strategies that may mitigate renewal. 3. Describe the difference between renewal and other forms of relapse
 
Conducting Extinction in Multiple Contexts Prevents ABC Renewal of Beer Seeking in Rats
(Basic Research)
RODOLFO BERNAL-GAMBOA (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Tere A. Mason (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Nuria Rojas (National University of Mexico), Javier Nieto Gutierrez (National University of Mexico)
Abstract: Since some of the clinical treatments to reduce problematic behaviors include components of extinction, several authors have highlighted the possible contributions of using renewal as a laboratory model for understanding relapse after behavioral interventions. In ABC renewal, after acquisition training takes place in Context A, and extinction in Context B, the reoccurrence is observed when testing is conducted in Context C. In one experiment with rats we investigated the impact of using multiple contexts during extinction on ABC renewal of beer seeking. Two groups of rats were trained to run down the runway for beer in Context A during the first phase of the experiment. In the second phase, the instrumental response underwent extinction. For one group of rats (ABC_1), extinction took place in one Context (B); whereas the other group (ABC_3) received extinction in three different contexts (B, D and E). Then, both groups were tested twice to measure ABC renewal. One test was carried out in the Extinction Context (B), while the other test took place in the Renewal Context (C). We found the ABC renewal effect only in the group that received extinction in one context.
 
Renewal During Dense and Lean Schedules of Differential Alternative Reinforcement: A Human Operant Investigation
(Basic Research)
RYAN KIMBALL (University of Saint Joseph (West Hartford, CT)), Emily Ferris (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe Meyer Institute), Lindsay Elise Day (University of Saint Joseph), Rebecca Karis (University of Saint Joseph), John Silveira Jr. (University of Saint Joseph), Michael P. Kranak (Oakland University)
Abstract: Renewal is a type of relapse that occurs due to a change in context. Previous research has demonstrated that renewal may occur despite differential reinforcement for an alternative response. We used a translational approach to study the effects of dense and lean schedules of DRA during repeated renewal tests with undergraduate college students (n = 18) and a simulated computer task. All participants experienced two, three-phase ABA renewal arrangements. In the dense and lean renewal arrangements, we differentially reinforced alternative behavior in Context B and the renewal test in Context A on a VI 3-s or a VI 12-s schedule, respectively. Overall, we observed renewal in 30/36 (83%) renewal tests, but the magnitude of relapse was often small. Further, the data suggest that although renewal is possible in both arrangements, a slightly higher magnitude of renewal may be more likely with a lean schedule of reinforcement versus a dense schedule.
 

An Analysis of Renewal Following Fading of Reinforcer Type

(Basic Research)
BEATRIZ ELENA ARROYO ANTUNEZ (SUNY Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University), Emily L. Baxter (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Kate Derrenbacker (Upstate Cerebral Palsy), Henry S. Roane (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract:

Renewal is the recurrence of a previously eliminated behavior following a change in context. Previous research has demonstrated that when target and alternative behaviors were associated with different reinforcers, re-presenting the target reinforcer non-contingently produced relapse. Relapse was mitigated, however, when the reinforcer associated with the alternative response was re-presented. The current study evaluated whether fading reinforcer type during Phase 2 of a relapse preparation would mitigate renewal. During Phase 1, one type of reinforcer (O1) was contingent on rats lever pressing. During Phase 2, reinforcement was presented non-contingently on a fixed schedule, consisting of O1 and a new reinforcer type (O2). For one group (Forward Fading), the percentage of O1 delivered increased across sessions, while the percentage of O2 decreased. For the other fading group (Reverse Fading), reinforcement fading occurred in the opposite manner, while the control group only received O2. Phase 3 consisted of noncontingent delivery of O1 only to test for renewal. Results indicated that the direction of reinforcement fading did not differentially affect relapse between the fading groups. Further, both fading groups demonstrated attenuation of relapse relative to the control, where robust renewal occurred. Implications of these findings and directions for future research will be discussed.

 

Evaluating Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Renewal During Differential Reinforcement of Asymmetrical Choice Options With and Without Extinction

(Basic Research)
KACEY RENEE FINCH (West Virginia University), Ashe Walker (West Virginia University), Rebecca Woodard (University of North Carolina Greensboro), Kamila Redd (Washington University in St. Louis), Briel Durand-Zara (West Virginia University), Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University)
Abstract:

Renewal is the reemergence of a previously reduced response following a context change. ABA renewal was evaluated in a series of human-operant experiments during which adults engaged with a computer task with three colored circles (a target response and two alternative responses). Each experiment followed a standard 3-phase relapse arrangement. Context changes were represented by the background screen color, which progressed according to an ABA context arrangement. The target response was reinforced in Phase 1 (Context A) and then reduced according to a differential reinforcement procedure in Phase 2 (Context B). In Phase 2, there were concurrently available asymmetrical choice options with varied magnitudes of reinforcement. For some participants, target responding was on extinction. For others, the target response continued to be reinforced with a lower magnitude of points relative to the alternative responses. Phase 3 was the renewal test in the presence of Context A. Renewal occurred for most participants across experiments; therefore, we evaluated context fading to mitigate renewal. At the end of Phase 2, the background color of the screen gradually shifted from Context B to Context A. Clinical implications for the occurrence of renewal in concurrent-operant arrangements and mitigation strategies based on context-fading will be discussed.

 
 
Symposium #387
Advances in Behavioral Economics
Monday, May 29, 2023
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom B
Area: EAB/BPN; Domain: Theory
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
Discussant: Steven Hursh (Institutes for Behavior Resources, Inc.; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract:

In recent years, behavioral economic analyses have delivered key theoretical insights on the nature of reinforcement, with substantial implications for basic and applied behavior analytic research. This symposium will discuss the impact of the latest advances in behavioral economics through a sample of the latest research conducted in the field, obtained from across a broad range of behavior analytic sub-disciplines. These developments include the incorporation of a broader range of reinforcers and behaviors (informational reinforcers, adjunctive behaviors) into the assessment of reinforcer efficacy and value, a review and elaboration of the theoretical principles that guide behavioral economic assessments and analyses, and the translation of these assessments and analyses from the laboratory to regulatory policies related to substance abuse. These advances are drawn from methods and models ranging from hypothetical purchase tasks to behavioral pharmacology and animal behavior. A discussion of this research will lay the path forward for future theoretical, empirical, and applied developments in behavioral economics.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Choice behavior, Maximization, Nicotine, Schedule-induced behavior
 
Treatment Consumption as Maximization of Utilitarian and Information Reinforcement
SHAWN PATRICK GILROY (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Historical applications of the Operant Demand Framework have emphasized comparisons of direct reinforcer effects (i.e., Utilitarian Reinforcement). Work in this area typically evaluates reinforcers within a similar functional class and explores if, and the degree to which, the consumption of one type of reinforcer may be substitutable with another reinforcer in a similar class (e.g., drug reinforcers). Research applying Consumer Behavior Analysis evaluates consumption as a function of factors that extend beyond direct reinforcer effects (e.g., Informational Reinforcers) and this approach accounts for the indirect social and ecological factors that can influence choice behavior. Data from hypothetical purchase tasks evaluating caregiver preferences for parent-mediated behavior therapy will be reviewed to highlight how both competing and complementary contingencies underpin caregiver choices. Specifically, findings that caregivers differentially maximized different types of contingencies suggest that studies of choice behavior need to account for a broader range of immediate and delayed contingencies. These findings will be discussed in the context of advocating for effective services (i.e., Applied Behavior Analysis).
 
Are All Reinforcers the Same? Behavioral Assessments of Different Reinforcers and Behavior Acquisition
GABRIELA EUGENIA LÓPEZ-TOLSA (UNED)
Abstract: There is contradictory evidence that using different reinforces yield different rates of behaviors. A previous study in our lab suggested that rats did not show differences in rates of lever-pressing or schedule-induced running using water, food, or qualitatively varied reinforcement (water and food). On the other hand, a more recent study showed differences in schedule-induced licking and magazine entering when using a highly valued reinforcer vs. a less valued reinforcer. One of the differences between the first and the second study is the relationship between reinforcers, as water and food (first study) are usually complementary, whereas in the second study, both reinforcers were more likely substitutable, as they were pellets of different flavors. Furthermore, when rats were exposed to reinforcers of different values, they developed different rates of schedule-induced behaviors, more specifically, magazine-entering showed a higher rate when a highly valued reinforcer was used, and licking showed a higher rate when a less valued reinforcer was used, providing evidence of a higher effect of reinforcement value over the most proximal previous behavior. These types of assessments highlight the pertinence of the molecular approach when discussing the mechanisms by which behaviors are acquired.
 
Behavioral Economics in Tobacco Regulatory Science
JOHN R. SMETHELLS (Hennepin Healthcare Research Institute), Mark G. LeSage (Hennepin Healthcare Research Institute; University of Minnesota)
Abstract: The Center for Tobacco Products (CTP) at the FDA is charged with setting standards for tobacco products, including e-cigarettes, to protect public health. One key focus is to assess how regulatory policies could alter the abuse liability of tobacco products or impact tobacco use in vulnerable sub-populations (i.e., those with depression or ADHD). Behavioral economics provides a method to model tobacco regulatory policy and its effect on the abuse liability of tobacco products using animal models. This presentation will illustrate how our lab has employed behavioral economic analyses to assess how non-nicotine constituents in tobacco and psychiatric comorbidities influence the reinforcing efficacy of nicotine. We have also modeled the impact of changing the price of nicotine on substitution between products using cross-price demand analysis and we’ve derived a commodity relation index that normalizes changes in consumption between dissimilar commodities. Collectively, these studies show how animal models that incorporate behavioral economic approaches can inform the FDA CTP on the potential impact of tobacco regulatory policies on public health.
 

Theoretical Foundations for Value Assessment: A Demand Equation Drawn From Maximization Principles

FEDERICO SANABRIA (Arizona State University), Cristina Santos (Arizona State University), Matthew Gildea (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

The incentive value of reinforcers is often assessed from parameter estimates obtained from fits of the exponential-demand equation to empirical demand curves. Despite the prevalence of this approach, the specific mathematical expression of the exponential-demand equation is purely descriptive—its merit lies in its goodness-of-fit, not on the soundness of any theoretical premises on which it is based. This presentation shows how an asymptotic demand equation may be built from intuitive maximization principles. We demonstrate that this equation cannot, however, account for key features of empirical data. It is also shown that an additional assumption on the suppressive effects of reinforcement on subsequent behavior aligns the maximization-derived equation with behavioral data. The proposed model is slightly more complex than the exponential-demand equation, but, because it is grounded in theory, it pays its way with parameters that are more readily interpretable in terms of behavioral processes without sacrificing goodness-of-fit. Other discrepancies between the proposed model over the exponential-demand equation, and advantages of the former over the latter, are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #388
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Research and Exploration of Teaching Complex Verbal Behavior
Monday, May 29, 2023
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 3B
Area: VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Nicole Pantano (Assumption University)
Discussant: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento)
CE Instructor: Nicole Pantano, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium seeks to provide information on recent advancements in complex verbal behavior across a variety of applied and translational studies. Emergent behavior, including the generalization of autoclitics to novel tacts and the acquisition of intraverbal-tacts, will be explored in research with autistic children. Considerations regarding skills necessary for teaching qualifying autoclitics will be presented. Additionally, research on the component skills necessary for the emergence of intraverbal-tacts will be presented. As a continuation of the exploration of skills related to emergent responding, this symposium will also present a summary of recent literature on the acquisition of novel responses through learning by exclusion. Additionally, a synthesis of research on teaching complex verbal behavior, specifically foreign language, will be presented. Suggestions for future research and practice will be shared.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): autoclitics, emergence, exclusion responding, foreign language
Target Audience: Should be familiar with complex verbal behavior, with recent research in responding by exclusion, interested in teaching foreign language, and interested in the importance of expanding research in these areas
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Understand the role of component skills in intraverbal-tact emergence; (2) Describe the most common teaching procedures and assessment methods implemented during learning by exclusion trials with participants that have autism; (3) Describe behavior analytic procedures for teaching a foreign language, and (4) Describe qualifying autoclitics and identify benefits and limitations of two methods to teach qualifying autoclitics
 

A Sequence to Facilitate the Emergence of Intraverbal Tacts in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
NICOLE PANTANO (Assumption University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College)
Abstract:

Identifying component skills necessary for the emergence of intraverbal tacts, or verbal responses under control of both a verbal and nonverbal antecedent stimulus, is important because the occasion for this skill often occurs in a child’s everyday life (Palmer, 2016). Previous research has begun to identify a sequence of component skills that may lead to the emergence of multiply controlled intraverbals. However, it remains unclear which component skills are necessary versus sufficient. Our study sought to evaluate a subset of component skills evaluated in previous research that, conceptually, should be sufficient for emergence of intraverbal tacts. We found intraverbal tacts emerged to mastery criteria for all participants, only following acquisition of both element tacts and intraverbal categorizations. These data suggest these component skills may be sufficient for intraverbal tact emergence.

 
A Review of Learning by Exclusion
(Applied Research)
ARIADNA MARTINEZ (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida)
Abstract: The purpose of this paper is to review and summarize the literature investigating the acquisition of new responses through learning by exclusion. Learning by exclusion has been studied is also known as “fast mapping” or “exclusion responding”. Learning by exclusion consists of the acquisition of new relations through exclusion without explicit training (Wilkinson et al., 1996). In behavior analysis, matching-to-sample tasks are used in learning by exclusion research completed with familiar and unfamiliar stimuli followed by probe trials (Sivaram & Bhabu, 2018; Wilkinson & McIlvane, 1997). Researchers synthesized data from the literature for the following categories: (a) participant characteristics (b) target behavior information, (c) pre-evaluation assessments (d) post-evaluation assessments, (e) teaching procedures, and (f) outcomes. Results indicate that the majority of participants had an ASD diagnosis, expressive and receptive skills, communicated vocally, and had positive learning outcomes. However, there was variance in the expressive and receptive skills and pre-existing exclusion skills of participants that did not have positive learning outcomes. Limitations of the previous research, recommendations for future research, and implications for clinical practice are discussed.
 

Toward Establishing a Qualifying Autoclitic Repertoire in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
TODD M. OWEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Autoclitics are secondary verbal operants that are controlled by a feature of the conditions that evoke a primary verbal operant such as a tact or mand. Among the types described by Skinner (1957), qualifying autoclitics extend, negate, or assert a speaker’s primary verbal response and modify the intensity or direction of the listener’s behavior. In the only study to date on teaching qualifying autoclitics, Howard and Rice (1988) established autoclitics that indicated weak stimulus control (e.g., “like a [primary tact]”) with four neurotypical preschool children. However, generalization to newly acquired tacts was limited. In Experiment 1, we extended Howard and Rice to four autistic children while using simultaneous teaching procedures and observed generalization across sets and newly acquired tacts. In Experiment 2, we evaluated the effects of multiple exemplar training on generalization of autoclitics across sets of naturalistic stimuli. Across participants, gradual increases in autoclitics occurred across untaught stimuli after teaching with one or more sets.

 
Teaching a Foreign Language: A Systematic Review of the Literature
(Theory)
GRACE ECKO JOJO (Simmons University), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Mary Signorella (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: There has been a steady increase in publications on cultural humility and cultural diversity within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. Given increases in culturally and linguistically diverse families in the United States (United States Census Bureau, 2017), it is critical to examine effective methods of teaching a new language. We conducted a comprehensive literature review of foreign language instruction studies published in the field of behavior analysis. Across the 27 articles that met the inclusion criteria, we coded participants, language (native and foreign), verbal operant, independent variable, generalization data, maintenance data, and setting. We found that the research primarily included typically developing children (55%) and adults (33%). Additionally, most languages targeted for instruction were Roman. Most researchers used a verbal behavior or derived relations framework to assess and teach the second language, while other researchers used Morphological Analysis Strategy (MAS) and programmed instruction. Generalization and maintenance data were collected in fewer than half of the studies, and half of the studies were conducted in school settings. We identify limitations and gaps in the literature and provide suggestions for research and practice.
 
 
Panel #389
Powerful Autistics Coming Together: Autistic Women Working and Making a Difference in Applied Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 29, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4A/B
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Anika Hoybjerg (Student)
KAELYNN PARTLOW (Project Hope; Love On The Spectrum)
BRIELLE WILLIAMS (Autism & Behavioral Intervention)
AUDREY VOGEL (The Hangout Spot LLC)
Abstract: The field of Applied Behavior Analysis has come under close scrutiny by those in the autistic community. These presenters will share their unique experience of working in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis while also being autistic. They hold the roles as Registered Behavior Technicians and Board Certified Behavior Analysts. The panelists will also share ways that the field can implement strategies and accommodations to move toward compassionate care, inclusivity, and employment. This panel discussion will engage in an honest, vulnerable, and insightful discussion of the strengths and limitations of what we are doing in Applied Behavior Analysis to serve members of the autistic community and learn to be better at listening to autistic voices. They will share experiences on how to better include autistic opinions and feedback in our practices. These discussions can offer a future of greater inclusivity, increased employment in the field, flexibility, and increased compassionate care practices.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): neurodiversity, compassion,
 
 
Symposium #390
Investigating the Contributions of Neuromodulatory Systems to Behavior-Environment Relations
Monday, May 29, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom F
Area: BPN/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Grayson Butcher (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Behavior analytic and neuroscientific fields of inquiry are complementary in that each contributes to the larger, cooperative venture of accounting for the activities of organisms (Donahoe, 2017; Skinner, 1972). Precise behavior analytic work is especially important for enabling the study of how neurological variables help instantiate behavior-environment functional relations. Thankfully, this sentiment has been increasingly appreciated by neuroscience communities, and demand for behavior analytically informed neuroscience is on the rise (e.g., Krakauer et al., 2017). In this symposium, we will share our research into how several brain systems contribute to the acquisition, maintenance, and/or allocation of behavior across several behavioral tasks. The specific brain systems under review are three neuromodulatory systems: the oxytocinergic system, dopaminergic system, and cholinergic system. The first talk will focus on the behavior analytic investigation of Oxytocin (OT) and its role in prosocial and antisocial behavior, specifically how OT may potentiate or depotentiate social consequences. The other two presentations will discuss the effects of direct electrical stimulation of the dopaminergic or cholinergic systems on recovery of skilled forelimb reaching in rats following ischemic stroke. The results of these studies indicate a role for both neuromodulatory systems in facilitating acquisition and/or allocation of operant behavior.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): behavioral neuroscience, neuromodulatory systems
 
Oxytocin and Social Reinforcement
CARLOS LOPEZ (University of North Texas), April M. Becker (University of North Texas; University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
Abstract: Oxytocin (OT) is a neuro-peptide that acts as a neuromodulator in the central nervous system as well as a hormone in the peripheral system. While the peripheral functions of OT have been identified and used for clinical application, its central functions remain unclear. Some studies investigating the central functions of OT suggest it promotes prosocial behavior while others suggest it promotes antisocial behavior towards outgroups or strangers. To address these irregularities, we investigated the effects of OT on social consequences. Furthermore, we explored the prefrontal cortex as a target of OT infusion, as opposed to other commonly targeted areas of the brain. Studies have shown some involvement of the prefrontal cortex in conditioned reinforcement. This area seems of interest as social behavior contains complex conditioned reinforcers. Our study investigated how OT may modulate prosocial and antisocial behavior by either potentiating or depotentiating social consequences. We used a rat model in a social release paradigm. The paradigm consisted of a free rat that could release a restrained rat by pressing a lever. The freed rats were infused with OT in prefrontal cortices to assess its effects on probability and latency of social release.
 
An Investigation of the Dopaminergic System’s Role in Reestablishing Motor Behavior Following Stroke
JARED T ARMSHAW (University North Texas), April M. Becker (University of North Texas; University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
Abstract: Strokes are a leading cause of disability in the United States. Neuroplasticity underlies gains in behavioral rehabilitation and functional recovery from stroke. A promising avenue toward promoting functional recovery is to manipulate naturally occurring neuroplasticity mechanisms, such as dopamine. The dopaminergic system facilitates neuroplasticity through several pathways. One of these pathways is the mesocorticolimbic pathway, which originates from the ventral tegmental area (VTA). This pathway promotes the facilitation of memory and learning processes through neuroplasticity. The dopaminergic system is a frequently investigated system for brain and behavior change studies. Stimulation of the VTA has shown promising results in reestablishing responses in lesion studies. In this project, we test the effects of phasic electrical stimulation of the VTA in close contiguity to successful skill forelimb reach responses in a rodent stroke model to drive functional recovery following stroke. The study was conducted in the context of a self-paced stroke assessment using fully implantable stimulators. This presentation discusses preliminary data comparing the recovery outcomes from stroke with and without supplementary VTA stimulation. We believe the self-paced stroke assessment, implantable stimulators, and operant arrangements will permit researchers to obtain results with greater generality.
 
Contributions of the Cholinergic Neuromodulatory System to Stroke Recovery
GRAYSON BUTCHER (University of North Texas), April M. Becker (University of North Texas; University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center)
Abstract: There is considerable evidence that neuromodulatory systems, like the cholinergic basal forebrain (CBF), underlie basic learning processes and could profitably be leveraged to influence conditioning in long-lasting and meaningful ways. Vagus nerve stimulation (VNS)--which achieves its effects through stimulation of cholinergic and other neuromodulatory systems–has shown promise in driving cortical and behavioral improvements with impairments like tinnitus, phantom limb pain, stroke, and TBI (Kilgard, 2012; Hulsey et al., 2016; Hays et al., 2014). Specific stimulation of the cholinergic basal forebrain has also been shown to drive the cortical plasticity underlying behavioral improvements in several tasks. That said, only one study has investigated the potential of direct stimulation of the CBF, but it is unclear if stimulation was given before or while engaging in the referent behavior (Mirza Agha et al., 2021). This study investigated the influence of precisely-timed electrical stimulation of the basal forebrain on poststroke recovery of skilled forelimb reaching in rats. Brief stimulation and sugarwater delivery was made contingent on successful forelimb reaching in the context of a percentile schedule of reinforcement. This presentation will share the results of this study and discuss the basic and translational implications. In general, it appears that the basal forebrain may contribute to relearning of skill reaching, following the stroke-induced cortical and behavioral impairments.
 
 
Symposium #391
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Functional Analysis Redux
Monday, May 29, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jacqueline Pachis (Eastern Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Jacqueline Pachis, M.A.
Abstract:

Functional analysis is at the heart of case conceptualizations in applied behavior analytic work and in behavior therapy (e.g., depression, anxiety). The breadth of variables that can be incorporated into functional analyses extends far beyond the five analogue conditions that have become synonymous with the term “experimental functional analysis” within the last two decades. Indeed, a wide range of circumstances - from physiological to sociocultural - give rise to, contribute to, or maintain clinically significant behavior patterns. Functional analyses are person-centered when they capture diversity. This symposium teaches attendees how to think about functional analysis broadly and illustrates functional analytic clinical case formulations with examples of interpersonal functioning and taking an individual’s physiological context into consideration. The benefits of using structured methods for presenting these case formulations are discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): assessment, functional analysis, physiology, social
Target Audience:

Graduate students in practical training and post-degree professionals in clinical practice.

Learning Objectives: t the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) take a structured approach to incorporating physical and sociocultural variables into a functional analytic case formulation; (2) apply functional analysis to therapeutic interpersonal interactions (3) incorporate into routine measurement-based practices the detection of potential medical conditions or adverse medication effects that disrupt repertoires.
 
Diversity submission Functional Analysis and Clinical Case Formulations
THOMAS J. WALTZ (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Functional analysis is at the heart of case conceptualizations in applied behavior analytic work and in behavior therapy (e.g., depression, anxiety). The breadth of variables that can be incorporated into functional analyses extends far beyond the five analogue conditions that have become synonymous with the term “experimental functional analysis” within the last two decades. Indeed, a wide range of circumstances - from physiological to sociocultural - give rise to, contribute to, or maintain clinically significant behavior patterns. Functional analyses are person-centered when they capture diversity. This symposium teaches attendees how to think about functional analysis broadly and illustrates functional analytic clinical case formulations with examples of interpersonal functioning and taking an individual’s physiological context into consideration. The benefits of using structured methods for presenting these case formulations are discussed.
 
Diversity submission 

Functional Analysis and Interpersonal Interactions

Abstract:

A functional analysis of interpersonal interactions requires a nuanced understanding of the cultural context for the interactions and how the lived experiences of the participants in the interaction contribute to the quality of their communication. In interpersonally focused behavior therapies, therapists need to have a clear case formulation for clinically relevant social behaivors so that they can a) identify whether the current situation reflects an appropriate antecedent context for the behavior of interest, b) determine whether the client’s social behavior is consistent with (or an approximation to) the functional classes of behavior targeted, c) provide a socially normative therapeutic consequence for the client’s behavior, and d) monitor the impact of such therapeutic consequences on behavior over time. This process requires the therapist to be able to view both the client’s behavior and their own behavior through a sophisticated functional analytic lens. The most meaningful social reinforcers obtain their function due to their intersection with a person’s unique history, the shared history of the dyad, and the broader social-cultural conext for the interaction. This presentation will focus on the skills needed to apply functional analysis to therapeutic interpersonal interactions.

 
Diversity submission 

Ignorance is Not Bliss: The Role of Physiology in Behavioral Assessment

CLAUDIA DROSSEL (Eastern Michigan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University)
Abstract:

People with compromised verbal repertoires are at risk of undetected physical problems, including acute infections, chronic conditions, or medication adverse effects. Undetected conditions may delay skill acquisition, cause or exacerbate problem behavior, and hasten repertorial decline. The BACB Ethics Code (Section 2.12) advises behavior analysts to refer to medical providers upon suspecting a “reasonable likelihood” of physiological involvement, yet standard functional analyses do not examine physical variables. When referral occurs, physicians’ effectiveness as diagnosticians at the intersection of physiology and behavior is unclear at best. Diagnostic algorithms typically rely on self-reports followed by physical examination, laboratory tests, and additional techniques for classification and quantification. Evaluations of diagnostic algorithms in everyday practice are rare, and there is a lack of standards for diagnostic expertise. Uncertainty is compounded when patients’ verbal skills are insufficient, and providers must rely on proxy reports. Studies suggest that behavioral concerns tend to overshadow physiological considerations and result in decreased healthcare access. To mitigate effects of diagnostic overshadowing and research gaps, this paper will propose formal behavior analytic strategies to detect and advocate for the proper management of physiological conditions. Systematic continuous assessment of potential physiological conditions and advocacy must be part of behavior-analytic training.

 
 
Panel #392
CE Offered: BACB
Putting Into Practice: Practical Strategies for Creating a Compassionate Context in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA)
Monday, May 29, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 2A
Area: DDA/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Janani Vaidya, M.A.
Chair: Janani Vaidya (National Louis University)
HANNAH KAPLAN-REIMER (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; reSOURCE)
MEGAN DUFFY CASSELLA (reSOURCE)
CELIA HEYMAN (New Jersey ABA)
Abstract:

Since Taylor, Leblanc, and Nosik’s (2018) call for compassion as well as the addition of “treat[ing] others with compassion” as one of the core foundational principles that behavior analysts use to interpret and apply the standards in the code (BACB, 2020), greater emphasis is being placed on fostering such practices in Applied Behavior Analytic settings. Now that compassionate care is garnering greater attention in the field (Leblanc et al., 2020; Rohrer et al., 2021; Sadavoy & Zube, 2021; Slim & Reuter Yuill, 2021), it is essential that we continue to focus on this increasingly relevant perspective. To maintain momentum in moving toward more compassionate contexts, we must identify components of practices that function as such, consider how to implement suggested strategies, and continue to innovate and shape effective approaches. This panel will speak to some of the recent work that assumes a compassionate perspective including the Practical Functional Assessment and Skill-Based Treatment (Whelan et al., 2021) as well as how this technology supports practitioners to continue building rapport and therapeutic alliance while empowering learners by teaching skills (Rajaraman et al., 2021; Staubitz et al., 2022). The panel will also discuss how to structure written programs, data collection systems, and Functional Behavior Assessments in a manner that supports compassionate behavior and practice. Further, the panel will review self-compassion practices from a behavior analytic, function-based perspective as a tool for facilitating compassionate therapeutic relationships and for maintaining compassionate contexts.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Practitioners, RBTs, BCBAs, Trainers, Supervisors

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Explain how the Practical Functional Assessment and Skill-Based Training function to supports a compassionate therapeutic relationship; (2) Describe how to structure programs, data collection, and assessment summaries to facilitate compassionate contexts for practitioners and learners; (3) Orient themselves to self-compassionate practices to foster greater compassion in educational and therapeutic settings.
Keyword(s): Compassion, Self-Compassion
 
 
Symposium #393
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Writing With Morningside Generative Instruction: Explicit Instruction, Frequency Building, and the Good Behavior Game
Monday, May 29, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center 405
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Andrew Robert Kieta (Morningside Academy)
CE Instructor: Alyssa R McElroy, M.A.
Abstract:

The Morningside Model of Generative Instruction (MMGI) has been applied to teaching written performance to both typical and non-typical children and adult learners. Explicit instruction, frequency building to criterion, and classroom management procedures derived from evolutionary theory and student participation are key components of MMGI. First, Paige Sherlund-Pelfrey will provide a systematic review of the evidence of the effectiveness of explicit instruction and frequency building to criterion as methods to build writing skills with typical and non-typical elementary and middle school children. Second, Alyssa McElroy will describe a specific study that evaluated Morningside’s Writing Persuasive Compositions program, which includes explicit instruction and frequency building to criterion, to teach persuasive writing to college students with disabilities. Finally, Hannah Jenkins will detail a system for teaching students to set learning, organizational, and citizenship behaviors, as well as procedures for transitioning from the Good Behavior Game to the Mystery Behavior Game, to set the context for effective writing instruction.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Professionals interested in behavioral education, direct instruction, Precision teaching/frequency building, Response to Intervention, Good Behavior Game, and special education. Audience should have a basic understanding of applied behavior analysis as applied to academic learning behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe the effectiveness of explicit instruction and frequency building on writing performance, 2. List four types of persuasive sentences and describe explicit instruction and frequency building procedures for teaching those sentence writing performances, 3. Describe the procedures for establishing the Mystery Behavior Game as a classroom wide, group contingency for shaping student learning, organizational, and citizenship behaviors.
 
A Systematic Review of Explicit Instruction and Frequency Building Interventions to Teach Students to Write
(Applied Research)
PAIGE LEE SHERLUND-PELFREY (Western Michigan University), Alyssa R McElroy (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Van Stratton (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Using explicit instruction (EI) and frequency building to a performance criterion (FBPC) as an intervention to teach writing skills to individuals with and without disabilities has become increasingly common in recent years (Datchuk & Kubina, 2017; Datchuk & Rodgers, 2018; Rodgers et al., 2020). While literature reviews on writing interventions for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (Accardo et al., 2019; Pennington & Delano, 2012) and writing difficulties and learning disabilities (Datchuk & Kubina, 2012) are available, to date there is no systematic review of EI and FBPC for writing skills. Researchers and practitioners may benefit from knowledge surrounding the effectiveness of these interventions for different populations and various writing skills. Thus, the purpose of the current systematic review is to examine and summarize the available evidence on EI and FBPC as a method to teach writing skills, provide recommendations to practitioners and teachers, and establish future directions in research for the research community.
 

Using Explicit Instruction and Frequency Building to Teach Persuasive Writing to College Students With Disabilities

(Applied Research)
ALYSSA R MCELROY (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Van Stratton (Western Michigan University), Paige Lee Sherlund-Pelfrey (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Proficient writing skills are critical for academic, vocational, and social outcomes for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). However, many individuals struggle to develop proficient writing repertoires (National Center for Educational Statistics, 2012; Whitby & Mancil, 2009). This study sought to teach eight college students with disabilities to write four types of persuasive sentences (e.g., thesis statement, major point, minor point, transition sentence) using a modified explicit instruction program and frequency building to a performance criterion sessions. Five of the eight participants met criteria for all four sentence types and demonstrated maintenance skills during follow-up sessions. Future directions regarding instructional strategies for college-level writing will be discussed.

 
The Mystery Good Behavior Game: An Evolution of the Good Behavior Game to Occasion Generative Responding
(Service Delivery)
HANNAH JENKINS (Morningside Academy), Andrew Robert Kieta (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: Extending the author's prior research, procedures were designed to guide classroom teachers on how to systematically shift class wide social-behavior contingencies from the Good Behavior Game (GBG), to the Caught Being Good Game (CBGG), to the Mystery Behavior Game (MBG), in which reinforcement is delivered for desirable behaviors that are not explicitly stated to the students (Jenkins 2022). First, procedures were designed for setting classroom expectations using Ostrom's eight core design principles for governing groups. Students agreed upon values, expectations, rewards, and punishments. Second, the learning, organizational, and citizenship behaviors required for writing class success were analyzed and organized into a scope and sequence. Third, procedures and data-based decision-making criteria were designed to evolve the group contingency intervention from the punishment based GBG to the constructional, reinforcement-based CBGG, in order to teach some of the targeted behaviors in the scope and sequence. Fourth, the MBG was introduced in order to evoke and reinforce novel behaviors that were not explicitly taught during the previous game iterations. Finally, the author will evaluate what other untargeted or unexpected behaviors emerged from the MGB.
 
 
Symposium #394
CE Offered: BACB
How It Started, How It’s Going: Reducing Restraints at an Exceptional Student Education Center School
Monday, May 29, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center 403/404
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Edward Justin Page (StepOne Neurodiversity Services)
Discussant: Elisa M. Cruz-Torres (Florida Atlantic University)
CE Instructor: Candace Barrett, M.S.
Abstract: Restraints have been used in educational and behavioral health institutions as a crisis intervention for individuals who exhibit dangerous and life-threatening behaviors. In educational settings, physical restraints are often used as a “last resort” to end behavioral episodes that may result in serious injury or death of the student and/or others in close proximity. While occasional use of physical restraint on students who engage in dangerous behaviors may be warranted, the U.S. Department of Education statistics on the use of restraints have established that students with disabilities are restrained at a disproportionately higher rate than their general education counterparts (U.S. Department of Education Civil Rights Data Collection Report, 2020). This symposium will focus on the restraint reduction efforts of two behavior analysts at a Florida exceptional student education (ESE) center school with a history of high rates of physical restraints on students. The first presentation will explore initial observations, preliminary actions, and early implementation of interventions by the resident behavior analyst at the school. The second presentation will expand on interventions implemented and continuing programming to maintain near zero levels of physical restraints three years after initial efforts to reduce restraints at this same school were implemented. Implications for practice will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): physical restraints, restraint reduction, staff training
Target Audience: Intermediate - Behavior analysts attending this session should have some understanding of working with schools and engaging in consultation and/or training with school staff. Knowledge of effective interventions for severe problem behaviors would also be beneficial.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify factors that may contribute to the overuse of physical restraints in educational and community settings. 2. Describe effective strategies for identifying skills deficits in school staff and explain effective training methods to remedy those deficits.
 
An Examination of Factors Contributing to the Overuse of Restraints in an Exceptional Student Education Center School
JESSICA NAOMI CADETTE DUNN (Orlando Health)
Abstract: The use of physical restraints to address dangerous behaviors exhibited by students with disabilities has been a mainstay in the U.S. public school system for decades. Though physical restraints are used on students with and without disabilities, a review of national data exposes the disproportionate use of physical restraints, and potential overuse of restraints, on students with disabilities. During the 2017-2018 school year, students with disabilities made up approximately 13% of the school population, but accounted for approximately 80% of all restraint incidents in public school settings (U.S. Department of Education Civil Rights Data Collection Report, 2020). Behavior analysts have an ethical obligation to ensure that they maximize benefits and ensure they “do no harm” to their clients (BACB Ethics Code, 2020). Adhering to our ethical obligations requires that we continuously closely examine and address the use (and potential overuse) of intrusive intervention on our clients. This presentation will examine the factors that contributed to the overuse of physical restraints in a ESE center school setting and discuss considerations for lowering the use of physical restraints on students in similar settings.
 
A Systematic Approach to Restraint Reduction at an Exceptional Student Education Center School
CANDACE BARRETT (University of Miami)
Abstract: Success in school-wide restraint reduction requires a thorough assessment of factors contributing to restraint use, targeted interventions at the student and staff level, and multi-level buy-in of these interventions by major stakeholders (e.g., school administration, teachers, support staff). Through close analysis, behavior analysts at an exceptional student education (ESE) center school identified probable variables leading to restraint overuse, with the staff knowledge gap as the major contributing factor. Using behavior skills training (BST) and in situ training (IST) to teach staff to identify and utilize appropriate procedures based on the intensity of the behaviors, the school-based staff demonstrated a 12% increase in knowledge from pre-test and post-test results. More importantly, the effects of training were best shown in the 42% decrease in Workers Compensation light duty claims, a 63% reduction in the use of physical restraints in the first school year, and a 93% decrease in the overall use of physical restraint in the second school year of implementation. This presentation will discuss the development of staff training and tools created to combat school staff skill deficits and decrease the use of physical restraints on students.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #395
CE Offered: BACB
From the Operant Chamber to The Boardroom: Four Secrets to Unlocking Behaviour at Scale
Monday, May 29, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 2/3
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sharlet D. Rafacz (Western Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Laura L. Methot, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: LAURA L. METHOT (independent)
Abstract: What people do every day at work matters. Every business has a strategy and in today’s competitive environment most have significant change or improvement goals. The reality of business execution is that nothing changes until behaviour changes - it's the people at the frontlines who bring strategy to life. But behaviour change, even on an individual basis, is hard to achieve and even harder to maintain. Attempting large scale behaviour change in complex organisational structures can be daunting. In this presentation I will address four factors that together help us to unlock the power of consistent and focussed behaviour change across large and complex organisations. 1. EAB: a foundation in the experimental analysis of behaviour distinguishes consulting behaviour analysts from practitioners who have added a few behavioural tools to their traditional change kits 2. Business Acumen: consulting behaviour analysts must have a deep understanding of how business works, but you don’t need an MBA to get there 3. Data: Creating a data-based line of sight from individual performance to organisational outcomes is a game changer that requires both business acumen and EAB skills 4. Leadership: we can enable behaviour change en masse by helping leaders build fluency in some foundational practices that enable employees to succeed When leaders inspire the workforce and help them align day-to-day behaviours with long term business ambitions, employers can deliver improvement in up to half the time with twice the impact…and they’re motivated to continue, bringing their best to work every day.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behaviour analysts in academic and practitioner roles, from advanced undergraduate to postgraduate levels

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Understand the value of an EAB background in providing OBM consulting services to business clients; (2) Understand why business acumen is important for OBM consultants and ideas for developing sufficient acumen; (3) Learn an approach for connecting individual performance data to important organisational outcomes; (4) Learn a behaviour-based leadership foundation for unlocking behaviour change at scale
 
LAURA L. METHOT (independent)
Laura is a behavioural scientist whose career ambition has always been to improve the world of work. Along the way she’s learned a lot about the power of behaviour and why people do what they do. For over 30 years Laura has applied that knowledge to help leaders get better business results by focussing on behaviours and shaping supportive work environments. One of the most important lessons she’s learned is that most people want to do the right thing and leadership is often about clearing a path for them to shine. The reality of execution is that nothing changes until behaviour changes - it's the people at the frontlines who bring strategy to life. Laura’s expertise lies in helping executive teams connect the dots between their business ambitions and frontline execution. She has consulted internationally and across multiple industries learning what distinguishes the very best leaders from the rest. Laura holds an M.A. in Industrial/Organizational Psychology and a Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis from Western Michigan University where she is currently an adjunct professor. She also earned a B.A. in Psychology (Honours) from Saint Mary’s University in Halifax, Canada. Laura has published in several peer-reviewed scientific journals, including Human Factors, Canadian Psychology, and the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, and has been a guest reviewer for Canadian Psychology, a journal of the Canadian Psychological Association. She has presented at professional conferences and meetings for the Association for Behavior Analysis International, the Organizational Behavior Management Network, the Atlantic Conference on Ergonomics, the Canadian Psychological Association, the Canadian Society for Industrial and Organizational Psychology, and the European Unleashing Change Management Summit. She is a contributing author to The Behavior Breakthrough: Leading Your Organization to a New Competitive Advantage as well as co-authoring multiple academic texts and industry white papers. She now spends most of her professional time extending her experience
 
 
Symposium #396
CE Offered: BACB
”To Replicate or... Keep Replicating: Explorations on Some Replication Efforts and Risk of Bias in Behavior Analysis”
Monday, May 29, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom H
Area: PCH/EAB; Domain: Theory
Chair: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University; Konrad Lorenz University)
Discussant: Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
CE Instructor: Eric A. Jacobs, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Replication of experimental studies is a tenet of advancement and knowledge generation in natural sciences. Behavior analysis incorporated and promulgated this notion since its inception. Replication was evident in the progression of B. F. Skinner’s early experiments and the subsequent work of those experimental and applied behavior analysts who followed. Sidman (1960) later formalized these practices when defined direct and systematic replication and discussed their importance for our field. Direct replication establishes reliability of phenomena via repeated reproduction of experimental effects, and systematic replication allows to determine the generality of variables, methods, and processes across species, subjects, responses, or settings (Johnston, 1979). The recent debate on the so called “replication crisis” in psychology, triggered discussions on the replication practices in behavior analysis (e.g., Hantula, 2019; Perone, 2019; Tincani & Travers, 2019). Behavior analytic research overall seems to be immune to the replication and reproduction problems that have been identified in other fields. However, some authors (e.g., Tincani & Travers, 2019) have argued that there is still a need of explicit and systematic efforts to evaluate the reproducibility of our findings and to assess the degree of publication bias in our field. One of the reasons is that behavior analysis may still be vulnerable to the contingencies that led to the “replication crisis” in other disciplines (e.g., disproportionate publication of studies showing only strong experimental effects may inflate confidence in intervention; Tincani & Travers, 2019). This symposium aims to contribute to these gaps. One presentation discusses the processes, outcomes, and challenges of systematic replication efforts of conditional discrimination and aversive control phenomena. A second presentation will examine preliminary findings of a study on risk of bias in behavior analytic research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): choice, conditional discrimination, replication, risk-of-bias
Target Audience:

Intermediate. Audience should have some familiarity with the notions of direct and systematic replication, conditional discrimination, aversive control (negative reinforcement and punishment), and quality assessment in research.

Learning Objectives: (1) Define matching-to-sample procedures and conditional discrimination. (2) Differentiate aversive contingencies in the context of conditional discrimination. (3) Define risk of bias in the context of behavior analysis.
 
A Behavior Analytic Account of Risk of Bias: A Preliminary Investigation
MANISH K. GOYAL (Southern Illinois University), Iulian-Alexandru Iulian Stefan (University of Bucharest), Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: • Many systematic reviews include quality indicator tools (e.g., What Works ClearingHouse), which assess the rigor of specific experimental designs and methodology. Less common is an assessment of risk of bias. Risk of bias (ROB) is related to, but distinct from, methodological quality, as it relates to errors or deviations from the truth within results (Higgins & Altman, 2008). Previously, a ROB tool was developed by Reichow et al. (2018) to evaluate single-case experimental designs within research. This tool assesses eight categories of bias. The purpose of this review was to apply the ROB tool to an existing systematic review (Muharib et al., 2021) to determine its utility and reliability across raters. Two raters scored 100% of 35 articles and exact IOA was calculated with an overall agreement of 76%. The highest areas of bias were the absence of blinding of participants and personnel and insufficient procedural fidelity across all studies. ROB due to data sampling and participant selection were relatively low. We provide general recommendations for researchers to help mitigate potential areas of bias within future research.
 

Effects of Different Contingencies in the Acquisition of Aversive Conditional Discriminations

JULIAN CIFUENTES (Southern Illinois University), Monica Arias Higuera (Universidad Nacional de Colombia), Lucia Medina (University of Missouri), Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University; Konrad Lorenz University)
Abstract:

Training of arbitrary conditional discriminations in verbal individuals often employs matching-to-sample (MTS) tasks that entail a combination of positive reinforcement and punishment using verbal stimuli (e.g., punishment and reinforcement for incorrect and correct matching responses via written stimuli – “correct” and “incorrect”). Little is known about arbitrary aversive conditional discrimination and the effects that different configurations of contingencies may have on those discriminations. In Experiment 1, we systematically replicated a widely implemented arrangement of consequences in MTS procedures in the context of participants’ matching of trigrams (arbitrary comparison stimuli) to aversive images (sample stimuli, e.g., pictures of human mutilation from the International Affective Picture System – IAPS) – i.e., replicated Steele and Hayes’s (1991) procedure in which correct responses produced a “correct” written stimulus and incorrect responses an “incorrect” written stimulus. This traditional arrangement of consequences for conditional discrimination was compared to other three contingencies that did not entail verbal stimuli: (a) positive reinforcement only (a progress bar only increased with each correct matching response), positive and negative reinforcement (correct matching produced an increase in the progress bar and the sample aversive image was removed from the screen – i.e., escape – and consistent correct matching of a given sample prevented it to continue being presented in next trials – i.e., avoidance), and negative reinforcement alone (correct matching produced escape and avoidance of the sample aversive stimuli). The traditional arrangement of consequences for matching (written “correct” or “incorrect” words) produced more consistent, faster, and higher percentages of correct responses across most participants, as compared to the other contingencies. In experiment 2, we systematically replicated the aversive MTS task developed for Experiment 1 using only the negative reinforcement contingency. We aimed to gather further evidence of conditional-discrimination acquisition using only escape and avoidance contingencies and test for differences in conditional-discrimination performance depending on the social relevance of the sample images. We used the same aversive IAPS images from Experiment 1 and compared their effect against aversive images from the Colombian armed conflict (pictures depicting massacres, kidnapping, terrorist attacks, etc.; Hurtado-Parrado et al., 2020). In addition, we used as control sample stimuli appetitive and neutral images from the IAPS (e.g., pictures depicting positive social interactions or house objects, respectively). The findings of Experiment 1 were overall reproduced with IAPS aversive and neutral images during Experiment 2, but not with images of the Colombian armed conflict. Results of both experiments indicate that conditional discrimination phenomena could be reproduced with aversive contingencies that do not entail verbal stimuli as consequences. However, the traditional and widely implemented combination of reinforcement and punishment using verbal stimuli is more effective in reproducing such discriminations in verbal individuals. Recent replications of our aversive MTS task have provided further evidence (e.g., Acevedo-Triana et al., 2021).

 
 
Invited Tutorial #397
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Advocating for Compassionate Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Practice in Conversations With Caregivers and Colleagues
Monday, May 29, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Adithyan Rajaraman, Ph.D.
Chair: Meral Koldas (Queen's University of Belfast)
Presenting Authors: : ADITHYAN RAJARAMAN (Vanderbilt University Medical Center)
Abstract:

In recent years, behavior analysts have increasingly embraced the relevance and importance of the construct of compassion, including but not limited to how it pertains to: (a) building relationships with clients, families, and colleagues (Taylor et al., 2019); (b) engaging in culturally responsive care (Jimenez-Gomez & Beaulieu, 2022); (c) establishing neurodiversity affirming practices (Schuck et al., 2021); and (d) ensuring that the delivery of ABA services are aligned with commitments of trauma-informed care (Rajaraman et al., 2022). These themes have each fostered burgeoning independent lines of scholarly discussion, but their amalgamation as an overall compassionate approach to ABA has not yet been described. This presentation represents my attempt to bring these definitions together to meaningfully infuse compassion into several elements of ABA practice. Through various professional experiences, I have learned to employ a particularly collaborative process—practical functional assessment and skill-based treatment, often embedded within an enhanced choice model—when given the opportunity to address an individual’s dangerous and challenging behavior. Evidence demonstrating the effectiveness, safety, and social validity of the approach is well documented; however, behavior analysts may struggle to gain “buy-in” with caregivers and colleagues due to the counterintuitive nature of certain procedures. In this presentation, while briefly summarizing procedures and expected outcomes based on existing research, I will delineate key areas of collaboration and defend the inclusion of certain procedures (and omission of others) by invoking compassion as a guiding compass. I will also argue that compassion can be found in the methods we use to evaluate our services by describing how the logic of certain single-case experimental designs can foster, rather than inhibit, compassionate ABA. Regardless of your opinions of or prior experiences with this approach, I hope to offer you an evidence-based argument—grounded in compassion—in its favor, while proposing a vocabulary for describing and defending compassionate and trauma-informed processes for addressing dangerous and challenging behaviors exhibited by the individuals you serve.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

ABA Practitioners

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, attendees should be able to: (1) Define compassion from a behavioral perspective; (2) Delineate procedures and expected outcomes associated with the practical functional assessment and skill-based treatment model for addressing dangerous and challenging behavior; (3) Describe how components of this assessment and treatment approach could be conceptualized as compassionate; (4) Defend the inclusion of compassionate procedures in practice
 
ADITHYAN RAJARAMAN (Vanderbilt University Medical Center)
dithyan (Dithu) Rajaraman has been blessed to teach, interact with, and learn from children and adolescents with and without disabilities for 14 years. Dithu completed his Doctoral training in Behavior Analysis at Western New England University, under the advisement of Dr. Greg Hanley. In 2019, he joined the faculty at UMBC, where he taught and mentored undergraduate and graduate students of Psychology with an emphasis in behavior analysis. In the fall of 2022, Dithu joined the faculty at Vanderbilt University Medical Center as an Assistant Professor of Pediatrics, where he serves as Director of Behavior Analysis Research within Vanderbilt Kennedy Center's (VKC) Treatment and Research Institute for Autism Spectrum Disorders (TRIAD). Dithu has published research in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Behavior Analysis in Practice, the International Journal of Developmental Disabilities, and Autism. Dithu’s research and practice interests include the assessment, treatment, and prevention of dangerous behavior, with an emphasis on investigating compassionate, trauma-informed approaches to behavioral assessment and intervention. This research aim is intimately connected to the goal of being able to provide safe, dignifying, yet highly effective behavior-analytic services to underrepresented individuals in underserved communities.
 
 
Panel #398
CE Offered: BACB
Considerations for Instructors in Online Behavior Analysis Programs
Monday, May 29, 2023
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Convention Center 406/407
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Laura Perry Senn, Ph.D.
Chair: Laura Perry Senn (University of Alabama in Huntsville)
SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University)
ANTHONY CONCEPCION (University of South Florida)
ODESSA LUNA (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: According to the National Center for Education Statistics, there has been a continued shift toward online enrollment for students in post-secondary education in recent years. Programs offering coursework in behavior analysis have been no exception. While online classes offer a variety of benefits for both instructors and students, they can also pose unique challenges over traditional face-to-face class meetings. Further, it is imperative that online students receive preparation of comparable quality to that of students enrolled in traditional courses in order to ensure the overall strength of our next generation of BCBAs. Unfortunately, many instructors struggle to find resources for navigating these challenges effectively and literature in the area of online instruction within higher education remains somewhat limited. All panelists currently serve as online program faculty and will accept audience questions related to such topics as online course structure, designing online assignments, promoting academic integrity, leveraging the benefits of online instruction, and facilitating meaningful experiences and interactions for students.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Target Audience: The target audience include BCBAs and BCBA-Ds who currently teach online coursework or are in the process of designing online coursework. Attendees should have experience or knowledge in the area of designing student coursework in a way that integrates behavior anlaytic practices to promote success.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentaiton, participants will be able to: (1)Identify unique advantages and disadvantages that come with online teaching; (2) Identify considerations for designing online courses and assignments; (3) Identify options for online information delivery and instruction.
Keyword(s): course development, graduate students, online teaching, post-secondary education
 
 
Symposium #399
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Augmentative and Alternative Communication Systems for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities
Monday, May 29, 2023
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4C/D
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington)
Discussant: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
CE Instructor: Amarie Carnett, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Individuals with developmental disabilities, such as Autism, who have complex communication needs are often candidates for augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) systems. However, when selecting intervention components, there is a need for both assessment of skills, as well considerations of specific intervention components utilized that may affect the individual’s communication outcomes. This symposium will present data from three empirical studies and one review of theoretical principles. For the review, authors will revisit concepts on topography-based and selection-based verbal behavior, and the implications for AAC users. The second talk will present data on teaching a interaverbal-mands with an SGD in the context of social routines for preschool children with autism. The third talk will present data on remote teaching of care staff to implement PECS with adults in a residential care facility. And the last talk will present on a comparative study of treatment options (i.e., SGD-self prompts and vocal prompts) for an individual with complex communication needs. Implications and future directions will be discussed by the discussant, Rocío Rosales.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): AAC, Autism, Developmental Disabilities, Verbal Behavior
Target Audience:

BCBAs, Newly minted BCBAs; practitioners, supervisors, and students currently enrolled in graduate programs.

Learning Objectives: Following the presentations, participants will be able to: 1. Describe topographic and selection-based responding and areas of overlap. 2. Describe treatment components involved in staff training for PECS. 3. Describe procedures that can facilitate the acquisition of SGD-based intraverbal responding. 4. Describe the components of a functional analysis of verbal behavior.
 

Revisiting Topography-Based and Selection-Based Verbal Behavior: Implications for the Selection of Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) Systems

EINAR T. INGVARSSON (Virginia Institute of Autism), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Abstract:

In topography-based verbal behavior, different antecedent stimuli control different topographies of responding, whereas in selection-based verbal behavior, different antecedent stimuli control the selection of visually distinct stimuli from an array of options. We discuss Michael’s (1985) distinction between topography-based and selection-based behavior, focusing on its implications for the selection of augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) systems. After considering how recent technological developments may blur the distinction between these two forms of verbal behavior, we discuss some variable characteristics of selection-based behavior that may affect its similarity to common forms of topography-based behavior. These characteristics include construction of stimuli from minimal units, the size and composition of the selection array, and the similarity of response-produced stimuli to verbal stimuli that are prevalent in the speaker’s verbal community.

 

Using Naturalistic Augmentative and Alternative Communication Intervention for Children With Autism During Social Routines

BRENNA R GRIFFEN (University of Arkansas), Christine Holyfield (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas), Nicolette Sammarco Caldwell (The University of Arkansas)
Abstract:

Because many children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) use augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) to replace or supplement vocal speech, practitioners need evidence-based strategies to teach these learners socially interactive communication. This study examined the effects of an intervention package using high-tech AAC with Naturalistic Instruction (NI), time delay, and prompting during social routines for young children with ASD. The primary dependent measure was a linguistic communication response, measured as independently pressing the icon on the AAC that completed the instructor’s fill-in-the-blank phrase related to the routine. This response also served as a mand (request for) the routine to continue. Prelinguistic communication, measured as a percentage of trials including vocalizations and smiling, was employed as a secondary dependent measure. Results indicated that linguistic and prelinguistic communication increased for all three participants with two participants meeting mastery criteria within the minimal number of sessions. All participants maintained performance at intervention levels throughout the maintenance phase. These results are significant in providing additional evidence in moving beyond teaching basic manding for objects to teaching more complex, socially interactive communication to children using AAC. Additionally, this study supports the use of color photo visual scene displays to promote social interaction.

 
Delivering the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) Indirectly via Telehealth
ANGELIKA ANDERSON (The University of Waikato), Melissa Svensson (Waikato University), Georgina Ingle (Waikato University)
Abstract: Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) interventions such as the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) have proved effective in providing individuals with functional communication deficits with a way to communicate. A small number of studies have explored whether caregivers can be trained to implement PECS for adult clients with a developmental delay. This presentation reports the results of two studies investigating the effectiveness of Behavioural Skills Training (BST), delivered remotely via video conferencing software, for training 1. direct support staff to implement PECS in a disability residential setting, and 2. parents to implement PECS in their home. Direct support staff and parents then also trained further support staff. The results of this research indicate that direct caregivers can be trained to implement PECS, including training additional staff participants (support workers), and maintain a high level of accuracy throughout training and implementation. The effect of PECS on functional communication for the two young adults are also reported. Training and implementation data showed increased functional communication acts for the client participants. This research provides evidence to support BST as an effective practice for training caregivers to implement PECS via telehealth.
 

Assessing Communication Functions of an Individual With Complex Communication Needs to Inform Treatment Options

AMARIE CARNETT (Victoria University of Wellington), Kelly Bush (Victoria University of Wellington), Jasmine Murphy (Victoria University of Wellington)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism who have limited speech production are often taught to use augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) modalities. Previous research has indicated that the use of AAC systems can also be used to promote vocal speech production. However, for older individuals with complex communication needs, it is less clear what considerations should be made when determining intervention components. The current research aims to provide a framework of analysis by utilizing a functional analysis of verbal behavior (FAVB), to help determine the communication needs and identify possible treatment options. Following the FAVB an alternating treatments design was utilized to identify which intervention options helped promote vocal speech production. The intervention comparison phase evaluated two treatment options, traditional vocal prompting and SGD-based self-prompting, to determine the best treatment option. Findings of this study provide support for the use of FAVBs and treatment comparisons to best facilitate individualize treatment plans.

 
 
Symposium #400
CE Offered: BACB
The Many Applications of Applied Behavior Analysis in Juvenile Justice Settings
Monday, May 29, 2023
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall D-G
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Emily Kieffer (ATBx)
Discussant: Emily Kieffer (ATBx)
CE Instructor: Emily Kieffer, M.A.
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis (ABA) has historically been implemented and carried out most commonly in clinical settings with adults and children diagnosed with autism and developmental disabilities. Within recent years, the field of ABA has been disseminating its implementation of services and interventions to other settings and populations. Behavior analysts at ATBx, LLC have been providing ABA services within juvenile detention and residential facilities within the past 5 years. The presentations in this symposium include the implementation of facility wide program assessments and interventions, strategies to increase “buy in” with professionals from other disciplines, review of utilizing neuroscience data within juvenile justice settings and a review of the current allocation of resources within the system and its effect on recidivism and problem behaviors to avoid release.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): "Juvenile Justice", Recidivism, Youth
Target Audience:

Behavior Analyst and those in trainging

Learning Objectives: 1. How to increase implementation of behavior plans in juvenile justice settings. 2. Ways to build rapport and communicate effectively with professionals outside of ABA. 3. How to use skill acquisition programming to decrease high frequency problem behaviors observed in youth committed to residential juvenile justice programs.
 
Behavioral Neuroscience Goes to Court
(Service Delivery)
CALEB D HUDGINS (Adapt & Transform Behavior)
Abstract: Over the last decade there has been a substantial increase in attempts to utilize brain data to inform criminal justice systems. This includes attempts to admit neuroscience data as evidence for trial and sentencing but also as inputs to prediction tools like risk assessments. Behavior analysis is in a unique position to contribute to and advance these efforts, particularly in the area of dynamic risk assessments. Identifying behavior measures as risk factors that are both predictive and dynamic allow those same risk factors to be targets for intervention and support services. By considering the ways in which neuroscience data is currently being utilized by the courts and other justice systems, its strengths and limitations, behavior analyst can better understand how they can support the current needs of criminal justice practitioners.
 

Using Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to Increase the Effectiveness of Facility Wide Interventions and Individualized Plans in the Juvenile Residential Facility

(Applied Research)
ELLIE MOROSOHK (Adapt & Transform Behavior)
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analysis services are provided in a variety of settings and with different populations of clients, including in juvenile justice facilities. ABA services provided in these facilities include individualized behavioral services with behavior intensive youth, facility wide interventions, staff training and consultation. The data examined in this presentation will look at an initial assessment of a facility before ABA services were implemented and a follow up after one year of comprehensive ABA services. The results show that in the year that ABA services were implemented, there was an increase in staff proficiency, positive interactions among staff and youth and implementation of daily routines.

 

Voluntary Commitment: The Function of Recidivism in Juvenile Justice Settings

(Theory)
SARA HORDGES (Adapt & Transform Behavior)
Abstract:

Many youth committed to Juvenile Justice programs will engage in higher frequencies of problem behaviors closer to their release date in order to access additional resources and avoid returning to an aversive, unsafe or traumatizing environment. This occurs because the current system disproportionately allocates resources to mental health therapies rather than providing youth access to treatments and resources that will teach adaptive real life skills such as budgeting, job skills, obtaining housing, etc. In this presentation we will review case studies of youth who voluntarily committed themselves to the criminal justice system.

 
Navigating Uncharted Waters
(Theory)
EMILY KIEFFER (ATBx)
Abstract: As the world of ABA grows in multiple directions, analysts are continuously needing to adapt to new environments. As a supervisor of analysts new to working outside of early autism intervention settings, the presenter has observed these analysts struggling to build rapport with professionals from other disciplines. This skill deficit frequently impacts treatment outcomes as without “buy in” many well written behavior plans fail to be implemented. This presentation will discuss the strategies and rapport building techniques used to assist in developing relationships in “uncharted waters”. Additionally, this talk will discuss how the analyst can use these strategies to increase rapport in the home, community and in schools to expand the use and knowledge of ABA with their current clients.
 
 
Symposium #401
Basic Evaluations of Resurgence and Spontaneous Recovery
Monday, May 29, 2023
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom D
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Sean Smith (SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Discussant: William Sullivan (Golisano Children's Hospital & Center for Special Needs; SUNY Upstate Medical University)
Abstract: Treatment relapse—the recurrence of a previously decreased response—is a complex phenomenon that can be caused by myriad variables. Basic research is paramount for carefully controlling these variables to determine how they interact to influence treatment relapse. In this symposium, we present basic research experiments on resurgence and spontaneous recovery. Each experiment included the implementation of complex schedules of reinforcement, which produced sophisticated histories of reinforcement, prior to evaluating response patterns during extinction. Two presentations feature research analyzing resurgence following complex histories of reinforcement for target responding during baseline. A third presentation includes research evaluating resurgence after a complex history of reinforcement for alternative responding during the second phase of a three-phase resurgence evaluation. A fourth presentation features research analyzing spontaneous recovery after exposure to concurrent VI schedules and varied delay periods. Collectively, these presentations demonstrate how complex histories of reinforcement can be integrated into models of treatment relapse to provide additional insights into the basic principles governing relapse phenomena.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): relapse, resurgence, spontaneous recovery
 

On/Off Alternative Reinforcement and Resurgence With Human Participants

SEAN SMITH (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School)
Abstract:

Resurgence is a form of treatment relapse that often occurs when a previously decreased target response recurs due to a decrement in the reinforcement conditions for engaging in an alternative response. Recent research with nonhuman animals demonstrated that cycling between the availability and unavailability of alternative reinforcement within a differential reinforcement of alternative behavior procedure will mitigate resurgence during subsequent exposures to extinction (Shahan et al., 2020). We evaluated whether this cycling procedure would have a similar effect on human behavior by recruiting participants through Amazon’s Mechanical Turk platform to complete a computer-based, human-operant, three-phase resurgence evaluation. Across groups, we varied the differential reinforcement of alternative behavior procedure in the second phase: for certain groups, alternative reinforcement cycled between availability and unavailability (cycling), whereas other groups experienced consistent alternative reinforcement conditions throughout the second phase (constant). Resurgence of target responding occurred to a lesser extent for participants in the cycling groups relative to the constant groups. We discuss these results in terms of their implications for informing clinical practice, evaluating the predictions of Resurgence as Choice in Context with human participants, and recruiting participants on Amazon’s Mechanical Turk platform.

 
Effects of Testing Delay on Spontaneous Recovery of Choice
JACK VAN ALLSBURG (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract: Spontaneous recovery of choice occurs when organisms revert to a response distribution appropriate to a reinforcement distribution from the more distant past, rather than reflecting more recent distribution of reinforcers. By providing a way to examine how organisms weigh and integrate changing relative reinforcement over time, study of the phenomenon may aid in developing improved accounts of other relapse phenomena involving changing reinforcer distribution, (e.g., resurgence). In a series of experiments employing between-groups comparisons, rats responded on two concurrent variable interval schedules. In phase 1, the reinforcer distribution heavily favored option A. In phase 2, reinforcement conditions reversed to favor option B. Rats experienced a delay (during which, no sessions were conducted), and group assignment determined delay length. Following the delay, preference was assessed in test sessions where both levers were presented without reinforcement. Exponentially weighted moving averages (including versions with single and multiple timescales) and versions of the Temporal Weighting Rule were evaluated as potential mechanisms of how reinforcement is integrated over time. None of the models effectively described the effects of delay on spontaneous recovery. An apparent trend toward indifference as delay increases may result from a tendency toward exploration or a decrease in discriminability of past experiences.
 

Resurgence of Responses Maintained by a Chained Schedule

KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University), Firdavs Khaydarov (West Virginia University), Patrick Duffy (West Virginia University), Hiroto Okouchi (Osaka Kyoiku University)
Abstract:

In two experiments, pigeons’ key pecks first were reinforced on a chained variable-interval (VI) 30-s VI 30-s schedule in which initial- and terminal-link responses were reinforced on, respectively, the left and right response keys. This training phase was followed by one during which (a) responding on the left and right keys was extinguished, with both keylights on throughout each session, (b) responding on a center key was reinforced according to a VI 30-s schedule, and (c) in Experiment 2, a change-over delay (COD) was added during both the first and second phases such that pecks to keys incapable of producing reinforcers initiated a 3.5-s changeover delay that prevented active-key responses from being reinforced during the COD. In the final, resurgence test, phase, all three response keys were transilluminated, and each was associated with extinction. Key pecks almost always resurged first on the terminal-link key, often followed later by a small, less systematic, resurgence of initial-link pecks. There were more key pecks during the resurgence test to the terminal-link than to the initial-link key. The results extend hierarchical resurgence effects to chained schedules.

 
A Resurgence Test of Concurrent Switching Patterns
STEPHANIE P. DA SILVA (Columbus State University)
Abstract: Resurgence of changeover patterns was studied in three pigeons first exposed to multiple concurrent VI 60 VI 60 schedules. In one component (marked by green or red side keys), a 3-s changeover delay operated that "discouraged" rapid switching among the side keys; in the other component, a 3-s switch-over contingency operated that "encouraged" frequent switching among the side keys. This baseline training remained in effect until responding and changeover rates in each component were stable. In the second/elimination condition, the VI 60 schedules were replaced by extinction on the side keys and a center white key was introduced on which a VI 15-s schedule operated. Once pecking on the center key was established and side-key responding was eliminated, extinction was implemented on the center key and resurgence of side-key responding was measured. Of particular interest, was whether the pattern of resurgence in extinction would reflect the baseline patterns as marked by switching among the side keys. Resurgence occurred for two of three pigeons, with one pigeon demonstrating unequivocal differences in switching across components that reflected switching during baseline.
 
 
Paper Session #402
CE Offered: BACB
The Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Older Adults in Long-Term Care Homes
Monday, May 29, 2023
5:00 PM–5:25 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Parsla Vintere (CHE Senior Psycholgical Services; Elaine Kaufman Cultural Center)
CE Instructor: Parsla Vintere, Ph.D.
 

The Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Older Adults in Long-Term Care Homes

Domain: Theory
PARSLA VINTERE (CHE Senior Psycholgical Services; Elaine Kaufman Cultural Center)
 
Abstract:

As the COVID-19 pandemic enters the third year, the studies on its impact on mental health of older adults show detrimental effect on their psychological well-being. Since the start of the pandemic the highest risk group for health complications and mortality have been older adults. Residents of the nursing homes and assisted living facilities were and continue to be in a high-risk category. While the safety measures implemented in rehabilitation centers and assisted living facilities, such as restrictions in social relations, were designed to protect the physical health of the residents, they had a detrimental effect on their psychological well-being. The physical distancing may lead to feelings of loneliness, often associated with anxiety, anger and emotional instability, decline in cognitive functioning, contributing to elevated stress hormone levels and inflammation. Therefore, the implementation of effective active coping strategies that support older adults living in long-term care homes during the time of uncertainty need to be explored. The paper will focus on (a) reviewing literature on loneliness and social isolation during the COVID-19 pandemic; (b) examining behavioral coping strategies for older adults; and (c) discussing the behavioral approach to loneliness reduction for older adults.

 
 
 
Paper Session #403
Assessing and Improving Effort-Based Decision-Making
Monday, May 29, 2023
5:00 PM–5:25 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom B
Area: EAB
Chair: Sara Peck (USU; NECC; WNE)
 
Assessing and Improving Effort-Based Decision-Making
Domain: Basic Research
SARA PECK (USU; NECC; WNE), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University)
 
Abstract: A vast literature highlights the prevalence of impulsive decision-making in maladaptive outcomes. Most research has focused on one form of impulsive decision-making—delay discounting. However, interest in effort discounting, the decrease in subjective value of a reward as effort costs increase, is rising. In published effort discounting tasks, effort is conceptualized in many different ways, making it difficult to compare findings across studies. Additionally, most effort discounting tasks do not control for the increased time that the effort task imposes, making most effortful alternatives confounded with delay. One aim of this project was to develop a standard task for measuring effort discounting, and to evaluate the influence of the delay confound on effort discounting in that task. The other aim of this project was to examine the effects of an episodic future thinking intervention on effort discounting.
 
 
 
Panel #404
CE Offered: BACB
Beyond Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA): Incorporating Medical, Diagnostics, and Treatment for Children With Autism
Monday, May 29, 2023
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 1E/F
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Kaori G. Nepo, Ph.D.
Chair: Kathleen Bailey Stengel (NeurAbilities Healthcare )
KAORI G. NEPO (NeurAbilities)
LISA ALBERTS (Neurabilities Healthcare)
GREGORY ALBERTS (NeurAbilities Healthcared)
Abstract:

Comprehensive interdisciplinary approaches (Boivin, et al., 2021; Donaldson & Stahmer, 2014; Fantino, 2008; LaFrance et al., 2019; Shriver, 2019) to treatment can maximize patient outcomes. Individuals with ASD and related disabilities often present with comorbid conditions. For example, multiple studies indicated the prevalence of co-occurring conditions, including ADHD, epilepsy, OCD, GI problems, sleep, and mood disorders (Mannion & Leader, 2013). In this presentation, we will highlight interdisciplinary treatment approaches providing a bridge between diagnostic assessment, medical support, behavior assessment, and ABA services. Additionally, we will provide case examples using an interdisciplinary framework.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Intermediate: experience with and understanding of ABA service delivery

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will learn to understand the importance of an interdisciplinary approach to treatment 2) Participants will learn strategies for cultivating interdisciplinary approaches in the clinical setting 3) Participants will learn how to implement interdisciplinary approaches with case studies
Keyword(s): Autism, Best Practice, Interdisciplinary Approaches, Service Delivery
 
 
Symposium #405
CE Offered: BACB
Private Events, Thoughts, and Feelings… Oh My! Making Private Behavior Public and Allowing Behavior Analysis Do Its Job
Monday, May 29, 2023
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center Mile High Ballroom 4E/F
Area: AUT/BPN; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Alessandro Dibari (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus)
Discussant: Carmen Lopez-Arvizu (Kennedy Krieger)
CE Instructor: Jessica Zawacki, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Following Skinner’s (1938) earliest attempts at operationalizing and developing a science of behavior, Behavior Analysts have continued to search for ways to extend and confirm what is ‘known’ about the principles of behavior (Ferster & Skinner, 1957). Despite all that we have learned over the last decade, practitioners still struggle to develop effective treatment plans when a functional analysis reveals that target behaviors are identified as functionally automatic. Furthermore, behaviors that are maintained by positive automatic reinforcement (e.g., self-stimulatory behavior) and negative automatic reinforcement (e.g., escape from aversive private stimuli) further complicate analysis and treatment. The term “private events” refers to any covert stimulus such as thinking, visualizing, or remembering (Skinner, 1974). In 1969, Skinner founded Radical Behaviorism which intended to expand the traditional concepts of observable behavior in stating “an adequate science of behavior must consider events taking place within the skin of the organism, not as physiological mediators of behavior, but as part of behavior itself. It can deal with these events without assuming they have any special nature or must be known in any special way. The skin is not that important as a boundary. Private and public events have the same kind of physical dimension” (p. 228). This concept remains controversial today since, from a behavior-analytic perspective, until an event has been systematically observed, it cannot be confirmed. Private events serve several functions, including (a) they permit us to assume the generality of established behavioral principles; (b) guiding future scientific inquiry; (c) making sense of the fragmentary data we have about the behavioral world around us; and (d) displace the tendency to invoke a mentalist approach to behavior presenting without clear environmental origins (Palmer, 2011). Recent technological advancements have enabled a shift in private events from previously, unobservable, and unknown theories to observable, measurable events with increased confidence and reliability. Technology has opened a window to view an entire realm of previously unobservable and hence. unconfirmable events. Through these technological advances now have allowed access to more information and data than ever before to inform our practice. Thus, the field of Behavior of Analysis has a responsibility to expand our focus and efforts to analyze these now, not-so-private events to inform our treatment of behavior, our individual as a whole person, and further contribute to the evidence-base impacting the analysis of private events.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): adults population, bio measures, HRQol, private events
Target Audience:

Understanding of bio-measures Experience with Functional Analysis Familiarity with co-morbid diagnoses and symptom presentation Severe/complex behaviors and automatic reinforcement

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand a potential method for teaching individuals with ASD to tact pain attenuation; (2) develop a baseline understanding of bio measures and skin conductivity; and (3) leave with evidence that private behaviors can and should be brought to the surface and included in data analysis and treatment.
 

Teaching Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Tact Private Events Related to Tactile Stimuli

DANIELE RIZZI (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara), Annalisa Galeone (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara), Cristina Pavone (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara), Lorenza D'arcangelo (Fondazione Oltre le Parole Onlus - Pescara), Michela Scinto (Fondazione Oltre le Parole - Pescara), Laura D'Amico (Fondazione Oltre le Parole - Pescara)
Abstract:

There is insufficient empirical research investigating how individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) experience pain. However, data suggests individuals with ASD experience more painful conditions compared to their peers (Symons, et al., 2009). Further complicating pain assessment with individuals with ASD, is the fact that although self-report is considered the “gold standard” to report pain, a vast majority of the ASD population are either unable or inaccurate in their self-reporting skills. Therefore, accurately assessing pain is often a challenge (Failla et al., 2020; Mazefsky et al., 2011). This study is a replication and extension of the previous research conducted by Rajagopal and colleagues (2020) to teach individuals to tact private events with public accompaniments. This study taught three adolescents with ASD to respond to tactile stimulation (e.g., rough, cold, stinging) using multiple stimuli (e.g., ice, fork, nail file) identifying private events of multiple body parts (e.g., head, cheek, neck) by emitting a tact. A concurrent multiple baseline design across subjects was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention. During the intervention, participants learned to tact three sensations on three different body parts. Participants were able to generalize responding to novel stimuli (various items) and novel parts of the body, but not to novel sensations. In order to address this limitation, a more generic topography to tact novel sensations was taught (e.g., I feel something on my…) while maintenance for the previously acquired responses was assessed. All participants generalized the generic topography of tact to novel untaught sensations while maintaining previously acquired specific tacts. After the conclusion of the study, two participants reported to their caregiver private events related to pain showing overall social significance.

 

Using Electrodermal Activity to Manage Biological Stress: Mind Over Body or Body Over Mind?

JESSICA ZAWACKI (PAAL), Gloria Satriale (Mission for Educating Children with Autism)
Abstract:

Despite the dearth of literature on the identification and treatment of mental health and psychiatric co-morbid conditions in individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), there remain significant challenges in the measurement of these symptoms (Ozivadjian, 2013). The comorbidity statistics on the co-occurrence of ASD and anxiety disorders are reported as highly variable across research studies which may be a direct result of the considerable overlap in the presentation of anxiety symptomatology and autism characteristics (Adams et al., 2018). In addition to these challenges, comorbid diagnoses also directly impact individual quality of life. There has been considerable research on the impact of anxiety on the health-related quality of life (HRQoL) of neurotypical individuals and only a few studies on the impact of anxiety on the HRQol of individuals with ASD (Mason et al., 2019; Mendlowicz & Stein, 2000; Smith et al., 2019). This considerable gap in the research, often leaves practitioners and physicians working separate from one another, each treating within, and not across, their specialty. One consideration, to bridge this gap and create continuity, is the incorporation of bio-feedback measures. Biofeedback can now be used as a “mirror” to improve self-awareness surrounding private events, but also can be utilized as a learning skill in the development of self-regulation skills (Yu et al., 2018). These devices and tools need continued validation, and additional research to support their efficacy due to the number of devices and their relative youth. Part one of this study included three adults with ASD and two neurotypical staff members to establish a correlation between a portable device’s report of stress responses (through skin conductance responses), verbal self-report of the participant, and observable biological changes. Part two of the study involved an individual-specific training intervention to utilize the portable device as a self-management tool to reduce biometric indicators of an increased stress response. Upon reaching a predetermined threshold of stress indicators, each individual was taught to identify changes in private events (as indicated on the portable device) and engage in a self-management strategy to decrease stress responses. Following the utilization of the strategy, results indicated a subsequent and temporally proximate decrease in the bio measure as well as a corresponding verbal confirmation of reduced feelings of stress.

 
 
Panel #406
Diversity submission Cross-Cultural Consideration in Case Conceptualization and Supervision: Identifying Treatment Targets and Delivering Effective Interpersonal Contingencies in Significantly Differing Contexts
Monday, May 29, 2023
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 1-3
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Theory
GLENN M. CALLAGHAN (San Jose State University)
MARÍA XESÚS FROXÁN-PARGA (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid)
GLADIS LEE PEREIRA XAVIER (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid)
Abstract:

The treatment of neuro-typical patients in an outpatient setting is the domain of clinical behavior analysis. The contingencies that shape behavior are often socially mediated by the therapist and frequently involve verbal behavior and relations. While the applicability of learning theory is universal, the appropriateness and potency of secondary interpersonal reinforcers are affected by many cultural and historical factors. This places a special burden on the therapist to assess the actual rather than a presumed functional relationship between patient and therapist interactions. Panel participants come from diverse cultures and universities. Each has been involved in training, research or supervision where reinforcing contingencies mediated by the therapist or supervisor can have different effects than intended. Stimulus properties and social practices can be sufficiently different such that the development of a case conceptualization and treatment plan requires an analysis of how the therapist and patient histories function differently than how the supervisor or therapist might normally presume in a more familiar social context. The panelists are most interested in questions and observations made by audience members. The same issues exist within and between social contexts, meaning all attendees could raise interesting issues for discussion.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Context, generalized reinforcementent, Stimulus functions, Therapy
 
 
Symposium #407
Challenge of Reinforcing Safety Behavior of Workers at Work Sites-Measurement and Evaluation of Safety Behavior of Workers in Various Companies
Monday, May 29, 2023
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Hyatt Regency, Mineral Hall A-C
Area: OBM/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rieko Hojo (Nagaoka University of Technology)
Abstract:

Due to recent global trends such as the SDGs, maintaining and enhancing people's health, safety and happiness is focused. Along with this, there is a great deal of interest in well-being not only of general public but also workers in the workplace. As a new ISO related to occupational health and safety, "ISO 45003 – Psychological Health and Safety in the Workplace – Guidelines Mental Safety and Health in the Workplace " was released. Safety at work that relied on human attention or was secured by the principle of stopping and isolating machines has changed with the introduction of ICT equipment and/or cloud network so on. There are an increasing number of situations where the principle of "stop and isolation" is not applied due to robot teaching work and working in IMS. Considering the actual situation of workers who have to adapt to such rapid changes, it is necessary to search for the ideal way of optimal work style for workers at work. In this presentation, we outline of methods of measurement of working behavior using IoT devices and evaluation using BA procedure in some industries such as automobile manufacturing in Japan. In addition, we introduce some results of measurement of well-being at work during working from the viewpoint of occupational safety field using BA procedure.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavior-based safety, Mechanical safety, Occupational safety, Worker
 
Measurement of Safety Behavior of Workers at a Tunnel Construction Site in Japan
RIEKO HOJO (Nagaoka University of Technology)
Abstract: The construction industry has the highest number of deaths by industry, accounting for about 30% of the total. Above all, knowledge of the laws of human behavior is indispensable for the prevention of serious accidents at mountain tunnel sites. Risk management is a prerequisite for face work, which is particularly risky. In order to ensure this safety, signals and monitoring have been performed by people until now, but with the rapid development of ICT and AI, it is now possible to communicate safety information in real time. It is desired to improve safety and productivity along with safety. On the other hand, in constructing a face monitoring support system and performing cooperative work between humans and machines, there is a possibility that workers will fall into negative situations such as mental and physical stress, embarrassment, and disgust. Therefore, it is expected that the use of the face monitoring support system will evoke a sense of security regarding reliability and validity, as well as positive aspects such as rewarding. Therefore, we propose a method to quantitatively and objectively evaluate the mental and physical changes that occur under the cooperative work of related workers and the face monitoring support system.
 

Measuring Repetitive Worker’s Answering Behaviors of Well-Being at Work

YUKA KOREMURA (KOREMURA Giken Co., LTD. ballast Dept GOP CO., LTD. SATEC), Rieko Hojo (Nagaoka University of Technology GOP CO., LTD. SATEC), Christoph F. Bördlein (Technical University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt (THWS)), Kohei Nomura (GOP CO., LTD. SATEC), Shoken Shimizu (GOP CO., LTD. SATEC National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, Japan)
Abstract:

The question of how to work changes over time. Regarding whether a worker's work behavior is efficient and productive, work skills are acquired, and the fluency is trained. However, it is not known whether the worker is performing the work behavior with job satisfaction or stress during the work; in other words, whether the worker continues to constructively perform the work behavior contingent on work-appropriate behavior in the work context. We conducted experiment that repeatedly engaged in work in two short-time work settings before and after the work answering questionnaires on well-being, stress checks, and current state of mind, and measured vital data (heart rate, body temperature, and blood pressure). The subjects were six adult workers who performed 40 1-min. tasks, five times each, on four different portable work platforms made of aluminum alloy, one at high elevations and one at low elevations, and answering questionnaire behavior data were collected before and after the tasks were performed. Subjects’ answers were no significantly different (Fig. 1). We will examine whether there is a change in each subject's answering behavior, the type of platform, and the difference in between the height of the platforms.

 

Using a Self-Commitment to Reduce the Consumption of Disposable Coffee Mugs

CHRISTOPH F. BÖRDLEIN (Technical University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt (THWS)), Tanja Schneider (University of Vechta)
Abstract:

We used a self-commitment strategy to encourage college students to reduce the amount of disposable coffee mugs they used. Student of an introductory course in behavior analysis were informed about the environmental hazards associated with the usage of disposable coffee mugs (they are not recyclable and waste a lot of resources in terms of paper, oil products etc.). It is easy to use a reusable coffee mug instead. After discussing strategies on how to avoid the usage of disposable coffee mugs (having a reusable mug, prompting yourself to put it in your bag when leaving your home etc.), students were asked to sign a self-commitment never to use a disposable coffee-mug again. For signing the commitment, the students received a reusable coffee mug (while stocks last). 67 students signed the commitment and agreed to leave their email addresses in order to contact them afterwards. After one year the students were asked to answer an anonymous online survey about their usage of disposable coffee mugs in the year preceding and following the commitment. The usage of disposable coffee mugs was reduced from a mean of 32 in the year before the commitment to 6 in the year following the commitment.

 
 
Panel #408
BLEND Behavior Change Agents: Teaching Old Dogs New Tricks
Monday, May 29, 2023
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Convention Center 406/407
Area: TBA/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Erin Herndon (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
DANYL M.H. EPPERHEIMER (LittleStar ABA; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
MEGAN K VALESEY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Starting a new habit is hard enough, now imagine changing the practices of entire groups of people. Behavioral Leadership in Education, Novel Science, and Dissemination (B.L.E.N.D.), a research lab based out of The Chicago School of Professional Psychology Chicago Campus, rises to the call to action to build our behavior analytic repertoires to include additional cultural humility practices within the domains of our more common applications (Wright, 2019; Tervalon & Murray-García, 1998). Presenters will discuss “old” and “current” practices that, although well-intentioned, threaten culturally-informed, inclusive applications. An acknowledgement of previous work has to be critically analyzed while, and Buckminster Fuller states, creating a new model that makes the old obsolete. We can increase kindness within behavior analysis and work with families for what they want without losing the science behind behavior. The bare minimum is no longer enough, and we encourage you to rise to the challenge within your practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Community Inclusion, Progressive Practices
 
 
Paper Session #409
Clinician Delivery of Virtual Pivotal Response Treatment With Children With Autism During the COVID-19 Pandemic
Monday, May 29, 2023
5:30 PM–5:55 PM
Hyatt Regency, Capitol Ballroom 5-7
Area: CBM
Chair: Maria Victoria Dalusong Bundang (Stanford Children's Health)
 
Clinician Delivery of Virtual Pivotal Response Treatment With Children With Autism During the COVID-19 Pandemic
Domain: Service Delivery
MARIA VICTORIA DALUSONG BUNDANG (Stanford Children's Health), Devon White (Division of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, Stanford Children’s Health, Stanford, CA), Claire Aufderheide-Palk (Division of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, Stanford Children’s Health, Stanford, CA), Grace Werner Gengoux (Stanford School of Medicine, Child and Adolescent Psychiatry)
 
Abstract: This conceptual presentation describes how the evidence-based Pivotal Response Treatment (PRT) model of autism treatment was adapted for delivery via telehealth during the COVID-19 pandemic. Multiple features of existing video conference technology were utilized for implementation of PRT motivational strategies with young children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). PRT is an empirically supported treatment for ASD which can be taught to parents and delivered directly by trained therapists. During the COVID-19 pandemic, when the majority of clinical care for children with ASD was transitioned to telehealth delivery, models for parent training had been previously established. However, no model for direct clinician delivery of virtual PRT existed. This presentation outlines practical details of the model developed by our team and provided to a total of 17 families between April 2020 and May 2021. Key lessons from technological adaptations of the PRT motivational strategies are described in order to inform future empirical investigation of this approach. The virtual PRT delivery model can serve as a guide for engaging children in meaningful social interaction and expressive communication practice via video conference software, with implications for expanding access to autism treatment as well as for facilitating distance learning for a wide range of children.
 
 
 
Paper Session #410
Demystifying Demand: A Brief Primer on Behavioral Economic Demand for Researchers and Clinicians
Monday, May 29, 2023
5:30 PM–5:55 PM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom B
Area: EAB
Chair: Haily Traxler (University of Kentucky)
 
Demystifying Demand: A Brief Primer on Behavioral Economic Demand for Researchers and Clinicians
Domain: Theory
HAILY TRAXLER (University of Kentucky), Mark Justin Rzeszutek (University of Kentucky), Sean Regnier (University of Kentucky), Mikhail Koffarnus (University of Kentucky College of Medicine)
 
Abstract: Research on behavioral economic demand has increased in recent years. Applications of behavioral economic demand are expanding, with behavioral economic demand being used frequently as an assessment of reinforcer valuation and propensity to engage in risky or problematic behaviors. It is also being used to inform policy. As applications of the demand analysis expand, methodology is becoming increasingly sophisticated. Precise analyses are essential to generating quality data than informs treatment and policy. However, conducting these analyses may require additional training for individuals seeking to use the demand analysis as an aid in clinical practice or policy. This presentation will provide an overview of historical and potential future uses of behavioral economic demand in research, practice, and policy. It will also provide an overview of basic concepts in demand. Finally, a brief tutorial of analytic techniques will be provided to improve accessibility of the demand analysis for clinicians and researchers alike.
 
 
 
Special Event #411
CE Offered: BACB
Presidential Address: Behavior Science, Environmental Heath, and the Pleasures of Cross-Disciplinary Research
Monday, May 29, 2023
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Convention Center Four Seasons Ballroom 1-4
Area: CSS
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: RuthAnne Rehfeldt (Emergent Learning Center)
CE Instructor: RuthAnne Rehfeldt, Ph.D.
 
Presidential Address: Behavior Science, Environmental Heath, and the Pleasures of Cross-Disciplinary Research
Abstract: More than 80,000 chemicals populate the known chemical universe, and some have profound behavioral effects. Neurobiological investigations confer important insights into how they act but eventually we want to know how these chemicals affect the behaving individual. An appreciation of the contingencies of reinforcement and the methodological rigor conferred by behavior analytic thinking enhances our ability to characterize behavioral disruptions caused by exposure to environmental contaminants and drugs and the behavioral mechanisms by which they arise. A behavior analyst working in a different arena experiences huge dividends. Those working outside behavior analysis must often address questions posed by others but can do so through a behavior science lens. This forces us to appreciate what we do know and confront gaps in our understanding of basic principles. The former is exciting; the second is exhilarating. I will describe how involvement in behavior analysis and environmental health contributes to both areas. For example, the ability to model constructs that others employ, such as the executive functions, leads to better ways to talk about these functions and ideas to explore in the behavior laboratory. We have much to offer. We should bravely, and humbly, go out and offer it.
 
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University)
 
Dr. Newland conducts research on the behavioral effects of drugs and environmental contaminants, including topics such as reinforcement processes, choice, the acquisition of new behavior and its persistence. A life-span development approach is threaded through his research, so he has examined early development, aging and, more recently, adolescence, all in experimental models. He draws from the experimental analysis of behavior, environmental health, psychopharmacology, and quantitative models of behavior, to explore how the neural consequences of drug and toxicant exposure are expressed behaviorally. He recently transitioned to modeling the impact of behavioral interventions in understudied human populations, including children in foster care and incarcerated juveniles. He is applying quantitative techniques to assess the impact of behavioral interventions on reducing the use of psychotropic medication. He teaches clinical psychopharmacology and behavior principles in the Auburn’s master’s program and basic neuroscience in the doctoral programs. His involvement with the applied behavior analysis program has given him an appreciation of how findings from the behavioral pharmacology laboratory might be applicable in the clinic. Dr. Newland earned his Ph.D. from Georgia Tech, did postdoctoral work in Environmental Health at the University of Rochester School of Medicine, and is now a Professor of Psychology at Auburn University. He sits on the editorial board of behavioral and environmental health journals and has been Editor-in-Chief of Perspectives on Behavior Science and an Associate Editor of Neurotoxicology. He has served on numerous panels reviewing environmental policy and was a regular member of the Neurotoxicology and Alcohol (NAL) Study Section for the NIH. He is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and currently is a member of the ABAI Council. Dr. Newland is honored to have been awarded the APA’s Division 25 award for Distinguished Contributions to Behavior Analysis and Auburn’s Creative Scholarship Award.
 
 
 
Special Event #412
ABAI Social
Monday, May 29, 2023
8:00 PM–12:00 AM
Hyatt Regency, Centennial Ballroom A

Join your friends and colleagues for one last night of music, dancing, and celebration!

 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}